1. society
2. work
3. contracts

भारत सरकार
अ तिरक्ष िवभाग सतीश धवन अंतिरक्ष के द्र शार ीहिरकोटा डा.घ.524124 आं.प्र. भारत
टे िलफोन:+91 8623 225023
फेक्स: +91 8623 225170
Government of India Department of Space Satish Dhawan Space Centre SHAR
SRIHARIKOTA P.O. 524124, AP, INDIA
Telephone: +91 8623 225023
Fax: +91 8623 225170
GOVERNMENT OF INDIA :: DEPARTMENT OF SPACE
SATISH DHAWAN SPACE CENTER SHAR :: SRIHARIKOTA – 524 124
SRI POTTI SREERAMULU.NELLORE DISTRICT (A.P)
TENDER NOTICE NO. SDSC SHAR/HPS/PT/20/2014-15
On behalf of President of India, Head Purchase and Stores, SDSC SHAR, SRIHARIKOTA invites on
line quotations for the following:
Sl
No
01
02
Ref. No.
Description
Qty.
Work
Contract
to
carryout
maintenance works for Heavy
Vehicles of TOMD, SDSC SHAR,
Sriharikota for Two Years
Procurement, Manufacture, Supply,
SHAR VAST 2015 00 2321 Erection, Testing & Commissioning of
e-procurement
Platforms
for
Second
Vehicle
[TWO part basis]
Assembly Building, SDSC SHAR,
Sriharikota
SHAR SC 2015 00 2246
e-procurement
[SINGLE part basis]
1 LS
Tender
Fee
`.230/-
1 LS
`.230/-
Last Date for downloading of tender documents
: 27.04.2015 at 16:00 hrs.
Due Date for submission of bids online
: 27.04.2015 at 16:00 hrs.
Due Date for Bid Sealing on
: 27.04.2015 at 16:01 hrs. to 27.04.2015 at 17.30 hrs.
Due Date for Open Authorization
: 27.04.2015 at 17.31 to 29.04.2015 at 17:00 hrs.
Due Date for opening of tenders
: 30.04.2015 at 14:30 hrs.
Instructions to Tenderers:
01. For full details/scope of work and terms and conditions etc., please see the enclosed annexures.
02. Interested tenderers can be downloaded the e-tender from isro e-procurement
website https://eprocure.isro.gov.in and offer submitted on line in the e-procurement
portal. Offers sent physically by post/courier/in person will not be considered. The
Tender Fee of Rs.230/- by Crossed Demand Draft drawn on State Bank of India, Sriharikota in
favour of Accounts Officer, SDSC SHAR, Sriharikota for the above material may be submitted to
the Sr. Purchase & Stores Officer before the due date.
03. Tender documents are also available on ISRO website www.isro.org; isro e-procurement
website https://eprocure.isro.gov.in and SDSC SHAR, Sriharikota website www.shar.gov.in.
The same can be down loaded and offer submitted on line in the e-procurement portal.
04. Offers sent physically by post/courier/in person will not be considered.
05. Quotations received after the due date/time will not be considered.
06. While sending online quotations, superscribe respective Tender Number and Due Date.
07. The tender documents are available for download upto 27.04.2015 at 1600 hrs and last
date for receipt of tenders on line 27.04.2015 at 1600 hrs. and Tender Opening on
30.04.2015 at 14:30 hrs.
08. Head, Purchase and Stores, SDSC-SHAR, Sriharikota reserves the right to accept or reject
any/or all the quotations.
DT: 25.03.2015
HEAD, PURCHASE AND STORES
1
.
SPEC NO.
SECOND VEHICLE ASSEMBLY BUILDING PROJECT
TCE:7517A-D-856/7-001
SECTION: TITLE
SHEET
: 1 of 2
PLATFORMS FOR SVAB
ANNEXURE T0 INDENT NO. : SHAR/VAST/2015002321
REQUEST FOR PROPOSAL (RFP).
FOR
PROCUREMENT, MANUFACTURE, SUPPLY, ERECTION,
TESTING & COMMISIONING OF
PLATFORMS FOR SVAB
SPECIFICATIONS & PRICE SCHEDULE
OWNER
:
INDIAN SPACE RESEARCH ORGANISATION
PROJECT
:
SECOND VEHICLE ASSEMBLY BUILDING
LOCATION :
SDSC-SHAR, SRIHARIKOTA
SECOND VEHICLE ASSEMBLY BUILDING
SATISH DHAWAN SPACE CENTRE
SRIHARIKOTA -524124.
INDIAN SPACE RESEARCH
ISSUE
R0
.
SECOND VEHICLE ASSEMBLY BUILDING PROJECT
SPEC NO.
TCE:7517A-D-856/7001
PLATFORMS FOR SVAB
SECTION: CONTENTS
SHEET : 2 OF 2
CONTENTS
REQUEST FOR PROPOSAL FOR PLATFORMS
SPECIFICATIONS & ANNEXURES
SECTION
SPECIFICATION NO:
TCE:7517A-D-858-001
ISSUE
NO.
TITLE: REQUEST FOR PROPOSAL FOR
PLATFORMS
SPECIFICATIONS
A
SVAB/PLATFORM/SPEC
R0
GENERAL SPECIFICATION
B
SVAB/PLATFORM/SPEC
R0
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION
C
SVAB/PLATFORM/SPEC
R0
BILL OF QUANTITIES
D
SVAB/PLATFORM/SPEC
R0
QUALITY ASSURANCE PLAN
E
SVAB/PLATFORM/SPEC
RO
WELDING SPECIFICATION
ANNEXURES
F1
SVAB/PLATFORM/SPEC
R0
SCHEDULE OF PRICES
F2
SVAB/PLATFORM/SPEC
R0
PREQUALIFICATION CRITERIA
F3
SVAB/PLATFORM/SPEC
R0
SCHEDULE OF GENERAL PARTICULARS / VENDOR
EVALUATION FORMAT
F4
SVAB/PLATFORM/SPEC
R0
CONFIRMATION OF ACHIVEING ACCURACY
F5
SVAB/PLATFORM/SPEC
R0
DATA TO BE FILLED
F6
SVAB/PLATFORM/SPEC
R0
SCHEDULE OF DEVIATIONS FROM SPECIFICATIONS
F7
SVAB/PLATFORM/SPEC
R0
SCHEDULE OF TIME FOR MANUFACTURE, DESPATCH
AND SHIPMENT TO SITE.
F8
SVAB/PLATFORM/SPEC
R0
SCHEDULE OF BIDDERS EXPERIENCE & DETAILS OF
PRESENT WORKS BEING EXECUTED.
F9
SVAB/PLATFORM/SPEC
R0
CHECK LIST
F10
SVAB/PLATFORM/SPEC
BREAK UP DETAILS FOR BOUGHT OUT ITEMS
.
SPEC NO.
TCE 7517A-D-856/7001
SECOND VEHICLE ASSEMBLY BUIDING PROJECT
REQUEST FOR PROPOSAL
SECTION: A
SHEET : 1 OF 31
GENERAL SPECIFICATION FOR
PLATFORMS FOR SVAB
SECTION -A
GENERAL TERMS AND CONDITIONS
OF THE CONTRACT
.
SECOND VEHICLE ASSEMBLY BUIDING PROJECT
REQUEST FOR PROPOSAL
SPEC NO.
TCE 7517A-D-856/7001
SECTION: A
SHEET : 2 OF 31
GENERAL SPECIFICATION FOR
PLATFORMS FOR SVAB
PROPOSAL DOCUMENT, CLARIFICATION AND ADDENDUM
Quotations are invited from the interested bidders for the enclosed scope of work in
two part bid. Part-1 technical & unpriced part of the work and Part-2 Priced
commercial part.
Only experienced Bidders who are qualifying in bid-qualification criteria given
in Section F2 only should quote.
The RFP document is organized in six sections as follows.
Section –A
General Specification, Terms and Conditions of the Contract
Section –B
Scope of Work & Technical Specifications
Section –C
Bill of Quantities.
Section –D
Quality Assurance Plan.
Section- E
Welding Specification.
Section-F
Annexures.
Title of the proposal: “Procurement, Manufacture, Supply, Erection, Testing and
Commissioning of platforms for SVAB”
Date Public Notification issued by ISRO: as per the notification
Last Date of downloading tender Document by tenderer: as per the notification
Last date of submission of tender documents in online by tenderer: as per the
notification
Last date of Bid sealing in online by ISRO: as per the notification
Last date for giving open authorisation in online by tenderer: as per the
notification
A
PROPOSAL DOCUMENT
1.1. Successful Bidder shall sign & stamp each page of the tender document
(RFP) as token of his acceptance and submit the same before order
placement.
1.2. Proposal documents shall remain the property of SDSC SHAR and shall not
.
SPEC NO.
TCE 7517A-D-856/7001
SECOND VEHICLE ASSEMBLY BUIDING PROJECT
REQUEST FOR PROPOSAL
SECTION: A
SHEET : 3 OF 31
GENERAL SPECIFICATION FOR
PLATFORMS FOR SVAB
be used for any another purpose without the consent of SDSC SHAR.
1.3. The proposal shall be completely filled in all respects and shall be tendered
together with requisite information & Annexure. Any offer incomplete in any
particulars is liable to be rejected.
1.4. The Proposal (Unpriced Techno-commercial bid) with a complete set of the
required documents shall be up-loaded in ISRO e-procurement website.
1.5. The Proposals shall be submitted on-line before the time limit for bid
submission specified in the Letter Inviting Bid.
1.6. Supplier shall submit the open authorisation on line with in the time limit
specified in the Letter Inviting bid.
1.7. The Proposal will be opened on the date and on the time specified in the
Letter Inviting Bid or as soon thereafter as convenient. Proposal not received
in time will not be considered.
1.8. Bidders
shall
set
their
quotations
in
firm
figures
and
without
variations/additions in the terms of the Proposal documents.
1.9. AMBIGUITY
Should there be any ambiguity or doubt as to the meaning of any of the
tender clause/condition or if any further information is required, the matter
shall be immediately brought to the notice of Head, Purchase & Stores of
SDSC SHAR in writing
B. PREPARATION OF BIDS
1.1 SITE VISIT
Bidder is advised to visit & examine the site and its surroundings to familiarize
himself of the existing facilities & environment and shall collect all other
information which may require for preparing & submitting the Bid and entering
into the contract. Claims and objections due to ignorance of existing conditions
or inadequacy of information will not be considered after submission of the Bid
and during implementation.
.
SPEC NO.
TCE 7517A-D-856/7001
SECOND VEHICLE ASSEMBLY BUIDING PROJECT
REQUEST FOR PROPOSAL
SECTION: A
SHEET : 4 OF 31
GENERAL SPECIFICATION FOR
PLATFORMS FOR SVAB
1.2 VALIDITY OF OFFER
Bid shall remain valid for acceptance for a minimum period of 4 (four) months
from the due date of submission of the Bid. The Bidder shall not be entitled
during the said period to revoke or revise his Bid or to vary the Bid except and to
the extent required by SDSC SHAR in writing. Bid shall be revalidated for
extended period as required by SDSC SHAR in writing. In such cases, unless
otherwise specified, it is understood that validity is sought and provided without
varying either the quoted price or any other terms & conditions of Bid finalized till
that time.
1.3 COST OF BIDDING
All direct and indirect costs associated with the preparation and submission of
bid shall be to Bidder's account and SDSC SHAR will in no case be responsible
or liable for those costs, regardless of the conduct or outcome of the bid
process.
1.4 APPLICABLE LANGUAGE/ MEASUREMENTS
The bid and all correspondence incidental to and concerning the bid shall be in
the English Language. For supporting document and printing literature
submitted in any other language, an accurate English Translation shall also be
submitted. Responsibility for correctness in translation shall lie with the Bidder.
All the measurements shall be given in metric system.
1.5 ARRANGEMENT OF BID
The Bid shall be neatly presented on white paper with consecutively numbered
pages. It should not contain any terms and conditions which are not applicable
to the Bid. The Bid and all details submitted by the Bidder shall be signed and
stamped on each page as token of acceptance, by a person legally authorised
to enter into agreement on behalf of the Bidder. (Corrections / alteration, if any,
shall also be signed by the same person).
1.6 SCHEDULE OF PRICES
The schedule of prices shall be read in conjunction with all the sections of
proposal document. The price must be filled online in the same format of
.
SPEC NO.
TCE 7517A-D-856/7001
SECOND VEHICLE ASSEMBLY BUIDING PROJECT
REQUEST FOR PROPOSAL
SECTION: A
SHEET : 5 OF 31
GENERAL SPECIFICATION FOR
PLATFORMS FOR SVAB
‘Schedule of Prices’ in Section F1. No copy of price bid shall be enclosed along
with other document and upload the same any where in the e-procurement
portal.
1.7 DOCUMENTS COMPRISING THE BID
Bids shall be arranged in the following order.
1.7.1 Part – I : Technical and Unpriced Commercial Part
Technical and unpriced commercial part shall comprise the attachments,
specifying attachment number arranged in the order as follows:
(a)
Submission of bid letter.
(b)
Demand draft of Rs: 1 lakh as Earnest money Deposit (EMD).
(c)
Demand draft for tender fee
(d)
Power of attorney in favour of authorised signatory of the bid /
proposal documents.
(e)
All the annexure in Section-F1 to F9 enclosed in proposal duly filled,
signed and sealed
(f)
Bid qualification criteria for supply of platforms and all supporting
documents.
(g)
Write-up on the detailed procedure to be followed for erection and
handling equipment including mobile cranes / winches proposed to be
followed for erection of platforms.
(h)
Fabrication shop layout where fabrication of platform are planned.
(i)
Furnace details for stress relieving guide columns of 12 m length,
brackets & liners.
(j)
Details of machines for machining the sub-systems like Guide
columns of 12 m length, brackets, liners, pulleys, wheels, base
frames, rope drum etc.
(k)
Hydraulic circuit for the proposed SCVRP swinging operation along
with major details of pump, motor actuator, direction control valves,
.
SPEC NO.
TCE 7517A-D-856/7001
SECOND VEHICLE ASSEMBLY BUIDING PROJECT
REQUEST FOR PROPOSAL
SECTION: A
SHEET : 6 OF 31
GENERAL SPECIFICATION FOR
PLATFORMS FOR SVAB
etc..
(l)
Unpriced copy of schedule of prices with all other commercial terms,
taxes, duties, exemption certificates and conditions duly filled (Prices
to be kept blank), signed and stamped.
(m)
Firm establishment certificate.
(n)
Audited balance sheet including profit and loss account for last three
financial years showing annual turn over
(o)
Latest income tax returns certificates for last three years.
(p)
Latest solvency certificate from a scheduled bank.
(q)
Description of the procedures adapted for material procurement,
fabrication with deviations from technical specification and proposed
design modifications.
(r)
Data sheets for all the equipment & checklists enclosed in proposal
duly filled, signed & stamped.
(s)
Technical literature & data sheets of equipment / machinery used by
him and any other document as mentioned in the proposal.
(t)
Project execution plan
(u)
Bar chart for supply & erection schedule indicating the date of
completion of various activities so as to complete the execution of the
contract within the time frame stipulated in the tender specification.
(v)
Any other relevant document, bidder desires to submit.
(w)
Section: F10 should be submitted in a sealed cover along with hard
copy of technical bid. Top of the cover should written as “ DONOT
OPEN” price break up details for bought out items.
1.7.2 Part – II : Priced Commercial Bid
Priced commercial bid shall be filled on line in the price bid format. Schedule of
prices also to be filled in the online format and no separate document shall be
attached. Deviations in terms and conditions, assumptions, conditions, discounts
etc. shall be stipulated in format specified in the portal. SDSC SHAR will not take
.
SPEC NO.
TCE 7517A-D-856/7001
SECOND VEHICLE ASSEMBLY BUIDING PROJECT
REQUEST FOR PROPOSAL
SECTION: A
SHEET : 7 OF 31
GENERAL SPECIFICATION FOR
PLATFORMS FOR SVAB
cognizance of any such statement and may at their discretion reject such bids.
C. BID SUBMISSION
Bids duly filled in by the Bidder should invariably be submitted as stipulated in
the Letter inviting bid. Bids shall be submitted in the following manner.
1.1
PART – I : UN PRICED TECHNO-COMMERCIAL PART OF THE BID FOR THE
WORK
2
Complete Techno–commercial part of the bid shall be filled online in the
“vendor Specified Terms’ form of the e-tender. Any documents related
(demand draft for tender fee & EMD ), technical literature, guarantee /
warrantee certificates and any other relevant documents as per the tender
shall be scanned in lower resolution format and uploaded to the e-tender
under ‘Documents solicited from Vendor’ form only in ISRO e-procurement
portal ( https://eprocure.isro.gov.in ). In case if the space for uploading is
not sufficient, hard copy of the balance documents shall be submitted before
due date.
Envelope of technical bid shall be marked with following:
PART-I TECHNO-COMMERCIAL BID
Name of client
:
Satish Dhawan Space Centre SHAR
Indian Space Research Organisation
Title of the proposal
:
“Supply, Erection, Testing and
Commissioning of Platforms for
SVAB”
Due date and time of the opening
:
From (Name of the bidder with
:
address)
To:
Head, Purchase & Stores
Satish Dhawan Space Centre
SHAR
ISRO, Dept. of Space
Govt. of India
DD/MM/YYY
.
SPEC NO.
TCE 7517A-D-856/7001
SECOND VEHICLE ASSEMBLY BUIDING PROJECT
REQUEST FOR PROPOSAL
SECTION: A
SHEET : 8 OF 31
GENERAL SPECIFICATION FOR
PLATFORMS FOR SVAB
Sriharikota – 524124,
SPSR Nellore Dist,
Andhra Pradesh, India
The deviation statement and checklist shall be filled online, without which the
bid will not be considered.
2.1
PART – II : PRICE PART OF THE BID FOR THE WORK
Price bid shall be filled in the on-line ‘price bid’ form of the e-tender only in ISRO eprocurement website https://eprocure.isro.gov.in . The cost of spares and
other prices shall be filled in the respective forms available on-line in the eportal. Any other terms and conditions given in this part shall not be considered and
if insisted upon by the Bidder, bids are liable for rejection.
a) SDSC SHAR may open Part – I of the bid on the due date of opening subject to
meeting the minimum evaluation criteria. Price Bids (Part-II) of technically and
commercially acceptable offers shall be opened at a later date.
b) SDSC SHAR reserves the right to reject any or all the Bids without assigning any
reasons thereof.
c) Any bids/offers with price details in Techno-Commercial Offer (Part –I)
shall be rejected.
d) SDSC SHAR reserve rights to place order for either full quantities of all items or
partial quantities and partial items based on the unit rates available.
D. Vendor Evaluation Format
SDSC SHAR seeks response to the given questionnaire for assimilating data
which would be used for evaluating the capability of the supplier for executing the
referred work. Hence, the supplier is requested to provide only genuine data and
any discrepancy found at a later point of time may result in rejection of the
supplier from purchase process. Furnishing of data cannot be construed as
automatic qualification for participation in the tender. Questionnaire should be
signed by a responsible and authorized person of the Company / Agency.
Schedule of general particulars / vendor evaluation format shall be filled as per
Section: F3. Schedule of Bidders experience and details of present works being
.
SPEC NO.
TCE 7517A-D-856/7001
SECOND VEHICLE ASSEMBLY BUIDING PROJECT
REQUEST FOR PROPOSAL
SECTION: A
SHEET : 9 OF 31
GENERAL SPECIFICATION FOR
PLATFORMS FOR SVAB
executed are to be filled as per Section :F7.
Note: In order to consider as valid experience, all the experience has to be
supported with the technical details, completion certificate and purchase order.
E. DETERMINATION OF RESPONSIVENESS
SDSC SHAR will scrutinize tenders to determine whether the tender is
substantially responsive to the requirements of the tender documents. For the
purpose of this clause, a substantially responsive tender is one which inter-alia
conforms to all the terms and conditions of the entire Tender document without
any deviations and reservations. The decision of SDSC SHAR shall be final in this
regard.
F. EARNEST MONEY DEPOSIT
2.1
The tenderer shall remit Rs. 1 Lakh as Earnest Money Deposit (EMD) in the
form of demand draft (DD) with the tender, failing which the tender will not be
considered.
2.2
If any party is exempted from paying Earnest Money Deposit (EMD) relevant
exemption certificate is to be provided along with offer.
2.3
The EMD shall be remitted by a DD from any Nationalized / Scheduled Bank in
favour of ACOOUNTS OFFICER Satish Dhawan Space Centre SHAR,
Payable at SBI, Sriharikota.
2.4
Cheque will not be accepted towards EMD.
2.5
EMD by the unsuccessful tenderer will be refunded after the finalization of
tender. EMD shall not bear any interest.
2.6
EMD of the successful tenderer will be refunded after receipt of Performance
Security.
2.7
DD Number and other reference details shall be filled on-line, and the original
DD shall be sent to Head, Purchase & Stores, Satish Dhawan Space Centre
SHAR, ISRO, Dept. of Space, Govt. of India,Sriharikota – 524124, before the
tender due date.
G
BID EVALUATION
.
SPEC NO.
TCE 7517A-D-856/7001
SECOND VEHICLE ASSEMBLY BUIDING PROJECT
REQUEST FOR PROPOSAL
SECTION: A
SHEET : 10 OF 31
GENERAL SPECIFICATION FOR
PLATFORMS FOR SVAB
2.1
During evaluation, SDSC SHAR may request Bidder for any clarification on the
bid OR additional documents.
2.2
Techno-commercial discussion shall be arranged with Bidder, if needed. Bidder
shall depute his authorised representatives for attending discussions. The
representatives attending the discussions shall produce authorisation from his
organisation to attend the discussion and sign minutes of meeting on behalf of
his organisation if required. The authorised representative must be competent
and empowered to settle/decide on all technical and commercial issues.
2.3
Bidder must provide the point by point compliance to the technical
specifications along with deviations as per “Schedule of deviations” attached in
section F5. The tender will be rejected, if the deviations are not acceptable to
the Department.
2.4
Performance of Bidder on similar nature of works executed/ under execution
shall be taken into consideration before selecting the Bidder for opening his
price bid.
2.5
The time schedule for completion is given in the Proposal document. Bidder is
required to confirm the completion period unconditionally.
2.6
If necessary, to arrive at evaluated prices, wherever applicable, loading on total
quoted prices shall be done. Lowest offer is based on landed cost only along
with taxes.
2.7
SDSC SHAR reserves the right to accept a bid other than a lowest and to
accept or reject any bid in full or part without assigning any reasons. Such
decisions by SDSC SHAR shall bear no liability whatsoever consequent upon
such decision.
2.8
SDSC SHAR reserves the right to split the order or alter the quantities
specified based on prices quoted for part work or unit rate quoted by BIDDER.
2.9
The Bidder, whose bid is accepted by SDSC SHAR, shall be issued a Letter of
Intent (LOI) /Purchase Order (PO) to proceed with the work. Bidder shall
confirm acceptance by returning a signed copy of the LOI/PO.
.
SPEC NO.
TCE 7517A-D-856/7001
SECOND VEHICLE ASSEMBLY BUIDING PROJECT
REQUEST FOR PROPOSAL
GENERAL SPECIFICATION FOR
PLATFORMS FOR SVAB
SECTION-A.1
GENERAL SPECIFICATION
SECTION: A
SHEET : 11 OF 31
.
SPEC NO.
TCE 7517A-D-856/7001
SECOND VEHICLE ASSEMBLY BUIDING PROJECT
REQUEST FOR PROPOSAL
SECTION: A
SHEET : 12 OF 31
GENERAL SPECIFICATION FOR
PLATFORMS FOR SVAB
1.0 INTRODUCTION
SDSC SHAR invites tenders in sealed covers from reputed firms with proven ability
to “Procurement, Manufacture, Supply, Erection, Testing and Commissioning
of Platforms for SVAB” as per the specifications
2.0 SCOPE OF WORK AND TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
The detailed scope of work and technical specifications are given in Sections B, C,
D, & E of RFP document. The general terms and conditions are given below.
3.0 SUPPLIER's OBLIGATIONS & FUNCTIONS
3.1. SPECIFICATIONS AND DRAWINGS
The Supplier shall execute the works in compliance with the provisions of
CONTRACT, good engineering practices and codes requirements.
3.2. SUBMISSION OF TECHNICAL DOCUMENTS
Supplier shall prepare and submit to SDSC SHAR for approval of following
documents and drawings:
3.2.1. Technical literatures & data sheets of equipment used by him.
3.2.2. Fabrication shop layout for fabricating platforms, guide columns etc & support
brackets.
3.2.3. Details of heat treatment / stress relieving equipment for Guide column &
support brackets.
3.2.4. Details of Turning machines / milling machines to be used for machining
guide columns.
3.2.5. Assembly Shop layout drawings suitable for control assembly of drives &
platforms.
3.2.6. Erection sequence schedule along with erection drawings.
3.2.7. Detailed Quality assurance Plan
3.2.8. No activity shall be executed unless SDSC SHAR’s approval is obtained. The
above documents shall be submitted in a format approved by SDSC SHAR.
3.3. DESIGN, FABRICATION & SUPPLY
.
SPEC NO.
TCE 7517A-D-856/7001
SECOND VEHICLE ASSEMBLY BUIDING PROJECT
REQUEST FOR PROPOSAL
SECTION: A
SHEET : 13 OF 31
GENERAL SPECIFICATION FOR
PLATFORMS FOR SVAB
Supplier shall carry out detailed engineering, fabrication and supply the platforms in
accordance with the scope, technical specifications and terms & conditions of
contract.
3.4. DELIVERY AND STORAGE
3.4.1. Dispatch Instructions given in the Contract shall be strictly followed. Failure to
comply with the instructions may result in delay in payment apart from
imposing any other charges as may be deemed to fit.
3.4.2. The Supplier shall be responsible for transporting all the equipment to site,
unloading and storage.
3.4.3. No equipment shall be delivered without obtaining dispatch clearance from
SDSC SHAR.
3.4.4. All the equipment shall be properly packed to avoid any damage during
transportation / handling / storage.
3.4.5. The equipment received at site shall be stored at a place assigned for this
purpose.
3.4.6. Supplier shall take proper care while storing the equipment and shall provide
watch & ward at his own cost.
4.0 INSTALLATION
4.1. GENERAL
4.1.1. Supplier’s staff shall include adequate number of competent erection
engineers with proven experience on similar works to supervise the erection
works and sufficient skilled, unskilled and semiskilled labour to ensure
completion of work in time.
4.1.2. Supplier's erection staff shall arrive at site on date agreed by SDSC SHAR.
Prior to proceeding to work, Supplier shall however, first ensure that
required/sufficient part of his supply has arrived at site.
4.1.3. Erection of equipment may be phased in such a manner so as not to obstruct
the work being done by other Suppliers and / or operating staff who may be
present at that time.
.
SPEC NO.
TCE 7517A-D-856/7001
SECOND VEHICLE ASSEMBLY BUIDING PROJECT
REQUEST FOR PROPOSAL
SECTION: A
SHEET : 14 OF 31
GENERAL SPECIFICATION FOR
PLATFORMS FOR SVAB
4.1.4. During erection, Department's quality team / their engineer will visit site from
time to time with or without Supplier’s engineer to establish conformity of the
work with specification. Any deviations, deficiencies or evidence of
unsatisfactory workmanship shall be corrected as instructed by Department.
4.1.5. Supplier shall carry out work in a true professional manner and strictly adhere
to the approved drawings. Any damage caused by Supplier during erection to
new or existing building / environment shall be made good at no extra cost to
Department.
4.2. RECORDS
Supplier shall maintain records pertaining to the quality of erection work in a
format approved by Department. Whenever erection work is complete, Supplier
shall offer erected equipment for inspection to Department's engineer who along
with Supplier's engineer will sign such records on acceptance.
4.3. PLATFORMS ERECTION
4.3.1. Supplier shall carry out the works in accordance with the specific instructions
given on the approved drawings, method statements, manufacturer’s
drawings / documents or as directed by Department. Equipment shall be
erected in neat manner so that they are level, plumb, and square and properly
aligned and oriented. Tolerances shall be as established in manufactures
drawings or as stipulated by Department. No equipment shall be welded or
bolted, until its alignment is checked and found acceptable by Department.
4.3.2. Supplier shall provide all supervision, labour, tools, machines, cranes,
equipments, scaffolding, rigging material and incidental material such as
bolts, wedges, anchors, etc. required to complete the works. Supplier shall
also provide at his own cost all such consumables like oxygen - acetylene
gas, welding rods, grinding wheels, temporary supports, shims etc. required
to complete work.
4.3.3. Supplier shall take utmost care while handling instruments, delicate
equipment, panels etc. and protect all such equipment on erection.
4.4. SAFETY
Supplier shall follow the safety regulations / codes and shall take necessary
measures at his own cost.
.
SPEC NO.
TCE 7517A-D-856/7001
SECOND VEHICLE ASSEMBLY BUIDING PROJECT
REQUEST FOR PROPOSAL
SECTION: A
SHEET : 15 OF 31
GENERAL SPECIFICATION FOR
PLATFORMS FOR SVAB
4.5. ERECTION & CONSTRUCTION POWER
4.5.1. Electrical power and available material handling equipment may be extended
by SDSC SHAR on chargeable basis, as per the tariff rules of State Electricity
Board and SDSC SHAR. Reasonable quality of normal Construction power
will be made available at one point (415V, 3 phase, 50 Hz). However onward
distribution shall be by the supplier. Installation of necessary energy meters,
switchgear & distribution system, etc for Construction power in a safe manner
in strict conformity with local rules & regulations will be responsibility of
supplier.
4.5.2. During non-availability of power, supplier shall make his own arrangement of
alternate power source at their cost.
4.6. WORK RULES AT SDSC-SHAR
The work shall be carried out on SDSC-SHAR working days only or permission
to be obtained from the contract manager for late hours / holidays. .
4.7. SITE CLEARANCE
Upon completion of work, supplier shall remove all his equipment and material
from the site within one month or time mutually agreed. Supplier at all times
shall keep site in clean condition and remove all unwanted material at regular
intervals. In case supplier fails to remove all their equipment and material within
the mutually agreed time, it is deemed that SDSC SHAR will arrange to remove
the same at Supplier’s cost.
4.8. ACCOMMODATION
4.8.1. Accommodation will not be provided by SDSC SHAR to Contractors.
4.8.2. Supplier
shall
make
their
own
arrangement
for
accommodation,
transportation & canteen facility for all his staff, technicians, labour & workers.
4.9. MEDICAL FACILITIES
No medical facilities will be provided by SDSC SHAR. Supplier shall make their
own arrangement at their own expenses for medical facilities for site personnel.
4.10. WORK PROGRAMME
.
SPEC NO.
TCE 7517A-D-856/7001
SECOND VEHICLE ASSEMBLY BUIDING PROJECT
REQUEST FOR PROPOSAL
SECTION: A
SHEET : 16 OF 31
GENERAL SPECIFICATION FOR
PLATFORMS FOR SVAB
Supplier shall prepare a detailed programme schedule for review / approval by
SDSC SHAR. Supplier as per exigencies of work shall revise and update
programme periodically.
4.11. SUB-CONTRACTS
4.11.1. No work shall be sub-contracted with out prior approval of SDSC SHAR.
4.11.2. Supplier shall be responsible for the proper execution of any sub-contract
placed by him in connection with this purchase order.
4.11.3. Supplier shall furnish to SDSC SHAR the copies of all un-priced sub-orders
showing promised delivery dates and places.
4.12. CHANGES AND MODIFICATION TO SPECIFICATIONS, DRAWINGS AND
QUALITATIVE / QUANTITATIVE REQUIREMENTS
4.12.1. Supplier shall obtain approval from SDSC SHAR before initiating the action
for procurement of bought out items.
4.12.2. During the fabrication review, supplier has to carryout the mutually agreed
modifications to meet the overall requirement.
5.0 RECORD OF DRAWINGS AND O&M MANUALS
5.1. Supplier shall submit 3 hard copies & one soft copy of all the approved drawings
incorporating any modification / changes made during the execution of
CONTRACT. All these drawings shall be marked as 'As Built'.
5.2. Supplier shall submit 3 hard & one soft copy of O&M manual. These manuals
should indicate weekly, monthly and yearly maintenance schedule and other
instructions necessary for safe maintenance of equipment.
5.3. Submission of the drawings and manuals shall be a precondition for releasing of
any final payment due to Supplier.
6.0 EXCISE DUTY
SDSC-SHAR is eligible for Excise Duty Exemption under Notification No. 64/95
dated 16.03.1995 as amended by Notification No. 15/2007 dated 01.03.2007 and
10/97 with amendments SDSC-SHAR will provide necessary Exemption
Certificate. No claim for payment of Excise Duty or Cenvat reversal will be
.
SPEC NO.
TCE 7517A-D-856/7001
SECOND VEHICLE ASSEMBLY BUIDING PROJECT
REQUEST FOR PROPOSAL
SECTION: A
SHEET : 17 OF 31
GENERAL SPECIFICATION FOR
PLATFORMS FOR SVAB
allowed later. Department will issue Excise exemption certificate only to the
final finished product only. No certificate will be issued to input raw
materials or equipment / Bought out items. The supplier has to consider
this into account while submitting quotations.
7.0 CUSTOMS DUTY
7.1.
SDSC-SHAR is eligible for 100% Customs Duty exemption as per Notification
No.12/2012 dated 17.03.2012. This may be taken into account while
considering the import of items, if any
7.2.
The customs duty that becomes payable even against production of customs
duty exemption certificate (limiting to the items as per the foreign exchange
component indicated in the price schedule) will be reimbursed on production of
documentary evidence (copy of assed Bill of entry & TR-6 Challan). Hence this
component need not be included in the quoted price.
7.3.
Customs clearance and other formalities at the destined port within the country
shall be handled by the Supplier at his own cost. Further the transportation
from the port to the work of Supplier or site shall be arranged by Supplier at
his own cost.
7.4.
Customs duty exemption will be issued to thruster brakes, bearings,
couplings, right angle gear boxes, Hydraulic actuator, Hydraulic system,
pumps, hoses, directional control valves.
8.0
SALES TAX / VAT
With effect from 01.04.2007, the facility of Inter-State purchases by
Government Departments against Form-D has been withdrawn. Now the rate
of CST on the Inter-State sale to Government Departments shall be the rate
of VAT/State Sales Tax applicable in the State of the selling dealer.
Accordingly, the suppliers have to clearly indicate the %age of CST/ VAT
applicable against each case in their tenders.
9.0 SERVICE TAX
Service tax, if applicable shall not be included but indicated separately in
schedule of prices (percentage of service tax applicable & amount on which it
is applicable)
.
SECOND VEHICLE ASSEMBLY BUIDING PROJECT
REQUEST FOR PROPOSAL
SPEC NO.
TCE 7517A-D-856/7001
SECTION: A
SHEET : 18 OF 31
GENERAL SPECIFICATION FOR
PLATFORMS FOR SVAB
10.0
RISK COVERAGE
The Supplier shall arrange comprehensive risk coverage at his own cost
covering the value of equipment including transportation to the site from
manufacturer’s works, storage at site, erection, testing and commissioning at
site. The period of such coverage shall be up to contractual completion period
or any extension granted by Department thereof.
11.0
INCOME TAX
Income tax at the prevailing rate as applicable and if applicable from time to
time shall be deducted from the supplier's bills as per Income Tax Act and a
certificate issued (TDS Certificate).
12.0
PERFORMANCE SECURITY
12.1. The supplier, whose tender is accepted, will be required to furnish by way of
Performance security for the due fulfilment of the contract such a sum as will
amount to 5 % of the contract price of the work awarded.
12.2. The Performance security (bearing no interest) shall be held by the
Department as security till satisfactory completion, testing and handing over of
all the system and for the due performance of all suppliers’ obligations under
the contract as per delivery period or extension granted thereof by the
Department.
12.3. The supplier within 10 days of Purchase Order or signing of Contract , deposit
with the Accounts officer, Satish Dhawan Space Centre SHAR, Sriharikota as
detailed above by any one or more of the following modes namely
i.
By a crossed demand draft in favour of Accounts officer, Satish
Dhawan Space Centre SHAR drawn on SBI and payable at
Sriharikota.
ii.
By a bank guarantee in the prescribed format (required format will be
provided after award of contract). The bank guarantee shall be from a
nationalized bank for & shall be valid for 30 days beyond completion
period.
12.4. In case of breach of contract, the Performance Security shall stand forfeited in
addition to other relief available to the Department under this contract.
.
SPEC NO.
TCE 7517A-D-856/7001
SECOND VEHICLE ASSEMBLY BUIDING PROJECT
REQUEST FOR PROPOSAL
SECTION: A
SHEET : 19 OF 31
GENERAL SPECIFICATION FOR
PLATFORMS FOR SVAB
13.0
PACKING AND FORWARDING
13.1. The Supplier shall arrange to have all the material suitably packed as per the
standards and as specified in the contract. Unless otherwise provided for in
the contract, all containers (including packing cases, boxes, tins, drums, and
wrappings) used by the Supplier shall be non-returnable.
13.2. All packing and transport charges, transit handling costs, transit risk coverage
and transport fees of agents employed at the place of delivery or elsewhere,
shall be deemed included in the price to be paid to the Supplier.
14.0
ARBITRATION
In the event of any question, dispute of difference arising under these conditions
or any conditions contained in the Purchase Order or in connection with this
contract, (except as to any matters the decision of which is specially provided for
by these conditions) the same shall be referred to the sole arbitration of the head
of the Purchase Office or some other person appointed by him, it will be no
objection that the arbitrator is a Government Servant that he had to deal with
matter to which the contract relates or that in the course of his duties as
Government Servant he had expressed views on all or any of the matters in
disputes or difference. The award of the arbitrator shall be final and binding on
the parties of this contract.
It is Term of this contract:
a. If the arbitrator be the head of the purchase office.
i. In the event of his being transferred or vacating his office by
resignation or otherwise, it shall be lawful for his successor-in
office either to proceed with the reference himself, or to appoint
another person as arbitrator, or.
ii. In the event of his being unwilling or unable to act for any reason,
it shall be lawful for the Head of the Purchase Office to appoint
another person as arbitrator: or
.
SPEC NO.
TCE 7517A-D-856/7001
SECOND VEHICLE ASSEMBLY BUIDING PROJECT
REQUEST FOR PROPOSAL
SECTION: A
SHEET : 20 OF 31
GENERAL SPECIFICATION FOR
PLATFORMS FOR SVAB
b. If the arbitrator be a person appointed by the Head of the Purchase
Office in the event of his dying, neglecting or refusing to act, or resigning
or being unable to act, for any reason, it shall be lawful for the Head of
the Purchase Office either to proceed with the reference himself or to
appoint another person as arbitrator in place of the outgoing arbitrator.
Subject as aforesaid, the Indian Arbitration and Conciliation Act, 1996
and the rules there under and any statutory modifications thereof for the
time being in force shall be deemed to apply to the arbitration
proceedings under this Clause. The arbitrator shall have the power to the
extent with the consent of the Purchaser and the Contractor the time
making and publishing the award. The venue of arbitration shall be place
as the purchaser in his absolute discretion may determine. Work under
the Contract shall, if reasonably possible, continue during arbitration
Proceedings.
c. In case order is concluded on the public Sector Undertakings, the
following Arbitration Clause will be applicable.
In the event of any dispute or differences relating to the interpretation and
application of the provisions of contracts, such dispute or difference shall
be referred by either party to the Arbitration of one of the Arbitrator in the
Department of Public Enterprises to be nominated by the Secretary to the
Government of India in-charge of the Bureau of Public Enterprises. The
Indian Arbitration and Conciliation Act, 1996 shall not be applicable to the
Arbitration under this clause. The award of the arbitrator shall be binding
upon the parties to the dispute provided, however, any party aggrieved by
such award may make a further reference for setting aside or revision of
the award to the Law Secretary, Department of Legal Affairs, Ministry of
Law & Justice, Government of India. Upon such Additional Secretary
when so authorised by the Law Secretary whose decision shall bind the
parties finally and conclusively. The parties to the dispute will share
equally the cost of arbitration as intimated by the arbitrator.
.
SPEC NO.
TCE 7517A-D-856/7001
SECOND VEHICLE ASSEMBLY BUIDING PROJECT
REQUEST FOR PROPOSAL
SECTION: A
SHEET : 21 OF 31
GENERAL SPECIFICATION FOR
PLATFORMS FOR SVAB
15.0
APPLICABLE LAW AND JURISDICTION
The laws of India shall govern this purchase order for the time being in force.
The Courts of Andhra Pradesh, India only shall have jurisdiction to be with
and decide any legal matters or disputes what so ever arising out of the
purchase order.
16.0
FORCE MAJEURE
Should a part or whole work covered under this purchase order be delayed
due to reasons of Force Majeure which shall include legal lockouts, strikes,
riots, civil commotion, fire accident, quarantines, epidemic, natural calamities
and embargoes the completion period for work, equipment referred to in this
agreement shall be extended by a period not in excess of the duration of such
Force Majeure. The occurrence shall be notified within reasonable time.
17.0
GUARANTEES
The Supplier shall guarantee that the equipment furnished by him is in
conformance with the requirement of the specifications. Goods covered by
the contract shall be free from defects in materials or workmanship for a
period of Twelve months from the date of successful commissioning &
acceptance by Department.
18.0
WARRANTY
The bidder shall provide 12 months warranty for the entire system for a defect
liability, after final official handing over at his cost. During this period, supplier
has to provide and adhere to the following:
18.1. He has to attend quarterly based preventive maintenance visits and
breakdown maintenance calls. All the defective components have to be
replaced or rectified on one to one basis.
18.2. Break down maintenance should be responded within 48 Hours time and shall
be completed within 48 Hours after respond.
18.3. Department will not provide any transport/accommodation.
18.4. In case vendor failed to attend and repair the system within 7 days from the
date of reporting the problem, Department will reserve right to forfeiting the BG
apart from withheld of any payment payable to the vendor.
.
SPEC NO.
TCE 7517A-D-856/7001
SECOND VEHICLE ASSEMBLY BUIDING PROJECT
REQUEST FOR PROPOSAL
SECTION: A
SHEET : 22 OF 31
GENERAL SPECIFICATION FOR
PLATFORMS FOR SVAB
18.5. Where defects in items are remedied under warranty, the period for which the
warranty operates shall be extended by such period, as the items were not
available to SDSC SHAR. Where defect items are replaced by new ones, the
full warranty period stipulated in the purchase order shall apply to such
replacement items as from the date of their delivery.
19.0
SCHEDULE OF PRICE
19.1. CONTRACT price shall include all costs of “Procurement, Manufacture,
Supply, Erection, Testing and Commissioning of Platforms for SVAB”,
shop testing, packing, forwarding, transport to site, unloading, storage, all risk
coverage, erection, installation, testing & evaluation and commissioning of
equipment including any other cost for proper and complete execution of the
CONTRACT.
19.2. CONTRACT prices shall also include all travelling expenses, living expenses,
salaries, overtime, benefit and any other compensation for engineers,
supervisors, skilled, semiskilled workmen, watch and ward staff, labours and
other staff employed by the Supplier, cost of tools and tackles required for
erection and other consumable material required, and all taxes, duties, and
levies as applicable on the date of submission of bid.
19.3. Price shall be firm & fixed.
19.4. Supplier shall quote the prices similar to price bid format enclosed as Section
–F1
19.5. The rate quoted shall be on FOR SDSC SHAR, Sriharikota basis.
19.6. The taxes applicable for supply, transportation and erection & commissioning
shall be indicated separately in the price bid. If the offers submitted by the
tenderers are silent on taxes, it will be presumed that quoted rates are
inclusive of taxes & duties and no claim in this regard will be entertained later.
19.7. Department is exempted from Customs Duty and Excise Duty necessary
Exemption Certificate will be provided by the Department. This may be taken
into account while quoting.
20.0
DISCOUNTS
.
SPEC NO.
TCE 7517A-D-856/7001
SECOND VEHICLE ASSEMBLY BUIDING PROJECT
REQUEST FOR PROPOSAL
SECTION: A
SHEET : 23 OF 31
GENERAL SPECIFICATION FOR
PLATFORMS FOR SVAB
Tenderer shall not indicate any discount separately and quoted price should
be after deducting the discount.
21.0
MODE OF PAYMENT
All the payments due to Supplier will be made in Indian currency by crossed
“Account Payee” cheque sent to the registered office of the Supplier. Bidders
can submit the banker details and payments can also be made through ECS.
22.0
TERMS OF PAYMENTS
General guideline TERMS OF PAYMENTS are as indicted below. Any
deviation to these payment terms to be brought out.
22.1. FOR SUPPLY OF ITEMS INLCUDING BOUGHTOUT ITEMS (i.e. supply
of fabrication items, supply of fabricated machined items, supply of
forging machined items, supply of Bought out items and Design &
supply of hydraulic system)
22.1.1. 20% of supply cost as advance against submission of bank guarantee for an
equal amount from a reputed nationalized/scheduled bank and shall be valid
till Contract completion period. Format of Bank guarantee shall be obtained
from Department after award of contract.
22.1.2. 10% of supply cost as milestone payment after releasing purchase orders for
major bought out items and raw material for fabrication.
22.1.3. 10% of supply cost as milestone payment on prorata basis after completion
of fabrication of sub-assemblies / machining / receipt of bought-out items at
supplier site.
22.1.4. 50% of supply cost payment on prorata basis against receipt of complete
material at Purchasers / Department site, along with 100% VAT/CST.
22.1.5. 10% of supply cost after successful commissioning & acceptance by
Department of equipment and system covered under contract and against
submission of Performance bank guarantee of equal amount valid till
warranty period plus 3 months claim period.
.
SPEC NO.
TCE 7517A-D-856/7001
SECOND VEHICLE ASSEMBLY BUIDING PROJECT
REQUEST FOR PROPOSAL
SECTION: A
SHEET : 24 OF 31
GENERAL SPECIFICATION FOR
PLATFORMS FOR SVAB
22.2. FOR ERECTION, TESTING AND COMMISSIONING OF PLATFORMS
AT SITE
22.2.1. 20% of erection cost as mobilisation advance after mobilisation at site &
against submission of bank guarantee valid till erection, commissioning and
acceptance.
22.2.2. 70% of erection cost against pro-rata progress at site (duly accepted by
Department).
22.2.3. 10% of erection cost along with Service tax after successful commissioning
and acceptance by Department of equipment and system covered under
contract and against submission of performance bank guarantee of equal
amount valid for guarantee/warranty period.
22.3. FOR THIRD PARTY INSPECTION CHARGES
22.3.1. 50% of third party inspection charges after receipt of complete material at
purchasers / Department site.
22.3.2. 50% of third party inspection charges along with service tax after Erection,
Commissioning and acceptance of the system.
23.0
PERFORMANCE BANK GUARANTEE
23.1. The supplier shall guarantee for the performance of the equipment by
providing bank guarantee in favour of the Department for an amount
equivalent to 10 % (ten percent) of the total value of this contract valid till
the warranty period of the contract plus 3 months claim period.
23.2. The performance bank guarantee shall be submitted by the supplier with in
fifteen days from the date of accepting the equipment as per the
CONTRACT. Format for the performance bank guarantee shall be obtained
from the Department.
24.0
DELIVERY SCHEDULE
The realization of fabrication works within the schedule is very essential.
Hence, bidders are requested to adhere to the schedules given below.
Contractor shall follow the following schedule for executing the contract:
.
SPEC NO.
TCE 7517A-D-856/7001
SECOND VEHICLE ASSEMBLY BUIDING PROJECT
REQUEST FOR PROPOSAL
SECTION: A
SHEET : 25 OF 31
GENERAL SPECIFICATION FOR
PLATFORMS FOR SVAB
S.No
Description of Target
Respons
ibility
Target Completion
Date
1
Purchase Order release
Dept.
2
Kick off meeting
Vendor & T + 10 days
Dept.
3
Preparation of fabrication / part drawings Vendor & T + 2 month
and bill of materials.
Dept.
4
Release of orders for raw material, bought Vendor
out items and fabrication works
T + 3 months
5
Completion of fabrication / manufacturing of Vendor
items and control assembly.
T + 18 months
6
Receipt of all items at Department site.
Vendor
2 months from the
date
of
dispatch
clearance
7
Erection, Commissioning of the equipment.
Vendor
4 months from the
date of site clearance
for erection
25.0
T
LIQUIDATED DAMAGES
In the event of the Supplier failing to complete the work within the delivery period
specified in the contract agreement or in extension agreed thereto, Department
shall reserve the right to recover from the Supplier as liquidated damages, a sum
of 0.5 percentage per week or part thereof of the undelivered portion of the total
contract price of equipment or work. However, the total liquidated damages shall
not exceed 10.0 percentage of the total Contract price. The LD reckoning date
shall be T+20 months for supply portion and 4 months from the date of clearance
for erection & commissioning portion of the contract price.
26.0
DISCLOSURE AND USE OF INFORMATION
26.1. If
the documents
supplied by SDSC SHAR are marked “Strictly
Confidential”, supplier shall take all necessary steps to ensure the same.
26.2. Supplier shall guarantee that all information and data received during
execution of Purchase Order from SDSC SHAR shall be classified as
“confidential” within the meaning of the Official Secrets Act and will not be
.
SPEC NO.
TCE 7517A-D-856/7001
SECOND VEHICLE ASSEMBLY BUIDING PROJECT
REQUEST FOR PROPOSAL
SECTION: A
SHEET : 26 OF 31
GENERAL SPECIFICATION FOR
PLATFORMS FOR SVAB
divulged to any third party without prior written permission of SDSC SHAR. All
drawings & documents shall be returned after execution of work.
26.3. No publicity of any kind whatsoever regarding this work shall be given without
prior clearance from SDSC-SHAR.
27.0
ACCEPTANCE AND REJECTION:
ACCEPTANCE AND REJECTION:
On completion of the work or part of the work as specified in the contract, the
representative of the Department referred to, shall check as soon as possible,
but in any event within one month of notification of readiness for acceptance
that the work performed complies with the contract requirements as regards
quantity and quality.
In the event of rejection of any of the articles, whereby the Supplier feels
himself aggrieved, he may within eight days of the receipt of notification of
rejection and before such articles have been removed from the place of
inspection, give the Department notice of objection. Such objection shall be
considered by a Board of Appeals of the Department. The Department shall,
without prejudice to the arbitration clause in the contract, take a decision upon
presentation of the Board's findings.
On completion of tests, the members of the Inspection Organisation of the
Department or Inspection agency appointed by Department shall prepare a
report, which must be countersigned by the Supplier.
28.0
SUSPENSION:
28.1. Department may notify the Supplier to suspend performance of any or all of his
obligations under the Contract. Such notice will specify the reasons for
suspension and the effective date of suspension. Supplier there upon shall
suspend the performance of such obligations until ordered in writing to resume
performance of Contract by Department.
28.2. If Supplier’s performance or his obligations remain suspended or the rate of
progress is reduced, then, the time of completion will be suitably extended and
all costs incurred by Supplier as a result of suspension or reduction in rate of
progress will be paid to Supplier provided that the suspension or reduction in
.
SPEC NO.
TCE 7517A-D-856/7001
SECOND VEHICLE ASSEMBLY BUIDING PROJECT
REQUEST FOR PROPOSAL
SECTION: A
SHEET : 27 OF 31
GENERAL SPECIFICATION FOR
PLATFORMS FOR SVAB
the rate of progress is not by reasons of Supplier's default or breach of
Contract.
29.0
CANCELLATION
29.1. GENERAL RULE
The Department shall have the right at any time to cancel a contract either
wholly or in part by giving written notice by registered mail. From the time of
receipt of the written notice, the Supplier shall undertake to observe the
instructions of the Department as to the winding up of the contract both on his
own part and on the part of his sub-suppliers.
29.2. WITHOUT FAULT OF SUPPLIER
In the case of cancellation of a contract by the Department without any fault
of the Supplier, the Supplier shall on receipt of Department's instructions
forthwith take the necessary steps to implement them. The period to be
allowed to implement them shall be fixed by the Department after conclusion
with the Supplier and, in general, shall not exceed three months.
Subject to the Supplier confirming, Department shall take over from the
Supplier at a fair and reasonable price all finished parts not yet delivered to
the Department, all unused and undamaged material, bought-out components
and articles in course of manufacture in the possession of the supplier and
property obtained by or supplied to the Supplier for the performance of the
contract, except such material, bought-out components and articles in course
of manufacture as the supplier shall, with the agreement of the Department,
elect to retain.
29.3. WITH FAULT OF SUPPLIER:
The Department reserves the right, after full consideration of all relevant
circumstances, including the observations of the supplier, to cancel a contract
in any of the following circumstances.
29.3.1. In the event of the Supplier's failure to meet
(i)
The Technical requirements of the Supplier.
(ii)
The Progress and/or delivery requirements.
.
SPEC NO.
TCE 7517A-D-856/7001
SECOND VEHICLE ASSEMBLY BUIDING PROJECT
REQUEST FOR PROPOSAL
SECTION: A
SHEET : 28 OF 31
GENERAL SPECIFICATION FOR
PLATFORMS FOR SVAB
29.3.2. If the Supplier has not observed the provisions of the contract concerning the
disclosure and use of information provided by the Department.
29.3.3. If the Supplier fails to comply with the provisions of the contract concerning
the equipment, supplies and technical documents made available by the
Department.
29.3.4. If the Supplier transfers his contract without the Department's authorization or
concludes sub-contracts against the Department's explicit directives.
29.3.5. In the event that Supplier unjustifiably repudiates the Contract or fails to ship
or dispatch all or part of the goods ordered for reasons other than those
attributed to the Department’s actions or as provided in the Force Majeure
clause, the Department may, by giving an appropriate notice in writing to the
Supplier, fix a Date of Essence by which the Supplier must complete the
dispatch in full. If the Supplier fails to do so, the Department, in addition to his
right to recover Liquidated Damages in terms of the Contract, shall also have
the right to cancel this Contract and make substitute purchases from other
sources. If the goods are in a partial state of fabrication, Department may
have the fabrication completed by other means, in which event Supplier shall
be liable to Department for the additional expenses incurred thereby, but shall
not have any claim on savings, if any, in such cases.
In the event of such cancellation, the Department shall unless otherwise
specified in the contract, only pays.
-
In the case of a fixed-cost contract for the supply of equipment or
material. The contractual value of items delivered and accepted under
the contract before receipt of notification of cancellation, or to be
accepted under the special conditions of cancellation.
-
In the other cases.
A fair and reasonable price in respect of such work as has been carried
out prior to the receipt by the Supplier of notification of cancellation.
FRAUDULENT PRACTICES,
GOVERNMENT SERVANTS
30.0
BRIBERY
AND
CORRUPTION
OF
The contractor represents and undertakes that he has not given, offered or
promised to give, directly or indirectly any amount, gift, consideration, reward,
.
SPEC NO.
TCE 7517A-D-856/7001
SECOND VEHICLE ASSEMBLY BUIDING PROJECT
REQUEST FOR PROPOSAL
SECTION: A
SHEET : 29 OF 31
GENERAL SPECIFICATION FOR
PLATFORMS FOR SVAB
commission, fees, brokerage or inducement to any person in service of the
department or otherwise in procuring the contracts or forbearing to do or for
having done or forborne to do any act in relation to the obtaining or execution
of the contract or any other contract with the Government for obtaining a
contract or showing or forbearing to shoe favour or disfavour to any person in
relation to the contract or any other contract with the government. Any breach
of the aforesaid undertaking by the contract or any one employed by him or
acting on his behalf or for his benefit (whether with or without the knowledge
of the contractor) or the commissioning of any offence by contractor or any
one employed by him or acting on his behalf, as defined in chapter IX of the
Indian Penal code, 1860 or the prevention of corruption Act. 1947 or any
other Act enacted for the prevention of corruption shall, without prejudice to
any other legal action, entitle the Department to cancel the contract either
wholly or in part, and all or any other contracts with Contractor and recover
from the Contractor such amount or the monetary value thereof and the
amount of any loss arising from such cancellation without any entitlement or
compensation to the Contractor. The Department will also have the right to
recover any such amount from any contracts concluded earlier between the
contractor and the Government of India. The contractor will also be liable to
be debarred from entering into any contract with the Government of India for
a minimum period of five years. A decision of the Department to the effect
that a breach of the undertaking had been committed shall be final and
binding on the Contractor.
31.0
GENERAL PROJECT INFORMATION:
1.0
Project Title
: Second Vehicle Assembly Building (SVAB)
2.0
Location of Plant
: Sriharikota, AP
3.0
Elevation
: 4.2 m
4.0
Access to Site
:
Road
From North of Chennai is apprx. 100 km.
From East of Sullurpetta in Nellore dist is
approx 28km.
.
SECOND VEHICLE ASSEMBLY BUIDING PROJECT
REQUEST FOR PROPOSAL
SPEC NO.
TCE 7517A-D-856/7001
SECTION: A
SHEET : 30 OF 31
GENERAL SPECIFICATION FOR
PLATFORMS FOR SVAB
Rail
Chennai – Vijayawada rail track line.
5.0
Terrain
6.0
Climatic Conditions
a)
:
Uneven with level varying significantly.
Temperature
Mean of daily max
Mean of daily min.
Maximum Temperature
b)
c)
9.0
45.0 0C
Design ambient temperature
for performance guarantee
:
ii.
For electrical system design :
50 0C
Relative humidity
i.
Range
:
ii.
Design relative humidity
:
for performance guarantee
15% to 100%
70%
Rainfall
Annual average maximum
:
1331.3 mm
Wind Load
a)
8.0
42.2 0C
11.8 0C
45 0C
i.
i.
7.0
:
:
:
Basic wind speed
:
65m/s
(Enhanced by a factor 1.3)
Seismic Data
:
As per IS : 1893 latest issue
Zone
:
Zone III
Auxiliary Power Supply
:
Electrical equipment to be
supplied against this
specification shall be suitable
for operation on the following
supply system :
a.
For motors rated 200kW :
and below and motors rated
upto 250kW with VFD
415V, 3-phase, 3-wire, effectively
earthed AC
.
SECOND VEHICLE ASSEMBLY BUIDING PROJECT
REQUEST FOR PROPOSAL
SPEC NO.
TCE 7517A-D-856/7001
SECTION: A
SHEET : 31 OF 31
GENERAL SPECIFICATION FOR
PLATFORMS FOR SVAB
b.
Uninterrupted power
supply
:
230 V, 1 phase, 50 Hz, 2 wire
AC supply
c.
Space heaters
(for motors rated 30kW
and above)
:
240V, 1-phase, 2 wire, 50Hz
AC system with effectively
earthed neutral.
d.
Instrumentation controls :
and annunciation
24V, (including solenoid valves)
for instrumentation system
only. This power supply has to be
derived by the vendor from AC UPS
supply.
e.
Lighting fixtures
:
240V, 1 phase, 2 wire, 50 Hz,
earthed system.
f.
Space heaters in panels :
240V, 1 phase, 2 wire, 50 Hz,
earthed system
g.
Construction power
415 V + 10%, 3 phase, 4 wire,
50 Hz + 5%, AC supply at one place.
Further distribution by Bidder on
Chargeable basis.
h.
All devices shall be suitable for continuous operation over the entire
range of voltage and frequency indicated below without change in
their performance :
AC supply
:
:
Voltage variation + 10%
Frequency variation + 5%
Combined voltage & Frequency
variation: 10%
.
SPEC NO.
TCE 7517A-D-856/7001
SECOND VEHICLE ASSEMBLY BUILDING PROJECT
SECTION: B
SHEET : 1 OF 74
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION FOR
PLATFORMS FOR SVAB
SECTION -B
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION
.
SECOND VEHICLE ASSEMBLY BUILDING PROJECT
SPEC NO.
TCE 7517A-D-856/7001
1.0
SECTION: B
SHEET : 2 OF 74
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION FOR
PLATFORMS FOR SVAB
SCOPE
This specification covers the description of scope of work, functional
requirements, technical parameters, general design, materials, construction
features, interfaces, list of drawings, and bought out items.
The scope of the tenderer shall include understanding of Platforms and its
functional requirement, procurement of raw material, fabrication, stress relieving
/ heat treatment, machining, assembly of sub-systems along with bought out
items, electrics, design & supply hydraulic system, shop inspection, testing at the
manufacturer’s works, packing , forwarding, transportation, delivery at site
(SDSC-SHAR), handling at site, erection, testing, commissioning, performance /
acceptance testing as per the enclosed specification under the supervision of
ISRO & Third party Inspection agency (TPIA) and handing over of Platforms.
2.0
QUANTITY
Total 6 sets of Platforms inclusive 6 nos of Folding Cum Vertically
Repositionable Platforms (hereafter referred as FCVRP) covering one half of the
platform and 6 sets of Swinging Cum Vertically Repositionable Platform
(hereafter referred as SCVRP) covering other half of the platform in Second
Vehicle Assembly Building (here after referred as SVAB). One set of SCVRP
means 2 nos of SCVRP together covering one half of platform. Each set of
platform consists of 1 (one) numbers of FCVRP on east side of the building (i.e.
one half of the platform on east side) and 2 (two) numbers of SCVRPs on west
side (i.e. other half of the platform on west side).
3.0
ESTIMATED TOTAL WEIGHT
The estimated finished weight of the system in each category is approximate
only. The contractor shall agree for addition / deletion of the works and such
variation is limited to ± 15% of the order value. Offer shall be valid for ± 15% of
the order value. However payment will be made based on the final finished
drawing weight only.
3.1
Fabricated structural items without machining.
Procurement, fabrication, control assembly, transportation, handling at site,
erection & commissioning of structural steel / Mild steel components conforming
to IS:2062 & IS:808 is 570 t (approximate).
Items coming under above category are foldable platform, fixed platform / nonfolding platform, platform, replaceable folding platform, bracings, Truss, carriage
body, guards, cut out covers, hand rails, etc..
(Note: Foldable / fixed platform may have very light machining for fixing two
number of brackets of size 500mm x500mm).
3.2
Fabricated structural items with machining.
Procurement, fabrication, stress relieving, machining, sub assembly, control
assembly, transportation, handling at site, erection & commissioning of structural
.
SECOND VEHICLE ASSEMBLY BUILDING PROJECT
SPEC NO.
TCE 7517A-D-856/7001
SECTION: B
SHEET : 3 OF 74
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION FOR
PLATFORMS FOR SVAB
steel / Mild steel components conforming to IS:2062 & IS:808 is 1380 t
(approximate).
Items coming under above category are Guide columns, Guide frames,
Interconnecting brackets / support brackets, brackets for guide pulleys, brackets
for load cell pulleys, brackets for Hoisting pulleys, bearing retainers, lock plates,
bearing housings, base frames, shims, pulley brackets, drum mounting brackets,
base & striker for limit switch, rails, leadscrew, Vee grooved wheels, Carraige
body, top/bottom pivot bracket, plumber block, Pivot frame, etc..
3.3
Machined Special Steel components.
Procurement, heat treatment if required, machining, sub assembly, control
assembly, transportation, handling at site, erection & commissioning of different
items from alloy steels / forged steels / cast steels like cast steel IS:1030 grade
280-520N, 45C8, 40C8, 20C8 as per IS:1570, Alloy forged steel 40NiCr4Mo3,
40Cr4M03, 40Ni2Cr1No28, ASTM A516 Gr.70, Rockstar-400 / Hardox-400,
Aluminium, Bronze or any other steel mentioned in the BOQ etc.. which is 525 t
(approximate).
Items coming under above category are liners for guide Columns, pin, Wheels,
rollers, safety link chain, axles, rope drum, shafts, pulleys, spacers with special
steel, turn buckle, through bolts, etc..
3.4
Bought out items & Electrical work.
Procurement of Bought out items as per the BOQ, assembly with sub-systems,
control assembly if required, procurement of 6 nos. of flame proof motors of
37kW, 6 nos. of non-flame proof motors of 45 kW, 12 nos of non-flame proof
motors of 55 kW, electrics, cables, junction boxes, local control panels, motor
control center panels, Bearings, 24 nos. of gear boxes, lock nuts, lock washers,
Full gear couplings, limit switch, wire ropes, grease nipples, load cells, MCC,
local control panels etc as mentioned in Section:F10, testing of the performance
of the drive and other functions of electrics, transportation, handling at site,
erection & commissioning and handling over of start-up spares mentioned in
clause: 25.
3.5
Hydraulic actuators with complete power pack for SCVRPs
Design of complete hydraulic system for operation of Hydraulic actuator for
swinging operation of SCVRP, approval of SDSC SHAR, procurement of
actuators, pumps, motors, hoses, directional control valves, pressure relief
valves etc and other accessories as per specification given the document,
assembly with systems, testing at vendor site, control assembly with pivot shaft
at manufacturer site, transportation to site, erection and commissioning for 12
sets.
Tenderer shall note that partial offer / scope is not allowed in this tender
and partial offer / scope will lead to rejection of offer. Hence tenderers are
requested to quote for complete scope.
4.0
BACKGROUND INFORMATION / FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENT
.
SECOND VEHICLE ASSEMBLY BUILDING PROJECT
SPEC NO.
TCE 7517A-D-856/7001
SECTION: B
SHEET : 4 OF 74
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION FOR
PLATFORMS FOR SVAB
4.1
SVAB is a RCC building of 52m width, 70m length and a height of 96m and is
planned near VAB & SSAB.
4.2
For carrying out Vehicle integration operations in the Second Vehicle Assembly
Building (SVAB), personnel are required to reach the vehicle at various levels
throughout its height and the approaches are required close to the vehicle
sequentially as well as simultaneously. In order to meet these requirements, six
sets of Platforms are proposed to be provided from Elevation 11.5 m to 70 m
inside the SVAB.
4.3
The main function of the Platforms is to provide access to the launch vehicle at
required levels between 11.5 m and 70 m Elevation.
4.4
Platforms are planned to be driven by electrically operated winch drives for
hoisting operation. FCVRP folding is planned by electrically operated winch drive
and SCVRP swinging is planned using hydraulic operated actuator.
4.5
Platforms will have limit switches so as to operate the platform safely with in the
desired limits.
4.6
Easy accesses are to be provided for maintenance / approach of guide rollers.
4.7
Similar Platforms are available in Second Launch Pad (SLP) at SDSC SHAR
Sriharikota. Tenderer may visit SDSC–SHAR for better understanding of the
system and familiarizing the SVAB site for realising and commissioning the
Platforms for SVAB.
5.0
DETAILED SCOPE OF WORK / EQUIPMENT AND SERVVICES TO BE
PROVIDED BY CONTRACTOR
For Successful realization of 6 sets of platforms ( 6 nos. of FCVRPs and 6 sets
of SCVRPs {1 set of SCVRP means 2 nos. of SCVRP}) the scope of tender shall
include but not limited to the following items:
5.1
Complete understanding of functional requirements of Platforms, interfaces and
thereby ensuring satisfactory operation of the system.
5.2
Understanding of supplied drawings and preparation of part drawings, if required.
5.3
Procurement of raw materials and bought out items with qualification.
5.4
Carrying out of fabrication as per approved fabrication drawings, stress relieving
the fabricated components and machining of the items as per the drawing.
5.5
Procurement of Electrical items like motors limits switches, cables, local control
panels, motor control centre panels, load cells, limit switches etc.. which are
required for all platform operation
5.6
Actuator, hydraulic power pack etc. which are required for all platform operation.
5.7
Control Assembly / assembly and testing of subsystems /system such as drive
units at shop along with bought out items as per approved manufacturing
/fabrication drawing and bills of materials.
5.8
Receipt of manufactured items and related materials at site, unloading, storing in
tenderers’ own store, transportation at site.
.
SECOND VEHICLE ASSEMBLY BUILDING PROJECT
SPEC NO.
TCE 7517A-D-856/7001
SECTION: B
SHEET : 5 OF 74
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION FOR
PLATFORMS FOR SVAB
5.9
Completing the platform fabrication at shop.
5.10
Finalizing the procedure for the erection, testing and trial testing at shop of the
sub system and the integrated platforms to ensure all the functional
requirements.
5.11
Carrying out erection, testing and commissioning of subsystems and the
integrated platforms to ensure all the functional requirements.
5.12
Through bolts for fixing brackets.
5.13
Foundation bolts for Drive assemblies and grouting the Drive assembly after
alignment with Fosroc make GP2 conbextra cement.
5.14
All tools, tackles, cranes etc for erection.
5.15
Submission of execution plan for all major actives including manufacturing,
testing packaging, delivery to ISRO site at Sriharikota, erection and
commissioning.
5.16
Paint and painting of equipment, structures, supports etc.(Inclusive of Primer
Coating).
5.17
Shop inspection (in Vendor’s works & at project site) after installation along with
all required calibrated measuring instruments.
5.18
All field instruments, junction boxes and Local Control Panel (LCP) along with all
erection hardware & structural steel supports.
5.19
Fabrication of supports, cable trays, flexible metal conduits, cable drag system
etc., as required to run and terminate the cables from the nearest cable tray
header to the individual equipment & providing double earthing to all electrical
equipment.
5.20
Installation, testing and commissioning of the electrical panels.
5.21
Design and supply of Hydraulic system for Hydraulic actuators for Swinging
mechanism of SCVRP.
5.22
First fill of oil, grease, lubricants consumables, etc. as required during start up
and commissioning operations.
5.23
Testing, commissioning of complete Platforms and handing over.
5.24
Arranging the third party inspection agency to carry out the inspection works at
various stages as per the approved QAP for manufacturing and testing
procedures in the document are only for the general guideline of the tenderer.
The tenderer shall furnish these details in their offer as required in the relevant
articles of this specification.
5.25
Preparation / Revision of Drawings if any changes made and submission of As
built drawings.
6.0
EQUIPMENT AND SERVICES TO BE PROVIDED BY SDSC SHAR AT SDSC
SHAR:
6.1
Power supply on chargeable basis for erection.
.
SECOND VEHICLE ASSEMBLY BUILDING PROJECT
SPEC NO.
TCE 7517A-D-856/7001
SECTION: B
SHEET : 6 OF 74
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION FOR
PLATFORMS FOR SVAB
6.2
Embedment plates with holes suiting the bracket interfaces for all brackets &
Guide columns.
7.0
ELEVATIONS OF PLATFORMS
Six sets of platforms are located in the SVAB so as to provide approach
throughout the vehicle height between 11.5 m to 70.0 m levels as given in the
following table.
PLATFORM
WORKING
LEVELS
PLATFORM-1 (i.e FCVRP-1 /
SCVRP-1)
11.5 m to 23 m
PLATFORM-2 (i.e FCVRP-2 /
SCVRP-2)
19 m to 31 m
PLATFORM-3 (i.e FCVRP-3 /
SCVRP-3)
27 m to 38 m
PLATFORM-4 (i.e FCVRP-4 /
SCVRP-4)
35 m to 47 m
PLATFORM-5 (i.e FCVRP-5 /
SCVRP-5)
47 m to 59 m
PLATFORM-6 (i.e FCVRP-6 /
SCVRP-6)
59 m to 70 m
8.0
HOISTING
DRIVE
ELEVATION
CEILING
LOCATION FOR
LOAD CELL
PULLEY
19 m
27 m
27 m
38 m
31 m
42 m
42 m
51 m
55 m
63 m
63 m
74 m
TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATION
OF
FOLDING
REPOSITIONABLE PLATFORMS ( FCVRP):
CUM
VERTICAL
The Folding Cum Vertically Repositioning Platform (FCVRP) is composed of the
following major subassemblies / components:
a)
b)
c)
d)
e)
f)
g)
h)
i)
j)
k)
l)
Guide Columns
Connecting Beams along with Bracings
Guide Frame
Fixed Platform
Folding Platform
Replaceable Platform
Hinges
Guide Rollers
Safety Link Chain
Drive systems
Handrails
Catwalk along with supporting structure & railing
.
SECOND VEHICLE ASSEMBLY BUILDING PROJECT
SPEC NO.
TCE 7517A-D-856/7001
SECTION: B
SHEET : 7 OF 74
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION FOR
PLATFORMS FOR SVAB
A brief description of the constructional features required for each of the above
subassemblies / components is listed here below:
8.1
GUIDE COLUMN
8.1.1 There are two Guide Columns to be provided throughout the height of the SVAB
from elevations of 9 m to 74 m. All the six FCVRPs are guided in this Guide
Column so as to provide access to the vehicle from EL. 11.5 m to EL 70 m.
8.1.2 The Guide Column is a welded structure having an ‘I’ section.
8.1.3 The Guide Columns of 11m length are to be stress relieved before machining.
8.1.4 In order to facilitate the transportation, handling and erection at site, the Guide
Columns are split up into six segments. The individual segments of Guide
Columns are to be aligned and welded at site.
8.1.5 The Guide Columns are provided with liners on its flanges as well as its web in
order to withstand the rubbing forces acting due to the movement of the Guide
Rollers. The liners are to be hardened to achieve a hardness of 30 to 35 HRC /
286 to 328 BHN.
8.2
SUPPORT BRACKETS / INTER CONNECTING BRACKETS
BRACINGS
ALONG WITH
8.2.1 The Guide Columns are supported from the Portal Frame of SVAB by means of
connecting beams. The Connecting beams are located at all floor elevations of
SVAB from 11 m to 74 m.
8.2.2 The Connecting beams located on successive floors are interconnected by
means of welded bracings.
8.2.3 The Connecting beams are box sections fabricated from plates. Provision is also
made for mounting of the Hoisting pulleys on the Connecting Beams at
applicable elevations of the SVAB.
8.2.4 The Connecting beams are to be stress relieved before machining.
8.2.5 Shims are to be provided suitable at site so as to achieve the specified verticality
of each Guide Column as well as the parallelity of the two Guide Columns.
8.2.6 The mounting elevation of connecting beam is to be controlled so that the
elevation of the catwalks provided above connecting beam matches with the
elevation of the floor level of the Portal Frame.
8.3
GUIDE FRAME
.
SECOND VEHICLE ASSEMBLY BUILDING PROJECT
SPEC NO.
TCE 7517A-D-856/7001
SECTION: B
SHEET : 8 OF 74
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION FOR
PLATFORMS FOR SVAB
8.3.1 Each FCVRP is provided with a Fixed Platform having two Guide Frames. The
Guide Frames for FCVRP-1. FCVRP-3 & FCVRP-5 are located on the outer side
of the Guide Columns, whereas the Guide Frames for FCVRP-2, FCVRP-4 &
FCVRP-6 are located on the inner side of the Guide Columns. The Guide
Frames are bolted and dowelled with the Fixed Platform during shop assembly
and are to be subsequently welded at site during assembly.
8.3.2 The Guide Frame is a rectangular box section fabricated from plates. The Guide
Frame is to be stress relieved after welding and subsequently machined to meet
the dimensional requirements.
8.3.3 For the purpose of Vertical repositioning, Guide Rollers are mounted on the
Guide Frame and these Rollers move vertically inside the Guide Columns.
Additionally, the hoisting pulleys as well as the folding drive pulleys are also
mounted on the Guide Frames
8.4
FIXED PLATFORM
8.4.1 Each FCVRP is provided with a Fixed Platform. The entry of persons from the
Portal Frame into the FCVRP is through the Fixed Platform.
8.4.2 The Fixed Platform is a fabricated structure made up of Rolled sections. A
chequered plate is provided on its top surface for the movement of Personnel.
8.4.3 A base frame for mounting of folding drive components is supported below the
fixed Platform.
8.5
FOLDING PLATFORM
8.5.1 A Foldable Platform is provided in each FCVRP. The Foldable Platform is
supported from the Fixed Platform by means of three hinges.
8.5.2 Foldable Platform is a structure fabricated out of Rolled steel sections. A
chequered plate is provided on top of the Platform.
8.5.3 Provision is made on the Foldable Platform for the bolting of the Replaceable
Platforms to suit different Vehicle configurations.
8.6
REPLACEABLE PLATFORM
8.6.1 Replaceable Platform is a structure fabricated out of Rolled steel sections. A
chequered plate is provided on top of the Platform.
8.6.2 Replaceable Platforms are mounted at the front end of the Foldable Platforms
and they extend upto the Vehicle Centreline.
.
SECOND VEHICLE ASSEMBLY BUILDING PROJECT
SPEC NO.
TCE 7517A-D-856/7001
SECTION: B
SHEET : 9 OF 74
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION FOR
PLATFORMS FOR SVAB
8.6.3 Replaceable Platforms are to be provided to suit external Vehicle configurations
of GSLV MK-II & LVM3.
8.6.4 The Replaceable Platforms for FCVRP – 1, FCVRP – 2 & FCVRP – 3 have
additional
Cut-outs
to
suit
the
Strap-on
Motors
of
different
Vehicle
Configurations. The Replaceable Platforms for FCVRP – 4, FCVRP – 5 &
FCVRP – 6 have a central cut-out to suit the launch Vehicle configuration.
8.6.5 All Cut-outs are to be provided with covers which may be kept closed based on
the Vehicle integration requirements.
8.6.6 The Platform projections between Strap-ons are to be made of sliding / folding
type so as to ensure that there is no interference of the platform with the vehicle
during the folding operation.
8.6.7 The tip of Replaceable Platform located near the Vehicle Centreline is expected
to deflect downwards due to the Platform’s self weight. A suitable Camber shall
be provided at the edge of the Platform in order to ensure that the Platform tip is
horizontal within 5 mm in the unfolded condition.
8.6.8 Inside the SVAB, the FCVRPs are provided on the east side and the Swinging
Cum Vertically Repositionable Platform (SCVRP) are provided on the west side.
Both FCVRP & SCVRP extend close to the centre line of Vehicle from opposite
sides. A hinged cover is to be provided at the edge of the Replaceable Platform
in order to bridge the gap between FCVRP and SCVRP
8.7
HINGES
8.7.1 Three hinges are provided between the Folding Platform and Fixed Platform.
8.7.2 Out of these three hinges, two Hinges are provided with antifriction bearings and
the middle Hinge is provided with Bush bearing.
8.7.3 The Hinge brackets are to be stress relieved before finish machining to achieve
the specified dimensional requirements.
8.8
GUIDE ROLLERS
8.8.1 Each of the two Guide Frames of each FCVRP is provided with 2 nos. of
Horizontal Guide Rollers and 2 sets (each set consisting of 2 nos.) of Lateral
Guide Rollers. These Guide Rollers move freely inside the Guide Column for the
purpose of vertically repositioning.
.
SECOND VEHICLE ASSEMBLY BUILDING PROJECT
SPEC NO.
TCE 7517A-D-856/7001
SECTION: B
SHEET : 10 OF 74
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION FOR
PLATFORMS FOR SVAB
8.8.2 The Guide Rollers are mounted on antifriction bearings and the axles for Guide
Rollers are fixed on the Guide Frame.
8.8.3 The Guide Rollers are to be heat treated to achieve the required mechanical
properties.
8.8.4 The surface of Rollers is to be induction hardened to 40 – 45 HRC upto a depth
of 4 to 6 mm. The Guide Rollers are to finish machined subsequent to heat
treatment to achieve the specified dimensional requirements.
8.8.5 The Axles for the Guide Rollers are to be heat treated to achieve the required
mechanical properties and subsequently finish machined to meet the
dimensional requirements.
8.9
SAFETY LINK CHAIN
8.9.1 Two Safety link chains are provided for the folding platform. This chain consists
of a set of interconnected links. The main purpose of Safety link chain assembly
is to support the Folding Platform in case of failure of the wire ropes. Each
Safety link chain is designed so as to take the full load of the Platform.
8.9.2 The Safety link chain is to be heat treated and subsequently finish machined.
8.9.3 The pins of the Safety link chain are to be heat treated to achieve the required
mechanical properties and finish machined to achieve the dimensional
requirements.
8.9.4 At one end of the Safety link chain, a turnbuckle is to be provided for length
adjustment
8.10
FOLDING DRIVE SYSTEM
8.10.1 The rotational movement of the Folding Platform is achieved by means of the
folding drive system. The folding operation is carried out by the electrically
operated winch type folding drive system located on fixed platform and by using
direction changing pulleys. The motor shaft transmits power to a rope drum
through a non-reversible worm gear box. In turn, the rope drum pulls up or
releases down the free end of Foldable Platform by winding or unwinding the two
ropes thereby folding or unfolding the platform about the hinges. Electrohydraulically operated flame proof thruster brake mounted on input shaft of
worm-reducer is used for the braking operation
.
SECOND VEHICLE ASSEMBLY BUILDING PROJECT
SPEC NO.
TCE 7517A-D-856/7001
SECTION: B
SHEET : 11 OF 74
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION FOR
PLATFORMS FOR SVAB
8.10.2 The drive elements (i.e. motor, gearbox, brake, etc) for the folding operation are
located on a Base Frame mounted below the Fixed Platform.
8.10.3 Load sensing devices are positioned in the diverter pulleys for the folding drive
mechanisms so that the drive system trips automatically in case the load on the
wire rope exceeds 125% of the normal load.
8.10.4 No oil shall drip from the gear box or any part of the system. However suitable oil
drip tray shall be provided for folding mechanism.
8.11
HOISTING DRIVE SYSTEM
8.11.1 The vertical repositioning of the FCVRP is achieved by means of the Hoisting
drive system. The hoisting operation of the fixed platform is proposed to be
carried out by an electrically operated winch mechanism. The motor shaft
transmits power to a rope drum through a non-reversible worm gear box. In turn,
the rope drum pulls up or releases down the guide frame by winding or
unwinding the two ropes. The Guide Frame carries the Fixed platform up and
down by moving along the vertical Guide Column on four wheels provided on it
8.11.2 The Drive Frame along with the drive elements for the hoisting operation is
mounted inside the portal frames of the SVAB:
8.11.3 Load sensing devices are positioned in the diverter pulleys for the hoisting drive
mechanisms so that the drive system trips automatically in case the load on the
wire rope exceed 125% of the normal load
8.11.4 No oil shall drip from the gear box or any part of the system. However suitable oil
drip tray shall be provided for Hoisting Mechanism.
8.12
WIRE ROPES
8.12.1 The wire ropes shall be ‘Usha Martin’ make and type “Powerform 8”, grade 2160,
galvanised.
8.12.2 The wires shall be free from any surface defects
8.12.3 Left hand and right hand Lay ropes shall be used for the drives depending on the
hand of helix on the rope drum.
8.12.4 The end of the wire rope shall be secured by means of lock plate and screws on
the Rope Drum.
.
SECOND VEHICLE ASSEMBLY BUILDING PROJECT
SPEC NO.
TCE 7517A-D-856/7001
8.13
SECTION: B
SHEET : 12 OF 74
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION FOR
PLATFORMS FOR SVAB
PULLEYS
8.13.1 The Pulleys shall meet the requirements of IS: 3177
8.13.2 The grooves for wire rope shall be machined of appropriate shape to suit the
rope & the surface shall be finished smooth and shall be free from surface
defects
8.13.3 The material for pulleys shall be Cast steel of grade as specified in the drawings.
8.13.4 The Pulley shall be annealed before machining.
8.13.5 The Pulley shall be subjected to Ultrasonic test.
8.14
ROPE DRUM
8.14.1 Rope Drum shall meet the requirements of IS:3177
8.14.2 The Rope Drum shall have both left hand and right hand helix grooves. The rope
drum shall be machine grooved and the contour of the grooves shall be suitable
for the selected wire rope. The grooves shall be finished smooth and the edges
between the grooves shall be rounded.
8.14.3 The material for Rope Drum shall be ASTM A515, Grade 70. The welded joints in
Rope Drum shall consist of full penetration weld.
8.14.4 The Rope Drum shall be stress relieved before machining.
8.14.5 The weld joints of Rope Drum shall be subjected to Ultrasonic Testing.
8.14.6 The Rope Drum shall have provision for rope anchorage at both ends.
8.14.7 The Stub shafts for Rope Drum shall be forged as per IS: 1570(Part 2). The Stub
shafts shall be hardened and tempered before welding to the Rope Drum. The
Stub shafts shall be subjected to Ultrasonic Testing
8.15
REDUCTION GEAR BOX
8.15.1 Double reduction worm gearbox shall be used for the Folding and Hoisting drive
systems.
8.15.2 Gear box selection should have service factor of minimum 2 considering starting
torque of motor.
8.15.3 It shall be ensured that the gearbox selected is of irreversible type i.e. it cannot
be driven from the output shaft although it can be driven in both directions from
the input shaft.
.
SECOND VEHICLE ASSEMBLY BUILDING PROJECT
SPEC NO.
TCE 7517A-D-856/7001
SECTION: B
SHEET : 13 OF 74
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION FOR
PLATFORMS FOR SVAB
8.15.4 The efficiency of the selected gearbox shall be specified by the CONTRACTOR.
The efficiency of selected gearbox shall not be less than 40%.
8.15.5 Gearboxes shall be totally enclosed having splash lubrication. The bearings shall
have sufficient heat radiation area to maintain lubricant at temperatures below
maximum operating temperature.
8.15.6 Gearboxes shall have fill and drain connections, breather, lubricant level indicator
and shall have good accessibility for checking, maintenance and oil filling.
8.15.7 Reliable sealing arrangement shall be provided for shafts of gear boxes.
8.16
ELECTRO-HYDRAULIC THRUSTOR OPERATED DRUM BRAKE
8.16.1 The brakes shall be “electro-hydraulic thrustor released and spring actuated”
type and it shall be provided between the drive motor and the Worm Gearbox.
8.16.2 Brake shall have manual release provision to permit drive movement during
power stoppage.
8.16.3 Brake drums shall be made from Forged steel / Cast steel / SG Iron. Drums shall
be machined to smooth surface and statically & dynamically balanced.
8.17
BASE FRAME FOR DRIVE
8.17.1 All drive elements shall be mounted on a fabricated and machined base frame.
8.17.2 The Base Frame shall be thermally stress relieved before machining.
8.18
GUARDS
8.18.1 All exposed couplings, shafts, gear wheels, pinions, drives etc. shall be safely
encased and guarded.
8.19
KEY WAYS
8.19.1 Keys and Keyways shall confirm to IS 2048 /2291 /2292 /2293 as applicable.
Splines and serrations shall be involute or straight-sided form. Straight-sided
splines shall comply to IS 2327 / 2610 as applicable.
8.20
LOCAL CONTROL PANEL
8.20.1 A local control panel shall be provided by the Contractor at the Fixed Platform for
the operation of the Folding & Hoisting Drive Systems of each FCVRP. The
.
SECOND VEHICLE ASSEMBLY BUILDING PROJECT
SPEC NO.
TCE 7517A-D-856/7001
SECTION: B
SHEET : 14 OF 74
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION FOR
PLATFORMS FOR SVAB
interconnecting cables between the local control panel and Sensors /
Instruments / other equipment’s shall also be supplied by the Contractor.
8.20.2 The requirements for the Control panel shall be as per electrical specification.
8.21
LIMIT SWITCH
8.21.1 Limit switches are to be provided for Hoisting up and down limits, folding up and
down limits & anti-collision limit switches.
8.21.2 The detailed specification is given in electrical specification.
8.22
SPRING STOPS / BUFFERS
8.22.1 Spring stops shall be provided for the Folding Drive System to ensure that the
Platform is not folded beyond 90 degrees and to give initial push to unfolding
operation.
8.23
LOCKING ARRANGEMENT FOR HOISTING MECHANISM
8.23.1 A locking arrangement for vertical repositioning shall be provided at intervals of
500 mm between the working levels of each platform.
8.23.2 The locking arrangement shall consist of a Lockpin being inserted through an
oblong hole provided in the two flanges of the Guide column.
8.23.3 A Stop bracket shall be provided on the Guide Frame. The downward movement
of the Platform is arrested when the Stop bracket provided on the Guide Frame
makes contact with the Lockpin.
8.24
LOCKING ARRANGEMENT FOR FOLDING MECHANISM
8.24.1 The Folding Platform shall be locked in the retracted position by means of a Lock
pin inserted from the Guide Frame to the Platform.
8.25
HANDRAILS
8.25.1 Foldable Handrails are provided for the Platforms of FCVRP which do not
interfere with the Guide Frame or the Guide Column when the Platform is folded.
8.25.2 Handrails are also provided for the fixed platform with required openings for entry
from the catwalks.
8.25.3 All entry openings shall be provided with sliding hand rails.
.
SECOND VEHICLE ASSEMBLY BUILDING PROJECT
SPEC NO.
TCE 7517A-D-856/7001
SECTION: B
SHEET : 15 OF 74
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION FOR
PLATFORMS FOR SVAB
8.25.4 All Platforms shall be provided with toe guards.
9.0
TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATION
OF
SWINGING
REPOSITIONABLE PLATFORMS (SCVRP):
CUM
VERTICAL
•
Six sets of SCVRPs are located in the SVAB so as to provide approach
throughout the vehicle height between 11.5 m to 70.0m.
•
Each SCVRP consists of two halves. Each half is independent of other
platform for all operational requirements.
Each half of SCVRP consists of
(a) Swinging platform
(b) Non swinging part / Guide carriage assembly
(c) Two guide columns.
(d) Hoisting Drive mechanism.
(e) Swinging drive mechanism.
Fig.1: Schematic Sketch of SCVRP
.
SPEC NO.
TCE 7517A-D-856/7001
SECOND VEHICLE ASSEMBLY BUILDING PROJECT
SECTION: B
SHEET : 16 OF 74
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION FOR
PLATFORMS FOR SVAB
Fig.2: ELEVATION – SCVRP
.
SECOND VEHICLE ASSEMBLY BUILDING PROJECT
SPEC NO.
TCE 7517A-D-856/7001
SECTION: B
SHEET : 17 OF 74
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION FOR
PLATFORMS FOR SVAB
A brief description of the constructional features required for each of the above
subassemblies / components is listed here below
9.1
SWINGING PLATFORM
9.1.1 Swinging part of the platform is pivoted to the non-swinging part of the platform.
The non-swinging part consists of the guide carriage assembly.
9.1.2 Swing platform consists of
•
Truss
•
Fixed platform
•
Replaceable platform with manual sliding platform at the cut out portion.
9.1.3 Fixed platform connected to the truss.
9.1.4 Replaceable platform which extends upto the centerline of the Vehicle is bolted
to the Fixed Platform. Two separate Replaceable Platforms are designed to suit
the Vehicle configurations of GSLV MK II and LVM3 respectively. For ease of
assembly, Guide Pins are provided between the Replaceable Platforms and the
Fixed Platform. Also, the bolt head of the fasteners located between Replaceable
Platform and Fixed Platform is held in a slot to prevent its rotation so as to
facilitate the assembly.
9.1.5 The Replaceable Platform is provided with the cut-outs in the form of manual
sliding platform to suit different launch vehicle configurations at different
elevations. These cut-outs are provided only for the bottom three platforms which
are located at the same elevations as the strap-on motors of different vehicle
configurations. The upper three platforms are provided only with a central cut-out
to suit the different vehicle configurations. In the upper three Platforms, the inner
diameter of the central cut-out is made adjustable to achieve different vehicle
diameters by means of the bolting of suitable radial segments. Covers will be
provided for all the
cut-outs in the Replaceable platforms so as to close the
openings whenever required.
9.2
GUIDE CARRIAGE / NON-SWINGING PLATFORM
9.2.1 The guide carriage is made of fabricated steel construction confirming to IS:2062
of E250 quality BR. Guide carriage assembly consists of:
•
Horizontal and lateral guide rollers (Web and Flange rollers)
•
Top pivot bracket with top pivot bearing housing.
•
Bottom pivot bracket with bottom pivot bearing and thrust bearing housing
.
SECOND VEHICLE ASSEMBLY BUILDING PROJECT
SPEC NO.
TCE 7517A-D-856/7001
SECTION: B
SHEET : 18 OF 74
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION FOR
PLATFORMS FOR SVAB
•
Hydraulic actuator mounted on the top bracket
•
Power pack for hydraulic actuator.
•
Hoisting pulleys mounted on the carriage.
9.2.2 Horizontal as well as lateral guide rollers (which are having antifriction bearings)
moves freely inside a Guide column for the purpose of vertical repositioning. In
order to facilitate the access of the operating personnel from the portal frames of
the SVAB, the catwalk is provided on the inner side and outer side of the guide
carriage.
9.2.3 The carriage has opening in the middle. The bottom pivot bracket has an
extension platform for access to SCVRPs from the portal frames of the SVAB
through the carriage opening.
9.3
GUIDE COLUMNS
9.3.1 Four (4) nos. of vertical guide columns, two (2) nos. for each half of SCVRPs are
provided. The guide columns are built up C-sections made of fabricated steel
construction confirming to IS: 2062 steel.
9.3.2 Guide columns are also provided with hardened liners on its flanges as well as
its web in order to withstand the rubbing forces acting due to the movement of
the Guide Rollers
9.3.3 These guide columns are mounted throughout the height of the SVAB between
elevations 9 m to 74 m. All the six SCVRPs are guided in this Guide Column so
as to provide access to the vehicle from EL. 11.5 m to EL 70 m.
9.3.4 Connection of the guide column with the SVAB is done at every 2.0m interval
through brackets. These brackets are welded to the guide columns and are
bolted to SVAB columns.
9.4
HOISTING DRIVE SYSTEM
9.4.1 The Drive Frame along with the drive elements for the hoisting operation is
mounted inside the portal frames of the SVAB. The Drive Frame is located
sufficiently below the Load Cell Pulleys (which are mounted on the ceiling of the
Portal area) so as to achieve a fleet angle of less than ±5º. As a safety measure,
the diameter of rope is selected such that each of the two ropes connected to the
guide carriage can independently withstand the dead weight of the platform
along with the associated drive machinery in case of failure of one of the ropes.
9.4.2 SCVRPs can be locked at any vertical position with the help of self-locking type
worm reducer ( non-reversible {i.e. output shaft cannot drive the input shaft).
9.4.3 Electro hydraulic operated non flame proof thruster brake which is normally in
closed condition under spring force. Manual mechanism to release the brake
during maintenance / manual operation to be provided.
.
SECOND VEHICLE ASSEMBLY BUILDING PROJECT
SPEC NO.
TCE 7517A-D-856/7001
SECTION: B
SHEET : 19 OF 74
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION FOR
PLATFORMS FOR SVAB
9.4.4 At parking position, SCVRP can be locked to SVAB floor manually by mechanical
locks. Mechanical locking device with turn buckle arrangement at parking levels
is provided to lock SCVRPs.
9.4.5 Load sensing devices (Load cells) are positioned in the diverter pulleys for the
hoisting drive mechanisms so that the drive system trips automatically in case
the load on the wire rope exceed 125% of the normal load.
9.4.6 No oil shall drip from the gear box or any part of the system. However suitable oil
drip tray shall be provided for Hoisting mechanism
9.4.7 The drive system elements such as ropes, sheaves, rope drums, gear boxes,
brakes, shafts & axles, couplings, wheels spring stops are selected in order to
meet the requirements of IS:3177.
9.4.8 A handle shall be provided on the input side of the gear box for door operation of
drive in case of power failure
9.4.9 ROPE DRUM
A. Rope Drum shall meet the requirements of IS: 3177
B. The Rope Drum shall have both left hand and right hand helix grooves. The
rope drum shall be machine grooved and the contour of the grooves shall be
suitable for the selected wire rope. The grooves shall be finished smooth
and the edges between the grooves shall be rounded.
C. The material for Rope Drum shall be ASTM A516, Grade 70. The welded
joints in Rope Drum shall consist of full penetration weld.
D. The Rope Drum shall be stress relieved before machining.
E. The weld joints of Rope Drum shall be subjected to Ultrasonic Testing.
F.
The Rope Drum shall have provision for rope anchorage at both its ends.
G. The Stub shafts for Rope Drum shall be a forging of Material 40C8 as per
IS: 1570(Part 2). The Stub shafts shall be hardened and tempered before
welding to the Rope Drum. The Stub shafts shall be subjected to Ultrasonic
Testing
9.4.10 PULLEYS
A. The Pulleys shall meet the requirements of IS: 3177.
B. The grooves for wire rope shall be machined of appropriate shape to suit the
rope & the surface shall be finished smooth and shall be free from surface
defects.
.
SECOND VEHICLE ASSEMBLY BUILDING PROJECT
SPEC NO.
TCE 7517A-D-856/7001
SECTION: B
SHEET : 20 OF 74
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION FOR
PLATFORMS FOR SVAB
C. The material for pulleys shall be Cast steel of grade as specified in the
drawings.
D. The Pulley shall be annealed before machining.
E. The Pulley shall be subjected to Ultrasonic test.
9.4.11 WIRE ROPE
A. The wire ropes shall be ‘Usha Martin’ make and type “Powerform 8”, grade
2160 N/mm2, galvanised.
B. The wires shall be free from any surface defects.
C. Left hand and right hand Lay ropes shall be used for the drives depending
on the hand of helix on the rope drum.
D. The end of the wire rope shall be secured by means of lock plate and screws
on the Rope Drum
9.4.12 REDUCTION GEAR BOX
a. Double reduction worm gearbox shall be used for the Hoisting drive
systems.
b. Gear box should have service factor of minimum 2 considering starting
torque of motor.
c. It shall be ensured that the gearbox selected is of irreversible type i.e. it
cannot be driven from the output shaft although it can be driven in both
directions from the input shaft.
d. The efficiency of the selected gearbox shall be specified by the
CONTRACTOR. The efficiency of selected gearbox shall not be less than 40
%.
e. Gear boxes shall be self-locking type worm reducer ( non-reversible {i.e.
output shaft cannot drive the input shaft}).
f.
The gearboxes shall be totally enclosed having splash lubrication. The
bearings shall have sufficient heat radiation area to maintain lubricant at
temperatures below maximum operating temperature.
g. Gearboxes shall have fill and drain connections, breather, lubricant level
indicator and shall have good accessibility for checking, maintenance and oil
filling.
h. Reliable sealing arrangement shall be provided for shafts of gearboxes.
.
SECOND VEHICLE ASSEMBLY BUILDING PROJECT
SPEC NO.
TCE 7517A-D-856/7001
SECTION: B
SHEET : 21 OF 74
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION FOR
PLATFORMS FOR SVAB
9.4.13 ELECTRO HYDRUALIC THRUSTER OPERATED DRUM BRAKE
a. The brakes shall be “electro-hydraulic thrustor released and spring actuated”
type and it shall be provided between the drive motor and the Worm
Gearbox.
b. Brake shall have manual release provision to permit manual operation
during power stoppage.
c. Brake drums shall be made from Forged steel / Cast steel / SG Iron. Drums
shall be machined to smooth surface and statically & dynamically balanced.
9.4.14 BASE FRAME FOR DRIVE
A. All drive elements shall be mounted on a fabricated and machined base
frame.
B. The Base Frame shall be thermally stress relieved before machining.
C. Foundation bolts and foundation for fixing the drive base on the floor is in the
scope of tenderer. For grouting the foundation bolts and base frame
Conbextra Gp-2 cement shall be used.
9.4.15 GAURDS
A. All exposed couplings, shafts, gear wheels, pinions, drives etc. shall be
safely encased and guarded
9.4.16 AXLES COUPLINGS AND KEYS
A. Shafts and axles shall be of forged steel and shall have ample strength,
rigidity and adequate bearing surface for intended duties. Shafts and axles
shall be accurately machined and properly supported. Shafts shall, as far as
possible, be furnished straight. If shouldered, these shall be provided with
fillets of ample radius or shall be tapered to avoid loss of strength and stress
concentration. These shall be designed considering allowances for keys.
B. All couplings shall be of steel.
C. Keys and keyways shall conform to IS 2048 / 2291 / 2292 / 2293 as
applicable.
9.4.17 SPRING STOPS / BUFFERS
A. Spring stops are provided for the Swinging Drive System to ensure that the
Platform is not rotated beyond specified angle
9.5
SWINGING DRIVE SYSTEM
9.5.1 Swinging operation is carried out by the hydraulically operated actuator that is
mounted on the top of carriage pivot bracket. The hydraulic power pack is also
positioned on one side of the carriage. The actuator has splined bore and rotates
the male stub shaft which is welded with hinge joint of platform. These shafts are
housed in bearing housings with anti friction bearings. Bearing housings are part
.
SECOND VEHICLE ASSEMBLY BUILDING PROJECT
SPEC NO.
TCE 7517A-D-856/7001
SECTION: B
SHEET : 22 OF 74
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION FOR
PLATFORMS FOR SVAB
of carriage pivot bracket and stub shafts are free to rotate inside it. Hydraulic
actuator is bolted to the carriage assembly.
9.5.2 The detailed specification of Hydraulic power pack and actuator is given
separately
9.6
CATWALK ALONG WITH SUPPORT STRUCTURE AND RAILING
9.6.1 Catwalks are required for the operating personnel to approach the Fixed
Platform of SCVRP from the Portal Frames of SVAB.
9.6.2 The Catwalks shall be provided with Railing all around its periphery. At the
interface between the SCVRP & the Catwalk, a sliding type Door (having pipe
construction) shall be provided on the Catwalk.
9.7
LOCAL CONTROL PANEL
9.7.1 A local control panel shall be provided by the Contractor at the Fixed Platform for
the operation of the Hoisting & Swinging Drive Systems of each SCVRP. The
interconnecting cables between the local control panel and Sensors /
Instruments / other equipment’s shall also be supplied by the Contractor.
9.7.2 The requirements for the Control panel shall be as per electrical specification.
10.0
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION FOR HYDRULIC SYSTEM FOR ACTUATOR
The specification shall cover the design, engineering, manufacture, procurement,
cleaning, assembly, shop testing, painting, packing, supply, site erection, testing
& commissioning of twelve (12) nos. of Rotary actuators complete with Hydraulic
system for swinging platform for SCVRP.
10.1
Quantity:
A. Rotary actuator with hydraulic system - Twelve (12 nos) set
One (1) Set of complete package of rotary actuators and hydraulic system shall
include the following
•
Rack & pinion type Rotary Actuators
: One (1) Nos.
•
Hydraulic Power Pack Unit & Valve Stand
: One (1) set.
•
Interconnecting tubing, tube fittings, clamps,
hose assemblies, etc for piping between
hydraulic unit and Rotary Actuators.
: One (1) set
•
System Fluid (upto & including commissioning)
: One (1) lot.
.
SECOND VEHICLE ASSEMBLY BUILDING PROJECT
SPEC NO.
TCE 7517A-D-856/7001
•
10.2
SECTION: B
SHEET : 23 OF 74
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION FOR
PLATFORMS FOR SVAB
Power panel and control panel with associated cables : 1 set
Function requirement:
10.2.1 Swinging platform is provided to SCVRP. Each SCVRP is capable of swinging
independently.
10.2.2 Hydraulic equipment for SCVRP shall consist of rotary actuator and associated
hydraulic power pack and accessories and shall be designed to swing the
SCVRP at controlled speed.
10.2.3 Swinging operation of the swing platform is performed by hydraulic actuator
mounted at the top of the pivot bracket. Power pack for hydraulic actuator is
mounted on swinging platform / Carriage.
10.2.4 There are two end positions of SCVRP swinging. Limit switches are provided at
these two positions of parking levels to know the positions and limit the swinging
travel.
10.2.5 The maximum speed of SCVRP is 24 deg/min.
10.2.6 Each power pack shall have a redundant / standby pump along with motor (i.e.
totally two motors and two pumps per power pack). Shall have facility to select
any motor for operation of Actuator.
10.3
Detailed scope of work.
10.3.1 Understanding the platform swinging system.
10.3.2 Designing the complete Hydraulic system (Power pack, and other associated
components).
10.3.3 Submission of design details and obtaining approval from the department.
10.3.4 Realisation of the total system.
10.3.5 Testing the system at the supplier site.
10.3.6 Supply of the Hydraulic system to SDSC SHAR.
10.3.7 Supervision during assembly of actuators at SDSC SHAR.
10.3.8 Erection of complete hydraulic system on SCVRPs at SDSC-SHAR, and testing
& commissioning.
10.4
Equipment and services to be provided by the contractor:
10.4.1 12 nos. of Rotary Actuators of M/s AGOP, Italy make or M/s Parker make with
113 kN-m capacity at @204 bar and rotation stroke of -1 to +93 degrees
.
SECOND VEHICLE ASSEMBLY BUILDING PROJECT
SPEC NO.
TCE 7517A-D-856/7001
SECTION: B
SHEET : 24 OF 74
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION FOR
PLATFORMS FOR SVAB
10.4.2 Electrical junction box suitable for group IIB, Zone-1, T4 class.
10.4.3 Oil tank with filters, air breather, level gauge, etc.
10.4.4 Pumping unit with variable displacement axial / radial piston pump of 3 lpm (200
bar working pressure)
10.4.5 Electric motor of minimum 1.5 kW, 1500 rpm, S4 duty class, CDF 40%, 150
starts per hour, suitable for Group-IIB environment, Zone -1, T4 class.
10.4.6 Directional control valves, check valves, safety relief valves, etc suitable for
group IIB, Zone-1, T4 class.
10.4.7 Pressure gauges, pipelines, pilot operated check valves, etc.
10.4.8 Operators panel or control panel on the platform (located approximately 10m
away from the power pack) suitable for group IIB, Zone-1, T4 class.
10.4.9 Entire length of piping required from power pack to the actuators mounted at 15m
away.
10.4.10 Flexible hoses required to connect the actuators with the pipelines.
10.4.11 Electrical power / control cables required for erection of the hydraulic actuator
system.
10.4.12 Inspection & testing at Supplier’s shop, packing & forwarding, transportation to
SDSC-SHAR.
10.4.13 Supervision during assembly of Actuators at SCVRP structure manufacturer’s
Shop.
10.4.14 Erection, testing and commissioning of Hydraulic actuator system at SDSC –
SHAR.
10.4.15 Painting of all equipment as per the detailed specifications.
10.5
Technical parameters to be considered
10.5.1 12 nos. of Rotary Actuators of M/s AGOP, Italy make or M/s Parker make with
113 kNm capacity at @204 bar and rotation stroke of -1 to +93 degrees.
10.5.2 Total weight of the platform to be rotated is about 41 t
10.5.3 Electrical junction box (located approximately 250m away from power pack)
suitable for group IIB, Zone-1, T4 class.
10.5.4 Oil tank with filters, air breather, level gauge, etc.
10.5.5 Pumping unit with variable displacement axial / radial piston pump of 3 lpm (110
bar working pressure) along with redundant / standby pump.
.
SECOND VEHICLE ASSEMBLY BUILDING PROJECT
SPEC NO.
TCE 7517A-D-856/7001
SECTION: B
SHEET : 25 OF 74
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION FOR
PLATFORMS FOR SVAB
10.5.6 Electric motor of 1.5 kW, 1500 rpm, S4 duty class, CDF 40%, 150 starts per
hour, suitable for Group-IIB environment, Zone -1, T4 class.
10.6
General Technical data:
10.6.1 The Hydraulic unit shall be designed and rated to the instructions &
recommendations of DIN, CETOP & ISO. The safety instructions shall be
considered according to TUV.
10.6.2 The units shall be completely piped and terminated with companion flanges
fittings including oil trays as required.
10.6.3 The companion flange / fittings on the manifold blocks are the takeover points for
the interconnecting piping.
10.6.4 Provision shall be made for pressure check connections. All such connections
shall be equipped with minimess couplings.
10.6.5 Provision shall be made to operate the power pack using a hand pump in case of
power failure.
10.6.6 Power pack shall be bolted to the platform.
10.6.7 Max. weight of Each platform to be rotated : 41t.
10.6.8 Max. acceleration / deceleration
: 0.003 radian / Sec2
10.6.9 Speed of rotation
: 24˚/min.
10.6.10 Angle to be rotated
: 90°
10.6.11 Hydraulic Fluid
: Fire retardant type Quintolubric N 888-68
of Quaker Chemical
10.6.12 Operating Pressure
:200 bar max.
10.6.13 Solenoid Valves
: JIC, Oil immersed Coils, manual over-ride
10.6.14 Electric Connection
: All electrical appliances to be wired up to a
common Junction box.
10.6.15 Sealing material
:Compatible with the hydraulic fluid
10.6.16 Flexible hoses
:High pressure series thermoplastic.
10.6.17 Piping
: Seam less stainless steel tubes of material
1.4571 to DIN 17458(1985) with outer
diameter to tolerance class T4, as per
DIN 2462, Part 1-1981
10.6.18 Tube Fittings
: EO-2 Ermeto Parker Fluid connector or
Equivalent
10.6.19 Shut –off/Isolation valves
:Ball valves with SS internals/SS needle
.
SECOND VEHICLE ASSEMBLY BUILDING PROJECT
SPEC NO.
TCE 7517A-D-856/7001
SECTION: B
SHEET : 26 OF 74
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION FOR
PLATFORMS FOR SVAB
Valves
10.6.20 Flanges
:SAE 4 bolt socket weld type 3000# rating
with O rings for low/medium pressure lines
SAE 4 bolt socket weld type
10.6.21 Labelling
:All electrical appliances shall be marked
with black figures on metal/plastic plates
10.7
Design Input
Design input for sizing & selection of rotary actuators and Hydraulic system
parameters are given below for guidance only
10.7.1 Rotary Actuators
•
Make
•
Type
: Rack & pinion type.
•
Model / Capacity
: 113 kN-m
•
Maximum operating pressure
: 204 bar
•
Load Torque
: 60 kN-m
•
Rotation
: 90°
•
Rotation tolerance
: 90° (-0° +2°)
•
Rotation stroke
: -1° to +93°
•
Maximum Breakaway pressure
: 5 Bar
•
Mounting Orientation
: Vertical Axis of the Stub shaft
•
Seal Material
: Viton PTFE-Bronze
•
Weight
: 693 Kg (approximate)
•
Proof Pressure
: 420 Bar
•
Operating temperature
: 0° to 100°C
•
Volume capacity
: 9.2 litres.
•
The actuators shall be supplied with keyway positions.
•
Actuators shall be assembled with respective fixed vertical shafts of bogies
: M/s AGOP, Italy / M/s Parker make only.
under these keyway positions and then are keyed. These positions shall be
considered as initial or starting or 0° position.
•
Actuator shall have clear marks indicating 0˚ and 90˚ position for easy
indentification.
•
While operating actuator body rotates by 90° from 0° position.
.
SECOND VEHICLE ASSEMBLY BUILDING PROJECT
SPEC NO.
TCE 7517A-D-856/7001
SECTION: B
SHEET : 27 OF 74
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION FOR
PLATFORMS FOR SVAB
•
The actuator model having load capacity of 113 kN-m has been selected
based on the load conditions & torque requirement.
•
Taking the input data of the selected actuator, the broad specification of
hydraulic system to be arrived.
10.7.2 Description of Hydraulic Equipment.
• The tank and entire piping & fittings shall be of stainless steel construction.
• The hydraulic power unit consisting of tank, pump-motor unit, return line filter,
pump relief valve, direction control valves, manually operated stand-by
pumping unit, etc shall be assembled and located inside an all weather steel
cabinet.
• Complete system shall be operated at 200 bar pressure.
• All Pressure relief valves shall a provision for manually varying pressure relief
valve setting from 10 to 200 bar.
• Major units of the hydraulic system shall be as given below.
•
Tank unit with mounted accessories.
•
Pumping Unit (motor operated) along standby / redundant pumping unit.
•
Valve stand.
•
Actuator
•
Interconnecting piping.
•
Flexible Hoses
10.7.3 Tank and accessories.
Tank:
•
Fluid tank shall be of Stainless steel 316L welded construction
•
Capacity of the tank is to be calculated based on the fluid consumption by
of rotary actuators, plumbings / hoses and necessary reserve storage in
the tank.
Tank Accessories:
•
Oil level indicator
: for visual indication of oil level.
•
Filler/breather
: To compensate level differences
.
SECOND VEHICLE ASSEMBLY BUILDING PROJECT
SPEC NO.
TCE 7517A-D-856/7001
SECTION: B
SHEET : 28 OF 74
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION FOR
PLATFORMS FOR SVAB
and to refill fluid with 5 micron filter
•
Return line filter clog indicator
:To indicate the filter clog status
•
Drain valve
: to drain the tank
•
Return line filter
: to filter the fluid coming back to tank
•
Thermostat with temperature
: for visual reading of temperature.
•
Float switch (3 contacts)
: to signal the oil level in the tank
10.7.4 Pumping Unit
•
Pump
: To supply pressurised fluid.
•
Minimum flow rate
: 3 lpm at 110 bar
•
Electric motor, 3Ø, 415V, 50Hz
: To drive the pump
•
Pressure Relief Valve, 0-400 bar
: Pump Safety protection against
excessive pressure.
•
Pressure gauge,0-400 bar
: To read discharge pressure.
•
Gauge adapter minimess hose &
minimess connecter
: To connect Pr.Gauge to the
minimess coupling
•
Unloading Valve
: To Unload pump when
actuator is not being operated
•
Hand Pump
: To function as stand-by
pumping unit
•
Check Valve
: To avoid back flow in pump
discharge line
•
Minimess connecter
: To facilitate connection to
the Pressure Gauge.
10.7.5 Valve Stand (All items to be mounted on Manifold blocks).
•
Direction Control valve
: To change the actuator rotation
direction.
•
Flow control module
:To regulate speed of actuators (Double
throttle check valve)
•
Minimess connecter
10.7.6 Hose Assembly.
•
High pressure hose assembly
•
High pressure piping assembly
: To read pressure in delivery line
: To provide flexibility for platform to
rotate by 90° .
: To transfer hydraulic oil from
.
SECOND VEHICLE ASSEMBLY BUILDING PROJECT
SPEC NO.
TCE 7517A-D-856/7001
SECTION: B
SHEET : 29 OF 74
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION FOR
PLATFORMS FOR SVAB
power pack to the actuators
10.8
Design Consideration and technical Notes
10.8.1 Pump-motor units / Power Unit assembly shall be mounted on anti-vibration pads
10.8.2 Tungsten Inert Gas (TIG) welding shall be done at all butt weld pipe joints, if any.
10.8.3 Material of manifold block shall be GGG-40 to DIN 1693 Part 1-1993. Test
certificates to be submitted in this respect.
10.8.4 Direction control valves shall be selected for maximum 5 bar Pressure drop for
blind end flow.
10.8.5 Speed control valves shall be selected for maximum 5 bar (maximum open
condition) pressure drop.
10.8.6 Shutt off valves and check valves shall be of same size as that of pipelines.
10.8.7 Total pressure drop in any circuit including manifold block of valve stand, for the
flow indicated for the circuit, should not exceed 15 bar.
10.8.8 All solenoids to be provided with indicating lamps and plug in type connectors (DIN
connector). All solenoid coils to be oil immersed type, rated for continuous duty
and epoxy coated.
10.8.9 Tool kit to be supplied for all mounting bolts and pipe joints.
10.8.10 After fabrication, all the pipes to be cleaned, degreased, pickled, neutralized,
rinsed and lubricated.
10.8.11 All pipelines to be clamped with Tube clamps (polypropylene heavy series stauff
clamps/eqvt).
10.8.12 All electrical items such as direction control valves, level switches, etc to be
completely wired up to a junction box. Spare terminals shall be provided.
10.8.13 All systems and piping shall be pressure tested at 1.5 times system working
pressure. Performance test and pressure drop test shall be carried out during
inspection.
10.8.14 After testing, the unit (excluding tank) shall be filled with the system fluid and all
open terminations shall be closed for air tightness.
10.8.15 All equipment shall be packed in seaworthy packing with all necessary measures
to protect equipment against corrosion by marine atmosphere and damage during
handling at the port, transit or during storage in open space.
10.9
Electrical Controls:
.
SECOND VEHICLE ASSEMBLY BUILDING PROJECT
SPEC NO.
TCE 7517A-D-856/7001
SECTION: B
SHEET : 30 OF 74
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION FOR
PLATFORMS FOR SVAB
10.9.1 At swinging in / Swing out end position limit switches shall be provided for
indicating completion of swinging in or swinging out position.
10.9.2 Local control panel for Hydraulic power pack shall be provided with following
control features
A. Power On / Off
B. Pump On / Off
C. Manual selection for Pump 1 or Pump 2.
D. Push button for Swinging in operation
E. Push button for Swing out operation
F. Indication lamp during Swinging in operation
G. Indication lamp for swing out operation
H. Indication lamp for Pump 1 On
I.
Indication lamp for Pump 2 On
J. Display of actuation of Swinging in limit switch
K. Display of actuation of Swing out limit switch.
10.10 Electrical specification:
10.10.1 All electrical equipment / items shall be flame proof of group IIB environment as
per IS: 2148-1981, for hazardous area zone I as per IS: 5572-1994
and
temperature classification T4 as per IS:8239-1976, IP-55 enclosure
10.10.2 Available power supply is 415V±10%, 3 ph, 4 wire, frequency 50Hz ±5% and
auxiliary supply is 240V, 50Hz, AC.
10.10.3 All the electrical equipment should confirm to latest standard BIS codes and the
practices followed for design, installation, commissioning, operation and
maintenance.
10.11 Inspection and testing of Hydraulic equipment at contractor’s site and
purchaser site.
10.11.1 All functional checks of Hydraulic rotary actuators system are to be carried out in
the presence of the ISRO representative at sub-vendor site.
10.11.2 Documented procedures shall be available for all tests, control of testing
equipment, control of test results and data.
10.11.3 Stage wise and/ or final Inspection will be carried out by ISRO as per the approved
Quality Assurance Plan (QAP). In case, any equipment is found to mal-function or
give sub-standard performance during this activity, the same shall be replaced
immediately.
10.11.4 All systems and piping shall be pressure tested at 1.5 times system working
pressure. Performance test and pressure drop test shall be carried out during
inspection.
.
SECOND VEHICLE ASSEMBLY BUILDING PROJECT
SPEC NO.
TCE 7517A-D-856/7001
SECTION: B
SHEET : 31 OF 74
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION FOR
PLATFORMS FOR SVAB
10.11.5 Hydraulic actuator shall be proof pressure tested. However, relevant test
certificates shall also be obtained from the supplier / manufacturer.
10.12 General erection procedure:
10.12.1 Equipment delivered at site to be inspected and checked as per Packing List. All
sub-systems shall be placed at respective positions.
10.12.2 The sub-systems shall be levelled and aligned. Packing plates/ shims have to be
used as required.
10.12.3 Assemble the pre-fabricated interconnecting piping between power pack and
actuators. Fabricate the piping segments wherever required to complete the piping
layout and clean the piping segments by approved cleaning procedure of pickling,
passivating, rinsing, drying & oiling.
10.12.4 Tighten fixing bolts evenly.
10.12.5 Recheck levels of equipment.
10.13 General Instructions for erection of interconnecting piping
10.13.1 Pipe routes shall be checked with respect to the pipe system layout and pipe line
drawings.
10.13.2 All supports shall be checked for horizontality and verticality before fixing.
10.13.3 Ensure that pipe lines do not interfere with other pipes / equipment / installations.
10.13.4 Supports shall be properly bolted / welded to prevent deformation / slip-off after
installation of piping.
10.14 Pipe Line Installation
10.14.1 Pre-assembled
pipe
lines
are
to
be
stored
properly
to
avoid
deformations/constraints.
10.14.2 Pipelines shall be connected to mechanical equipment after final alignment and
levelling so that the connections are free from stresses.
10.14.3 Piping close to equipment shall be installed in such a way that dismantling and
inspection of the equipment will not be hindered.
10.14.4 Edge preparation of pipes for welding shall be to ANSI B 16.25-1992 and shall be
ground smooth.
10.14.5 The welding surfaces shall be uniform, smooth and free from surface defects, rust
scale, grease, paint, etc. Welding shall be free from slag.
.
SECOND VEHICLE ASSEMBLY BUILDING PROJECT
SPEC NO.
TCE 7517A-D-856/7001
SECTION: B
SHEET : 32 OF 74
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION FOR
PLATFORMS FOR SVAB
10.14.6 After ground fabrication, pipelines shall be placed in position on temporary
supports and ‘in situ’ welding shall be carried out, if necessary.
10.14.7 Hydraulic pressure testing of piping for hydraulic lines shall be carried out at 1.5
times system working pressure.
10.15 Pipe Line clamping
10.15.1 All the pipes shall be clamped and supported.
10.15.2 All pipes shall be clamped with Polypropylene Pipe Clamps (PP clamps).
10.15.3 Generally, pipes shall be clamped at every 1.5 meters in straight run. At bends,
clamps shall be provided on either side of bend, on straight length of pipe, as
close to the bend as possible.
10.15.4 The support can be provided from top/bottom of pipe as per site condition.
10.15.5 The clamp can be directly welded to the platform structure or to the angle /
channel welded to the structural body depending upon site condition.
10.15.6 Before welding the base plate of PP Clamp to the structure/angle/channel, the PP
clamp is to be dismantled and bottom half to be separated from steel part to avoid
burning of the polypropylene part.
10.15.7 After welding of base plate is completed and the plate cools down, the bottom half
of PP clamp has to be assembled with base plate. On the bottom half of PP
clamp, pipe is to be placed. On top of pipe, the top half of PP clamp is to be
placed. Then top plate is placed in position, the bolts are inserted and tightened.
This completes the clamping procedure.
10.16 Inspection testing and commissioning at site:
10.16.1 Checking the operation of all 12 nos. of actuators in clock wise and anti clockwise
directions minimum five times.
10.16.2 Checking the working of all limit switches for all actuators.
10.16.3 Stage wise and/ or final Inspection shall be carried out on the basis of approved
circuit drawings and QAP. Pressure test certificates, internal inspection report,
material test certificates and manufacturer’s test certificates shall be enclosed with
the inspection call.
10.16.4 In case, any equipment is found to mal-function or give sub-standard performance
during this activity, it shall be replaced free of cost.
.
SECOND VEHICLE ASSEMBLY BUILDING PROJECT
SPEC NO.
TCE 7517A-D-856/7001
SECTION: B
SHEET : 33 OF 74
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION FOR
PLATFORMS FOR SVAB
11.0 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION FOR ELECTRICAL ITEMS IN FCVRP
The broad scope shall include the following electrics in the FCVRP are:
11.1
•
General
•
Motor Control Centre (MCC) panels
•
Electrical Motors
•
Local Control panels on FCVRP & Interlocks
•
“Emergency push Button” near hoisting drive motor.
•
Limit switches
•
Junction Boxes
•
Load cell system for Over load protection
•
Cables
•
Cables laying
•
Earthing
GENERAL
11.1.1 The design ambient temperature for all the electrical equipment shall be 50°C for
both indoor and outdoor equipment’s and relative humidity of 95% shall be
considered.
11.1.2 All Electrical systems shall be rated for 3 phase, 415 V±10%, 50Hz ±3 power
supply and in case single phase is used the same shall be as per the above
standard.
11.1.3 All electrical equipment coming on the platform shall be flame proof Ex d type
with gas group Class IIB, temperature T4 class.
11.1.4 Incoming source panel to the Platforms system is located at 4 m level. Hence the
required power has to be tapped from PCC at 4m level.
11.1.5 MCC incoming power cable shall be of 3.5C conductor XLPE insulated armoured
PVC overall sheathed of required size.
11.1.6 1 number of MCC have to be provided at 7m level or suitable level for controlling
individual LCPs for all platforms.
11.2
MOTOR CONTROL CENTRE PANELS
11.2.1 MCC shall be of metal enclosed, fully drawout, self standing, floor mounting, dust
proof construction (IP54), compartmentalised, modular type suitable for indoor
installation.
11.2.2 The frame of MCC panel shall be fabricated using pressed and shaped cold
rolled sheet steel of adequate thickness or by using suitable steel structural
.
SECOND VEHICLE ASSEMBLY BUILDING PROJECT
SPEC NO.
TCE 7517A-D-856/7001
SECTION: B
SHEET : 34 OF 74
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION FOR
PLATFORMS FOR SVAB
sections. The sheet steel used for panel shall be of minimum (2mm) 14 SWG
CRCA except that the doors and covers may be made of (1.6mm) 16 SWG
CRCA. Wherever required, stiffeners shall be provided to increase stiffness of
large size doors and covers.
11.2.3 All openings, covers and doors shall be provided with neoprenen gaskets.
Removable blanking plates shall be provided in the event of withdrawing the
feeder modules. Number of blanking plates shall be 20% of each module size
with a minimum of one number.
11.2.4 Suitable removable type lifting hooks and / or jacking pads shall be provided on
each panel.
11.2.5 Busbars shall be high conductivity aluminium supported on insulators made of
Non hygroscopic, Non inflammable material with tracking index equal to or more
than the defined in BIS. The main busbars shall have uniform current ratings
throughout their length as specified. Removable neutral links shall be provided
on feeder to permit isolation of neutral busbar.
11.2.6 Busbar shall be capable of withstanding dynamic and thermal stresses of 50 kA
short circuit currents for 1sec.
11.2.7
All busbars shall be insulated with heat shrunk PVC sleeves of 1100V grade
RED,YELLOW and BLUE colour shall be used for phase busbars and BLACK
clour shall be used for neutral busbars. Removable type shrouds shall be
provided for joints.
11.2.8 All power and control cables shall be terminated through double compression
nickel-plated brass cable glands. All cable glands and tinned copper crimping
type cable lugs for all power and control cables shall be in tenderer scope.
Panels shall be suitable for bottom entry of cables unless other wise specified.
11.2.9 The switch board shall be formed using distinct vertical panels each comprising
of following compartments:
•
Metal enclosed horizontal busbar compartment running horizontally at top
unless other wise specified.
•
Individual feeder modules in multitier mode.
•
Vertical bus bars serving all feeder modules in the vertical panel. The
vertical busbar shall be sleeved and provided with anti-tracking barriers
as an integral part of bus bar zone.
•
Cable termination compartment.
•
Perforated sheet steel / insulating material enclosed horizontal auxiliary
busbars for control, interlock, indication and metering wiring running
horizontally.
11.2.10 Main incoming feeder consists of Switch Fuse Unit (SFU) of suitable rating with
indication lamps R,Y and B, voltmeter and ammeter. Suitable control transformer
.
SECOND VEHICLE ASSEMBLY BUILDING PROJECT
SPEC NO.
TCE 7517A-D-856/7001
SECTION: B
SHEET : 35 OF 74
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION FOR
PLATFORMS FOR SVAB
shall be provided for motor control circuits and control transformer shall be sized
for entire switch board with redundant transformer.
11.2.11 Fully drawout modules required for each motor control with all controls interlocks
and protection.
11.2.12 For controlling intrinsic safe units in the FCVRP mechanism for all FCVPs, a
suitable centralised DC power supply with redundancy has to be provided in the
MCC.
11.2.13 Each motor control cubicle consists of components like power contractors,
auxiliary contractors, OLR, SFU, MCBs ISU (Intrinsic safe units), Local / Remote
switch, indication lamps as per standard, push buttons etc.
11.2.14 The rating of power contactors shall be minimum two times the rated motor
current.
11.2.15 The following interlocks shall also be provided for safe operation in the MCC
panel. If there are any other safety interlocks required during the detail
engineering the same shall be provided.
A. The platform operation shall be interlocked such that only hoist or fold
can be operated at a time.
B. The drives for folding shall trip if the platform reaches upper or lower end
position.
C. The drive for hoist shall trip if the platform reaches hoist up or down end
position.
D. The drive for hoisting shall trip if the platform if the limiting inter-platform
distance reaches 4m.
E. If the platform drive trips at the upper end position, it shall be possible to
immediately reverse the drive by pushing hoisting down push button.
Similarly, for the lower end position, it shall be possible to raise the
platform.
F. If the platform drive trips due to Overload, the drive shall be possible to
start only after operating a reset push button.
G. A local / remote selector switch at MCC shall ensure the operation is
possible only from any one of the locations.
H. An appropriate electrical over load shall trip the motor in the event of the
motor drawing more that the set value.
I.
The folding and hoisting movements of the FCVRP shall be stopped if the
rope if rope over load sensor (load cell) is actuated due to rope over load
or due to jammed condition of platforms.
J. Overload relays and single phase preventers are also form part of
protection and motor operation shall be interlocked with these devices.
.
SECOND VEHICLE ASSEMBLY BUILDING PROJECT
SPEC NO.
TCE 7517A-D-856/7001
SECTION: B
SHEET : 36 OF 74
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION FOR
PLATFORMS FOR SVAB
K. Brake motor logics should be part of control circuit for safe operation.
11.2.16 All safe interlocks, protection and logic circuits shall be incorporated in the
control circuit and interconnected with remote panel (LCP at platform).
11.2.17 Minimum two spare drawout cubicles for folding and two spare drawout cubicles
for hoisting motor operations.
11.2.18 MCC shall be connected to a earth busbar running throughout the length of the
switch board. The minimum earth bus size shall be 50X6 sqmm. of GI or
equivalent.
11.2.19 The MCC shall comply to all relevant standards for cubicles and components
including painting, clearances, metering and indication cubicles etc
11.3
ELECTRIC MOTORS
11.3.1 Six number of motors are envisaged for Hoisting of Platforms and six number of
motors are envisaged for folding of platforms.
11.3.2 Motors shall confirm to latest applicable standard of IEC-34/IS-325.
11.3.3 IE2 or IE 3 category shall be provided for LT AC motors.
11.3.4 Six number of Folding motors coming on the platform shall be flame proof Ex d
type with gas group Class IIB, temperature class T4.
11.3.5 Six number of Hoisting motors coming on the portal area shall be non-flame
proof.
11.3.6 The drive motor shall be suitable for duty class S4, cycle duration factor 40% and
number of cycles per hour shall be not less than 150.
11.3.7 Class of insulation shall be Class F and temperature rise limited to Class B
tropicalized by coating with non-hygroscopic coatings, suitable for operation in
Sea shore area.
11.3.8 Motor winding shall be specifically treated to provide good IR values for long
period with fewer operations in the environment mentioned.
11.3.9 All motors shall be started with DOL starter. Space heaters shall be provided for
motor ratings above 30 KW.
11.3.10 Motors shall have two earth terminals.
11.4
LOCAL CONTROL PANEL NEAR HOISTING DRIVE
11.4.1 Each FCVRP drive mechanism will have one LCP near the Hoisting drive
mechanism and hence totally six ( 6 nos) of local control panels shall be provided
for FCVRP.
.
SPEC NO.
SECOND VEHICLE ASSEMBLY BUILDING PROJECT
TCE 7517A-D-856/7001
SECTION: B
SHEET : 37 OF 74
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION FOR
PLATFORMS FOR SVAB
11.4.2 Local control panels coming near hoisting drive shall be non flame proof and
IP:65 protection or better.
11.4.3 The following indicating lamps & push buttons shall be provided in Local control
panel provided on the Hoisting drive.
A. Manual Key:
•
Manual key for Hoisting on / Off
•
Manual key for Folding on / Off
B. Indication lamps
•
Control On Indication lamp
•
Hoisting On Indication Lamp
•
Folding ON indication lamp
•
Hoisting Motor trip Indication Lamp
•
Folding Motor trip indication lamp
•
Hoisting up limit Indication lamp
•
Hoisting down limit indication lamp
•
Folding pull limit indication lamp
•
Folding release limit indication lamp
•
Anti-collision limit indication lamp
•
Hoist Load Cell High indication lamp
•
Fold Load Cell high indication lamp
C. Push Buttons
•
Hoisting Up
•
Hoisting Down
•
Folding pull
•
Folding release (Unfold)
•
Emergency Stop
•
Reset
D. Selector switch
•
Selector switch for hoist load cell by-pass
•
Selector switch for fold load cell by-pass
11.4.4 The main contactor shall be provided to cut off the power in case of emergency
stop push button pressed.
.
SECOND VEHICLE ASSEMBLY BUILDING PROJECT
SPEC NO.
TCE 7517A-D-856/7001
SECTION: B
SHEET : 38 OF 74
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION FOR
PLATFORMS FOR SVAB
11.4.5 The LCP shall be suitably interconnected with MCC and all protections and
safety interlocks are active during the operation from LCP as well as MCC.
11.5
“EMRGENCY STOP PUSH BUTTON” NEAR HOISTING DRIVE MOTOR
11.5.1 Each FCVRP drive mechanism will have one EMERGENCY stop push button
near the Hoisting drive mechanism and hence totally six ( 6 nos) shall be
provided for FCVRP.
11.5.2 The main contactor shall be provided to cut off the power in case of emergency
stop push button pressed.
11.5.3 An indication lamp shall be provided in the push button station to indicate the
actuation of the emergency push button.
11.6
LIMIT SWITCHES
11.6.1 One number of limit switch at the upper end elevation and one number of limit
switch at lower end elevation for each six FCVRPs shall be provided (i.e totally
12 nos of limit switches)
11.6.2 Limit switches for folded end position and unfolded end positions for each six
FCVRPs shall be provided. (12 nos of limit switches)
11.6.3 Limit switches 2 numbers for limiting the distance between two consecutive
platforms to 4m shall be provided for six FCVRPs (12 nos of limit switches).
11.6.4 Limit switches shall be of multi angle roller lever actuated & spring release type.
11.6.5 All limit switches shall confirm to Zone-1 flame proof of group IIB class,
temperature class T4..
11.6.6 If the platform drive trips at the upper end position, it shall be possible to
immediately reverse the drive by pushing hoisting down push button. Similarly,
for the lower end position, it shall be possible to raise the platform.
11.7
JUNCTION BOXES
11.7.1 Flameproof junction boxes shall be provided in the flameproof zone. The power
cables from fixed portion to flexible portion shall be terminated to such JBs at
platforms and other locations.
11.7.2 Normal junction boxes shall be used wherever junctions are required and for
inspection purposes.
11.8
LOAD CELL SYSTEM FOR OVER LOAD PROTECTION
11.8.1 Load cell minimum range shall be 0-25 t, IP:67 protection, safe over load upto
150% of rated capacity, ultimate over load shall be 400% of rated capacity,
.
SECOND VEHICLE ASSEMBLY BUILDING PROJECT
SPEC NO.
TCE 7517A-D-856/7001
SECTION: B
SHEET : 39 OF 74
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION FOR
PLATFORMS FOR SVAB
accuracy of load cell shall be 0.05% or better as per standards for platform
applications.
11.8.2 Each FCVRP shall be provided with 2 numbers of load cells for Hoisting drive
system pulleys and 2 numbers of load cells for folding drive system pulleys.
11.8.3 Load cell display system shall be provided as given below:
•
On the platform: The display of fold platforms and remote hoist display
with suitable interface for motor tripping.
•
On the portal area: The display of hoist drive shall be provided near the
hoist motor and suitable interface for motor tripping.
11.8.4 The local control panel provided shall have a provision for tripping the hoisting
mechanism manually.
11.8.5 Load sensing devises are positioned below the drive system pulleys with
amplifers and digital load indicators systems positioned near the Local control
panels.
11.8.6 The system is adjusted such that in the event of load exceeding 125% of the
normal load the drive system will trip automatically. The system is of flame proof
type and 2 nos are provided for each of the hoisting and folding drive systems.
11.8.7 Load cells will be either shear beam type / compression type. Material of
construction for the load cell will be SS316. The enclosure will be of intrinsic safe
type suitable for gas group IIB, temperature class T4.
11.8.8 Load cell mounting shall be on SS plates, inbuilt constrainer, full floating top
plate and anti lift protection.
11.9
CABLES
11.9.1 Control cables shall be XLPE insulated copper conductor and armoured as per
BIS standards and BIS marked & as per the brands approved by the purchaser
for fixed portion of wiring.
11.9.2 EPR cables are 1100V grade, multi core, annealed tinned copper conductor,
elastomer type IE1 insulated, elastomer type SE4 sheathed confirming to IS4289 Part-1 for flexible portion of the wiring.
11.9.3 LT power cables are 1100 V grade, multi core, stranded Copper/Aluminium
conductor of grade H4 and class 2, XLPE insulated, extruded PVC inner
shealthed of type St-2, galvanised single round steel wire armoured and with
outer shealth made of FRLS PVC compounded of type ST-2.
Note: a) All cables upto 16 Sqmm. Is copper conductor
.
SPEC NO.
SECOND VEHICLE ASSEMBLY BUILDING PROJECT
TCE 7517A-D-856/7001
SECTION: B
SHEET : 40 OF 74
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION FOR
PLATFORMS FOR SVAB
b) All cables above 16 Sqmm. Is Aluminium conductor near motor JB.
Suitable copper conductor cable from drive motor terminal to JB shall
be considered.
11.9.4 Control cables are 1100V grade, multi core, 1.5 and 2.5 sq.mm cross section,
stranded copper conductor having 7 strands, PVC insulated inner PVC sheathed
of type St-1, galvanised steel wire armoured and outer shealth made of FRLS
PVC compound of type St-1, Control cable shall be provided.
11.9.5 Miniumum Conductor cross section of power cables is selected as 2.5sq.mm.
Copper conductor is used for cables having cross-section area upto 16sq.mm.
11.9.6 Cable terminations shall be either through standard Crimping type copper lugs
for power cables and pin type or spliced lugs for electrical control cables. For all
Al-Cu terminations bimetal lugs shall be used. All bolted terminations shall be
using ring type lugs.
11.9.7 Double compression nickel-plated brass cables glands are to be used at both
(Emanating and terminating) the ends of the cable.
11.9.8 Approximate length of the cables is as follows: (For estimation purpose only,
actual may vary +/- considerably.)
a) Power cable for hoist motors: 2000 mtr.for all the FCVRPs.
b) Power cable for fold motors: 2000 mtr.for all the FCVRPs.
c) Control cable for hoist & fold motors: 3000 mtr.for all the FCVRPs.
11.10 CABLE LAYING
11.10.1 The power and control cables shall be laid on suitable GI cable trays (closed
type) fixed on the walls for the size and type of the cables used. The minimum
tray size shall be 50X50mm including supply and installation.
11.10.2 The cable trays shall be used to carry LT power, control.
11.10.3 Separate cable trays shall be used to run power, control and instrumentation
cables.
11.10.4 In order to avoid Electro magnetic interface (EMI), minimum distance of 300mm
is maintained between the power cables trays and control cables trays and the
shielding of power cables and control cables shall be so selected as to nullify the
EMI effect.
11.10.5 Flexible portion of the cabling shall be done by using “Cable Chain Drag System”
of IGUS/LAPP.
11.10.6 Flexible portion of cable which is to be by “Cable chain drag system” of IGUS
/LAPP is approximately 17m for each FCVRP.
11.11 EARTHING
.
SECOND VEHICLE ASSEMBLY BUILDING PROJECT
SPEC NO.
TCE 7517A-D-856/7001
SECTION: B
SHEET : 41 OF 74
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION FOR
PLATFORMS FOR SVAB
11.11.1 The structures, motors / brakes frames, metal enclosures of all electrical
equipment, conduit and trays shall be effectively grounded with double earthing
and shall be connected to building earth.
11.11.2 SDSC-SHAR will only provide ground rise at suitable location for grounding.
Further connection from this riser to platforms for earthing shall be in tenderer
scope.
12.0
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION FOR ELECTRICAL ITEMS IN SCVRP
The broad scope shall include the following electrics in the FCVRP are:
12.1
•
General
•
Motor Control Centre (MCC) panels
•
Electrical Motors
•
Local Control panels on SCVRP & Interlocks
•
“Emergency push Button” near hoisting drive motor.
•
Limit switches
•
Junction Boxes
•
Load cell system for Over load protection
•
Cables
•
Cables laying
•
Earthing
GENERAL
12.1.1 The design ambient temperature for all the electrical equipment shall be 50°C for
both indoor and outdoor equipment’s and relative humidity of 95% shall be
considered.
12.1.2 All Electrical systems shall be rated for 3 phase, 415 V±10%, 50Hz ±3 power
supply and in case single phase is used the same shall be as per the above
standard.
12.1.3 All electrical equipment coming on the platform shall be flame proof Ex d type
with gas group Class IIB, temperature T4 class.
12.1.4 Incoming source panel to the Platforms system is located at 4 m level. Hence the
required power has to be tapped from PCC at 4m level.
12.1.5 MCC incoming power cable shall be of 3.5C conductor XLPE insulated armoured
PVC overall sheathed of required size.
12.1.6 1 number of MCC have to be provided at 7m level or suitable level for controlling
individual LCPs for all platforms.
.
SECOND VEHICLE ASSEMBLY BUILDING PROJECT
SPEC NO.
TCE 7517A-D-856/7001
12.2
SECTION: B
SHEET : 42 OF 74
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION FOR
PLATFORMS FOR SVAB
MOTOR CONTROL CENTRE PANELS
12.2.1 MCC shall be of metal enclosed, fully drawout, self standing, floor mounting, dust
proof construction (IP54), compartmentalised, modular type suitable for indoor
installation.
12.2.2 The frame of MCC panel shall be fabricated using pressed and shaped cold
rolled sheet steel of adequate thickness or by using suitable steel structural
sections. The sheet steel used for panel shall be of minimum (2mm) 14 SWG
CRCA except that the doors and covers may be made of (1.6mm) 16 SWG
CRCA. Wherever required, stiffeners shall be provided to increase stiffness of
large size doors and covers.
12.2.3 All openings, covers and doors shall be provided with neoprenen gaskets.
Removable blanking plates shall be provided in the event of withdrawing the
feeder modules. Number of blanking plates shall be 20% of each module size
with a minimum of one number.
12.2.4 Suitable removable type lifting hooks and / or jacking pads shall be provided on
each panel.
12.2.5 Busbars shall be high conductivity aluminium supported on insulators made of
Non hygroscopic, Non inflammable material with tracking index equal to or more
than the defined in BIS. The main busbars shall have uniform current ratings
throughout their length as specified. Removable neutral links shall be provided
on feeder to permit isolation of neutral busbar.
12.2.6 Busbar shall be capable of withstanding dynamic and thermal stresses of 50 kA
short circuit currents for 1sec.
12.2.7
All busbars shall be insulated with heat shrunk PVC sleeves of 1100V grade
RED,YELLOW and BLUE colour shall be used for phase busbars and BLACK
clour shall be used for neutral busbars. Removable type shrouds shall be
provided for joints.
12.2.8 All power and control cables shall be terminated through double compression
nickel-plated brass cable glands. All cable glands and tinned copper crimping
type cable lugs for all power and control cables shall be in tenderer scope.
Panels shall be suitable for bottom entry of cables unless other wise specified.
12.2.9 The switch board shall be formed using distinct vertical panels each comprising
of following compartments:
•
Metal enclosed horizontal busbar compartment running horizontally at top
unless other wise specified.
•
Individual feeder modules in multitier mode.
•
Vertical bus bars serving all feeder modules in the vertical panel. The
vertical busbar shall be sleeved and provided with anti-tracking barriers
as an integral part of bus bar zone.
.
SECOND VEHICLE ASSEMBLY BUILDING PROJECT
SPEC NO.
TCE 7517A-D-856/7001
SECTION: B
SHEET : 43 OF 74
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION FOR
PLATFORMS FOR SVAB
•
Cable termination compartment.
•
Perforated sheet steel / insulating material enclosed horizontal auxiliary
busbars for control, interlock, indication and metering wiring running
horizontally.
12.2.10 Main incoming feeder consists of Switch Fuse Unit (SFU) of suitable rating with
indication lamps R,Y and B, voltmeter and ammeter. Suitable control transformer
shall be provided for motor control circuits and control transformer shall be sized
for entire switch board with redundant transformer.
12.2.11 Fully drawout modules required for each motor control with all controls interlocks
and protection.
12.2.12 In hoist mechanism, hoist operation will be controlled by electrical motor with
winch mechanism whereas for swing operation, swing operation will be controlled
by electric motor with hydraulic system. The redundant hydraulic system should
have redundant electric motor too. The selection of main or redundant shall be
with a suitable selector switch at LCP provided on the platform. A separate
power feeder shall be planned for main and redundancy motors.
12.2.13 For hoist and swing operation electrical motors shall be controlled by suitable
rated DOL starters.
12.2.14 For controlling solenoid valves and intrinsic safe units in the SCVRP mechanism
for all SCVPs, a suitable centralised DC power supply with redundancy has to be
provided in the MCC.
12.2.15 Each motor control cubicle consists of components like power contractors,
auxiliary contractors, OLR, SFU, MCBs ISU (Intrinsic safe units), Local / Remote
switch, indication lamps as per standard, push buttons etc.
12.2.16 The rating of power contactors shall be minimum two times the rated motor
current.
12.2.17 The following interlocks shall also be provided for safe operation in the MCC
panel. If there are any other safety interlocks required during the detail
engineering the same shall be provided.
A. The platform operation shall be interlocked such that only hoist or swing
can be operated at a time.
B. The drives for swing shall trip if the platform reaches swing in or swing
out end position.
C. The drive for hoist shall trip if the platform reaches hoist up or down end
position.
D. The drive for hoisting shall trip if the platform if the limiting inter-platform
distance reaches 4m.
E. The selection of main or redundant swing motor shall be with a suitable
selector switch at LCP provided on the platform.
.
SECOND VEHICLE ASSEMBLY BUILDING PROJECT
SPEC NO.
TCE 7517A-D-856/7001
SECTION: B
SHEET : 44 OF 74
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION FOR
PLATFORMS FOR SVAB
F. If the platform drive trips at the upper end position, it shall be possible to
immediately reverse the drive by pushing hoisting down push button.
Similarly, for the lower end position, it shall be possible to raise the
platform.
G. If the platform drive trips due to Overload, the drive shall be possible to
start only after operating a reset push button.
H. A local / remote selector switch at MCC shall ensure the operation is
possible only from any one of the locations.
I.
An appropriate electrical over load shall trip the motor in the event of the
motor drawing more that the set value.
J. The hoisting movements of the SCVRP shall be stopped if the rope if
rope over load sensor (load cell) is actuated due to rope over load or due
to jammed condition of platforms.
K. Overload relays and single phase preventers are also form part of
protection and motor operation shall be interlocked with these devices.
L. Brake motor logics should be part of control circuit for safe operation.
12.2.18 All safe interlocks, protection and logic circuits shall be incorporated in the
control circuit and interconnected with remote panel (LCP at platform).
12.2.19 Minimum two spare drawout cubicles for folding and two spare drawout cubicles
for hoisting motor operations.
12.2.20 MCC shall be connected to a earth busbar running throughout the length of the
switch board. The minimum earth bus size shall be 50X6 sqmm. of GI or
equivalent.
12.2.21 The MCC shall comply to all relevant standards for cubicles and components
including painting, clearances, metering and indication cubicles etc
12.3
ELECTRIC MOTORS
12.3.1 Twelve number of motors are envisaged for Hoisting of Platforms and twelve
number of motors are envisaged for swinging of platforms.
12.3.2 Motors shall confirm to latest applicable standard of IEC-34/IS-325.
12.3.3 IE2 or IE 3 category shall be provided for LT AC motors.
12.3.4 Twelve number of swinging motors ( which is a part of Hydraulic system) coming
on the platform shall be flame proof Ex d type with gas group Class IIB,
temperature class T4.
12.3.5 Twelve number of Hoisting motors coming on the portal area shall be non-flame
proof.
.
SECOND VEHICLE ASSEMBLY BUILDING PROJECT
SPEC NO.
TCE 7517A-D-856/7001
SECTION: B
SHEET : 45 OF 74
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION FOR
PLATFORMS FOR SVAB
12.3.6 The drive motor shall be suitable for duty class S4, cycle duration factor 40% and
number of cycles per hour shall be not less than 150.
12.3.7 Class of insulation shall be Class F and temperature rise limited to Class B
tropicalized by coating with non-hygroscopic coatings, suitable for operation in
Sea shore area.
12.3.8 Motor winding shall be specifically treated to provide good IR values for long
period with fewer operations in the environment mentioned.
12.3.9 All motors shall be started with DOL starter. Space heaters shall be provided for
motor ratings above 30 KW.
12.3.10 Motors shall have two earth terminals.
12.4
LOCAL CONTROL PANEL NEAR HOISTING DRIVE
12.4.1 Each SCVRP drive mechanism will have one LCP near the Hoisting drive
mechanism and hence totally twelve ( 12 nos) of local control panels shall be
provided for SCVRP.
12.4.2 Local control panels coming near hoisting drive shall be non flame proof and
IP:65 protection or better.
12.4.3 The following indicating lamps & push buttons shall be provided in Local control
panel provided on the Hoisting drive.
A. Manual Key:
•
Manual key for Hoisting on / Off
•
Manual selector switch for swing main/ redundant.
•
Manual key for swinging on / Off
B. Indication lamps
•
Control On Indication lamp
•
Hoisting On Indication Lamp
•
Swinging ON indication lamp for main/redundant
•
Hoisting Motor trip Indication Lamp
•
Swinging Motor trip indication lamp
•
Hoisting up limit Indication lamp
•
Hoisting down limit indication lamp
•
Swing in limit indication lamp for main/redundant
•
Swing out limit indication lamp for main/redundant
•
Anti-collision limit indication lamp
.
SECOND VEHICLE ASSEMBLY BUILDING PROJECT
SPEC NO.
TCE 7517A-D-856/7001
SECTION: B
SHEET : 46 OF 74
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION FOR
PLATFORMS FOR SVAB
•
Hoist Load Cell High indication lamp
C. Push Buttons
•
Hoisting Up
•
Hoisting Down
•
Swing in for main/redundant
•
Swing out for main/redundant
•
Emergency Stop
•
Reset
D. Selector switch
•
Selector switch for hoist load cell by-pass
12.4.4 The main contactor shall be provided to cut off the power in case of emergency
stop push button pressed.
12.4.5 The LCP shall be suitably interconnected with MCC and all protections and
safety interlocks are active during the operation from LCP as well as MCC.
12.5
“EMRGENCY STOP PUSH BUTTON” NEAR HOISTING DRIVE MOTOR
12.5.1 Each SCVRP drive mechanism will have one EMERGENCY stop push button
near the Hoisting drive mechanism and hence totally twelve ( 12 nos) shall be
provided for SCVRP.
12.5.2 The main contactor shall be provided to cut off the power in case of emergency
stop push button pressed.
12.5.3 An indication lamp shall be provided in the push button station to indicate the
actuation of the emergency push button.
12.6
LIMITSWITCHES
12.6.1 One number of limit switch at the upper end elevation and one number of limit
switch at lower end elevation for each six SCVRPs shall be provided (i.e totally
12 nos of limit switches)
12.6.2 Limit switches for Swing in position and Swing out positions for each six FCVRPs
shall be provided. (12 nos of limit switches)
12.6.3 Limit switches 2 numbers for limiting the distance between two consecutive
platforms to 4m shall be provided for six SCVRPs (12 nos of limit switches).
12.6.4 Limit switches shall be of multi angle roller lever actuated & spring release type.
12.6.5 All limit switches shall confirm to Zone-1 flame proof of group IIB class,
temperature class T4..
.
SECOND VEHICLE ASSEMBLY BUILDING PROJECT
SPEC NO.
TCE 7517A-D-856/7001
SECTION: B
SHEET : 47 OF 74
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION FOR
PLATFORMS FOR SVAB
12.6.6 If the platform drive trips at the upper end position, it shall be possible to
immediately reverse the drive by pushing hoisting down push button. Similarly,
for the lower end position, it shall be possible to raise the platform.
12.7
JUNCTION BOXES
12.7.1 Flameproof junction boxes shall be provided in the flameproof zone. The power
cables from fixed portion to flexible portion shall be terminated to such JBs at
platforms and other locations.
12.7.2 Normal junction boxes shall be used wherever junctions are required and for
inspection purposes.
12.8
LOAD CELL SYSTEM FOR OVER LOAD PROTECTION
12.8.1 Load cell minimum range shall be 0-25ton, IP:67 protection, safe over load upto
150% of rated capacity, ultimate over load shall be 400% of rated capacity,
accuracy of load cell shall be 0.05% or better as per standards for platform
applications.
12.8.2 Each SCVRP shall be provided with 2 numbers of load cells for Hoisting drive
system pulleys.
12.8.3 Load cell display system shall be provided as given below:
•
On the platform: The display of fold platforms and remote hoist display
with suitable interface for motor tripping.
•
On the portal area: The display of hoist drive shall be provided near the
hoist motor and suitable interface for motor tripping.
12.8.4 The local control panel provided shall have a provision for tripping the hoisting
mechanism manually.
12.8.5 Load sensing devises are positioned below the drive system pulleys with
amplifers and digital load indicators systems positioned near the Local control
panels.
12.8.6 The system is adjusted such that in the event of load exceeding 125% of the
normal load the drive system will trip automatically. The system is of flame proof
type and 2 nos are provided for each of the hoisting and folding drive systems.
12.8.7 Load cells will be either shear beam type / compression type. Material of
construction for the load cell will be SS316. The enclosure will be of intrinsic safe
type suitable for gas group IIB, temperature class T4.
12.8.8 Load cell mounting shall be on SS plates, inbuilt constrainer, full floating top
plate and anti lift protection.
12.9
CABLES
.
SECOND VEHICLE ASSEMBLY BUILDING PROJECT
SPEC NO.
TCE 7517A-D-856/7001
SECTION: B
SHEET : 48 OF 74
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION FOR
PLATFORMS FOR SVAB
12.9.1 Control cables shall be XLPE insulated copper conductor and armoured as per
BIS standards and BIS marked & as per the brands approved by the purchaser
for fixed portion of wiring.
12.9.2 EPR cables are 1100V grade, multi core, annealed tinned copper conductor,
elastomer type IE1 insulated, elastomer type SE4 sheathed confirming to IS4289 Part-1 for flexible portion of the wiring.
12.9.3 LT power cables are 1100 V grade, multi core, stranded Copper/Aluminium
conductor of grade H4 and class 2, XLPE insulated, extruded PVC inner
shealthed of type St-2, galvanised single round steel wire armoured and with
outer shealth made of FRLS PVC compounded of type ST-2.
Note: a) All cables upto 16 Sqmm. Is copper conductor
b) All cables above 16 Sqmm. Is Aluminium conductor near motor JB.
Suitable copper conductor cable from drive motor terminal to JB shall
be considered.
12.9.4 Control cables are 1100V grade, multi core, 1.5 and 2.5 sq.mm cross section,
stranded copper conductor having 7 strands, PVC insulated inner PVC sheathed
of type St-1, galvanised steel wire armoured and outer shealth made of FRLS
PVC compound of type St-1, Control cable shall be provided.
12.9.5 Miniumum Conductor cross section of power cables is selected as 2.5sq.mm.
Copper conductor is used for cables having cross-section area upto 16sq.mm.
12.9.6 Cable terminations shall be either through standard Crimping type copper lugs
for power cables and pin type or spliced lugs for electrical control cables. For all
Al-Cu terminations bimetal lugs shall be used. All bolted terminations shall be
using ring type lugs.
12.9.7 Double compression nickel-plated brass cables glands are to be used at both
(Emanating and terminating) the ends of the cable.
12.9.8 Approximate length of the cables is as follows: (For estimation purpose only,
actual may vary +/- considerably.)
a) Power cable for Swing motors: 3000 mtr.for all the SCVRPs.
b) Power cable for Hoist motors: 2000 mtr.for all the SCVRPs.
c) Control cable for hoist & swing motors: 5000 mtr.for all the SCVRPs.
12.10 CABLE LAYING
12.10.1 The power and control cables shall be laid on suitable GI cable trays (closed
type) fixed on the walls for the size and type of the cables used. The minimum
tray size shall be 50X50mm including supply and installation.
12.10.2 The cable trays shall be used to carry LT power, control.
.
SECOND VEHICLE ASSEMBLY BUILDING PROJECT
SPEC NO.
TCE 7517A-D-856/7001
SECTION: B
SHEET : 49 OF 74
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION FOR
PLATFORMS FOR SVAB
12.10.3 Separate cable trays shall be used to run power, control and instrumentation
cables.
12.10.4 In order to avoid Electro magnetic interface (EMI), minimum distance of 300mm
is maintained between the power cables trays and control cables trays and the
shielding of power cables and control cables shall be so selected as to nullify the
EMI effect.
12.10.5 Flexible portion of the cabling shall be done by using “Cable Chain Drag System”
of IGUS/LAPP.
12.10.6 Flexible portion of cable which is to be by “Cable chain drag system” of IGUS
/LAPP is approximately 17m for each SCVRP.
12.11 EARTHING
12.11.1 The structures, motors / brakes frames, metal enclosures of all electrical
equipment, conduit and trays shall be effectively grounded with double earthing
and shall be connected to building earth.
12.11.2 SDSC-SHAR will only provide ground rise at suitable location for grounding.
Further connection from this riser to platforms for earthing shall be in tenderer
scope
13.0
LIST OF DRAWINGS
The list of drawings mentioned below are tentative general arrangement
drawings only and for tendering purpose only. Fabrication drawings will be
issued after finalisation of order.
Sl no.
Drawing No.
Description
1
7517A-ME-857-GA-0001
FCVRP & SCVRP plan in SVAB
2
7517A-ME-857-GA-0002
FCVRP & SCVRP elevation in SVAB
3
7517A-ME-856-GA-0010
FCVRP layout in SVAB
4
7517A-ME-856-GA-0011
FCVRP Concept
5
7517A-ME-856-GA-0012
FCVRP Concept
6
7517A-ME-856-GA-0013
FCVRP Concept
7
7517A-ME-856-GA-0014
FCVRP Concept
8
7517A-ME-856-GA-0015
FCVRP Concept
9
7517A-ME-856-GA-0016
FCVRP Concept
10
7517A-ME-856-GA-0017
FCVRP Concept
11
7517A-ME-856-GA-0018
FCVRP Concept
12
7517A-ME-857-GA-0020
SCVRP general Plan Mk-II vehicle.
.
SECOND VEHICLE ASSEMBLY BUILDING PROJECT
SPEC NO.
TCE 7517A-D-856/7001
SECTION: B
SHEET : 50 OF 74
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION FOR
PLATFORMS FOR SVAB
13
7517A-ME-857-GA-0021
SCVRP general Plan Mk-III vehicle.
14
7517A-ME-857-GA-0022
SCVRP general Elevation
15
7517A-ME-857-GA-0023
SCVRP carriage arrangement for 1, 3 & 5
16
7517A-ME-857-GA-0024
SCVRP carriage arrangement for 2,4 & 6
17
7517A-ME-857-GA-0025
SCVRP guide column general
arrangement.
18
7517A-ME-857-GA-0026
SCVRP Hoisting drive arrangement
19
7517A-ME-857-GA-0027
SCVRP Load cell Pulley arrangement
20
7517A-ME-857-GA-0028
SCVRP Diversion and support pulley
arrangement
21
7517A-ME-857-GA-0029
SCVRP Swinging drive arrangement
22
Sketch-1
23
Sketch-2
Location of Pulley arrangement for on roof
truss for erection of platforms
Preliminary Hydraulic Circuit for swinging of
SCVRP.
14.0
MANUFACTURING, ASSEMBLY, TESTING AND INSPECTION
14.1
General instructions for fabrication and Erection are specified in the subsequent
clauses.
14.1.1 The fabrication of components shall confirm to provisions of IS : 800 – 2013
14.1.2 All rolled material before being laid off shall be clean, free from bends, twist etc.
and straight within tolerance allowed by IS : 1852 – 1885. If straightening or
flattening is necessary, it shall be done by methods that will not injure the
material. Long Plates shall be straightened by passing through a mandrel or
levelling rools and structural shapes by the use of mechanical or hydraulic bar
section straightening machines.
14.1.3 For butt-weld joints, edge preparation shall be preferably done by machining and
may be done by mechanically controlled gas cutting machine. Sub surfaces shall
be ground cleaned and inspected before fitting/ welding.
14.1.4 Welding shall be performed as per IS: 9595 – 1996.
14.1.5 All welding shall be carried out by qualified and approved welders shall perform
welding in accordance to ASME Sec IX.
14.1.6 Unless otherwise specified on drawings, tolerances for fabrication shall be as per
ISO:13920.
14.1.7 Edge preparation shall be carried out for all plates before welding. For butt-weld
joints, edge preparation shall be preferably done by machining and may be done
by mechanically controlled gas cutting machine. Sub surfaces shall be ground,
cleaned and inspected before fitting / welding.
.
SECOND VEHICLE ASSEMBLY BUILDING PROJECT
SPEC NO.
TCE 7517A-D-856/7001
SECTION: B
SHEET : 51 OF 74
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION FOR
PLATFORMS FOR SVAB
14.1.8 Unless otherwise specified on drawings, all butt welds shall be full penetration
welds.
14.1.9 Unless otherwise specified on drawings, all fillet welds shall be 50% of the
minimum plate thickness and shall be on both sides of the plate. Also, the weld
shall be continuous.
14.1.10 Welding sequence shall be such that the distortion and residual stresses are
minimised. All welds shall be deposited in proper sequence so as to balance the
applied heat as far as possible. (A wandering sequence shall be used whenever
necessary).
14.1.11 The procedure to be followed by CONTRACTOR for all weld repairs shall be
subject to approval by the PURCHASER.
14.1.12 Threaded joints that are to be seal welded shall be thoroughly cleaned before
welding.
14.1.13 Stress relieving shall be carried out for all fabricated components prior to its
machining.
14.1.14 All sharp corners of machined/ fabricated items shall be smoothened by deburring, hand grinding, chipping and filing.
14.1.15 Fabricator employed at site shall have adequate machining, welding, metrology
and portable NDT facilities.
14.1.16 All fabrication work undertaken in parts shall bear distinct match marking to
facilitate further identification and erection.
14.1.17 During manufacturing, assembly, erection and commissioning bolt tightening
shall be carried out using torque wrench/ impact wrench to ensure required
tightening/ tension in the bolts.
14.2
Fabrication at Manufacturers Work
14.2.1 Guide Column for FCVRP/ SCVRP is split up into six individual segments in
order to facilitate its transportation at site. The fabrication, stress relieving &
machining of the Guide Column segments shall be carried out at shop.
14.2.2 The fabrication, stress relieving and machining of the Guide Frames for FCVRP /
carriage assembly for SCVRP shall be carried out.
14.2.3 The fabrication of Fixed Platform, Foldable Platform & the Replaceable Platforms
and all components for the Folding and Hoisting drive system shall be carried out
for FCVRP.
14.2.4 The fabrication of fixed platform, swinging platform and the replaceable platforms
and all components for the swinging and hoisting drive system shall be carried
out.
14.2.5 Base frame of the drive mechanism shall be machined to maintain parallelism
between its resting face and equipment mounting face.
14.2.6 The components of drive mechanism viz. Motor, coupling, brake, reduction gear
box and rope drum shall be assembled at manufacturer works as per assembly
instructions.
.
SECOND VEHICLE ASSEMBLY BUILDING PROJECT
SPEC NO.
TCE 7517A-D-856/7001
SECTION: B
SHEET : 52 OF 74
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION FOR
PLATFORMS FOR SVAB
14.2.7 Drive mechanism base frame as well as structure shall have suitable provision
for lifting hooks.
14.2.8 Pulley arrangement, interconnecting brackets etc.. Shall be manufactured,
assembled tested at manufacturers works and shall be brought to site in grease
packed condition.
14.2.9 Structural members of the platform shall be laid on the fabrication bed. The
edges of the members shall be aligned for squareness, parallelism and flatness
to required accuracy and tack welded. Following this intermediate members and
bracing shall be tack welded ensuring required geometrical parameters.
14.2.10 The structure shall be offered for stage inspection following tack welding while
full welding shall be done upon inspection clearance.
14.3
Control Assembly for FCVRPs
14.3.1 Fixed platform has to be assembled to the Guide frame individually.
14.3.2 Fixed platform has to be assembled to folding platform individually.
14.3.3 Folding platform has to be assembled to replaceable platforms individually.
14.3.4 Suitable match markings are to be done before dismantling.
14.4
Control Assembly for SCVRPs
14.4.1 Fixed platform has to be assembled to the truss individually.
14.4.2 Fixed platform has to be assembled to replaceable platforms individually.
14.4.3 Truss is to be assembled to the carriage.
14.4.4 Suitable match markings are to be done before dismantling.
14.5
Inspection at Shop
14.5.1 Dimensions, various clearances, surface finish etc as specified in drawings.
14.5.2 Levelling, alignment of all sub systems.
14.5.3 Free rotational movement of Foldable & Replaceable Platforms about the three
Hinges.
14.5.4 Free sliding / rotational movement of Hinged / sliding pieces of Replaceable
Platforms.
14.5.5 Alignment of shafts of Gearboxes, motors, brakes, Rope Drums,
14.5.6 No-load running test of motor along with drive for minimum of half an hour.
14.6
Fabrication at Site
14.6.1 Joining of guide columns into two or three pieces.
14.6.2 No major fabrication are to be planned at Site (i.e. at SDSC SHAR)
.
SECOND VEHICLE ASSEMBLY BUILDING PROJECT
SPEC NO.
TCE 7517A-D-856/7001
SECTION: B
SHEET : 53 OF 74
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION FOR
PLATFORMS FOR SVAB
14.6.3 Minor fabrications like fixing of handrails are only to be allowed or any
rectifications works with the approval of SDSC SHAR.
14.7
Erection Sequence
14.7.1 Pre-requisite for erection:
a) Civil works of SVAB building shall be complete in all respect and building
material including scaffoldings shall be removed and area shall be cleaned.
b) Both east and west portals of SVAB shall be complete cleaned, building
construction material removed and site shall be cleared.
14.7.2 Transportation & temporary placement:
a) After the completion of Inspection & Testing at shop, the equipment shall be
dismantled with proper match marking into transportable modules.
b) The Fixed Platform, Foldable Platform & Replaceable Platforms which are of
length 15 m shall be transported as single piece & not split up into smaller
segments for the purpose of Transportation
c) The Platforms, Guide column segments, carriage assembly, hoisting drives
etc. shall be loaded on trailers at main stores, transported from stores to
erection
site and unloaded
at a place
designated for the purpose
of
erection.
d) The material shall be loaded on truck/ trailer at Stores/ Fabrication yard using
mobile crane transported to actual site and unloaded at site using mobile
crane.
e) Mobile crane of adequate capacity and boom length shall be used for
handling
and erecting
guide columns, platform structures & drive
mechanisms.
f) Temporary storage place is approximately 500 m from SVAB building, it is
open yard without roof, sandy soil with bushes and trees. Hence, clearing of
bushes / trees is in the scope of tenderer /supplier only.
14.7.3 Erection procedure for FCVRP:
Typical Erection Sequence shall be as follows:
a)
The equipment to be delivered at the site as per approved site erection plan.
b)
The equipment delivered at site shall be inspected and checked as per packing
list for totality of requirement.
.
SECOND VEHICLE ASSEMBLY BUILDING PROJECT
SPEC NO.
TCE 7517A-D-856/7001
c)
SECTION: B
SHEET : 54 OF 74
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION FOR
PLATFORMS FOR SVAB
The machinery parts shall be cleaned and the corrosion preventing coating shall
be removed from surface of the machinery. The parts, which are delivered in
dismantled condition, shall be cleaned prior to their assembly.
d)
The Contractor shall submit documents depicting Fabrication and Erection
Procedure at site, Alignment Sequence, Detailed Trial / Test Runs at site based
on the guide lines indicated in this document.
e)
The centerlines & benchmarks shall be checked and established in suitable
place for easy reference.
f)
The subassemblies shall be dismantled and all the antifriction bearings, if
necessary, shall be thoroughly re-visited and lubricated prior to assembly.
g)
The items / components / sub-assemblies shall be erected / mounted in the
following sequence. However, the sequence may be altered due to site condition
and local constraints, which cannot be envisaged now.
h)
The structural supports from the portal frames of the SVAB consisting of
connecting beams / support brackets along with bracings shall be initially erected
at site.
i)
Alignment of Support brackets / Interconnecting brackets to be checked and
cleared by SDSC SHAR/ TPI
j)
Then the Guide Columns shall be erected ensuring that the internal surfaces of
adjacent columns on which the Guide Rollers have to travel are aligned and
there is no mismatch. This will be achieved by addition of shims between the
Guide Columns and the Support Columns & proper alignment.
k)
The verticality of Guide Columns shall be checked with theodolite and also the
required distance between Guide Columns shall be maintained throughout its
height.
l)
The Platforms shall be assembled on Ground level one at a time and then lifted
them sequentially from top to bottom to the required height using mobile crane
and motorised winch & then locked in position.
m) Install and align drive system of platforms
n)
Install and align Pulleys with the floor.
.
SECOND VEHICLE ASSEMBLY BUILDING PROJECT
SPEC NO.
TCE 7517A-D-856/7001
SECTION: B
SHEET : 55 OF 74
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION FOR
PLATFORMS FOR SVAB
o)
Lay ropes and fasten in position.
p)
Install electrical.
q)
Clean and first fill all the drives.
r)
Check for free movement mechanically.
s)
Repeat the operations for other platforms.
14.7.4 Erection procedure for SCVRP:
Typical Erection Sequence shall be as follows:
a)
The equipment to be delivered at the site as per approved site erection plan
b)
The equipment delivered at site shall be inspected and checked as per packing
list for totality of requirement.
c)
The machinery parts shall be cleaned and the corrosion preventing coating shall
be removed from surface of the machinery. The parts, which are delivered in
dismantled condition, shall be cleaned prior to their assembly.
d)
The Contractor shall submit documents depicting Fabrication and Erection
Procedure at site, Alignment Sequence, Detailed Trial / Test Runs at site based
on the guide lines indicated in this document.
e)
The centerlines & benchmarks shall be checked and established in suitable
place for easy reference.
f)
The subassemblies shall be dismantled and all the antifriction bearings, if
necessary, shall be thoroughly re-visited and lubricated prior to assembly.
g)
The items / components / sub-assemblies shall be erected / mounted in the as
approved site erection plan sequence. However, the sequence may be altered
due to site condition and local constraints, which cannot be envisaged now.
h)
Wall Brackets for guide column are to be assembled and aligned.
i)
Guide columns shall be erected ensuring that the internal surfaces of adjacent
columns on which the guide rollers have to travel are aligned and there is no
mismatch. This will be achieved by addition of shims between the guide columns
and the support columns and the support columns & proper alignment. The
verticality of guide columns shall be checked with theodolite and also the
required distance between guide columns shall be maintained throughout its
height.
j)
Carriage locking brackets shall be erected as wire ropes are attached to lock the
platform.
.
SECOND VEHICLE ASSEMBLY BUILDING PROJECT
SPEC NO.
TCE 7517A-D-856/7001
SECTION: B
SHEET : 56 OF 74
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION FOR
PLATFORMS FOR SVAB
k)
Platforms shall be assembled on ground level one at a time and then lifted them
sequentially from top to bottom to the required height using mobile crane and
motorised winch and then locked in position.
l)
Install and align drive system of platforms
m) Install and align Pulleys with the floor.
n)
Lay ropes and fasten in position.
o)
Install electrical.
p)
Clean and first fill all the drives.
q)
Check for free movement.
r)
Repeat the operations for other platforms.
14.7.5 Usage of SDSC SHAR Crane for Unloading of Platforms / Pulley Fixing on
roof truss for erection on Platforms sub-assemblies in SVAB:
A. SDSC SHAR will provide 130 t Groove make boom crane for unloading the
material from trailer / lorry of maximum size 25t only on payable basis subjected
to availability only. Party shall confirm the availability from the Department well in
advance. SDSC SHAR will charge tenderer at a cost of Rs: 13,500 per hour
(please note that indicated price is present charges, prevailing charges at the
time unloading shall be paid by the supplier). Duration of charges will be from
start time of Crane at Material handling store of SDSC SHAR up to receipt of
Crane at Material handling store after completion of work on that day at SVAB
site which is at a distance of 5 Km.
B. Supplier should not claim any extra charges / extension of due date on account
of delay in providing SDSC SHAR material handling support (i.e. cranes for
unloading material from trailer).
C. Supplier can fix pulleys arrangement on the roof truss at single fixed location
near to the civil columns for lifting the Hoisting drive arrangement / brackets for
guide column /Support brackets for SCVRP / FCVRP. Roof truss is at height of
94m height. Approximate weight of hoisting drive arrangement is 25 t. Pulleys
arrangement and necessary hooks and structural material for stiffening of roof
truss is in the scope of supplier only.
.
SECOND VEHICLE ASSEMBLY BUILDING PROJECT
SPEC NO.
TCE 7517A-D-856/7001
SECTION: B
SHEET : 57 OF 74
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION FOR
PLATFORMS FOR SVAB
D. If tenderer feels that locations identified on the roof truss for fixing pulleys is
inappropriate. Tenderer can plan his own crane for erection.
E. Supplier has to make his own arrangement for cranes for shifting of subsystems,
platforms from storage yard to inside of SVAB.
F. Supplier has to make his own arrangement of cranes for assembling the
platforms to the guide frame on the ground.
G. If any damages are occurred to the 130 t Groove make Boom crane or any
SDSC SHAR equipment / system, supplier has to replace the damaged parts
within 10 days. If supplier fails to do so SDSC SHAR will have right to deduct the
cost of the damaged items in the next bill of supplier.
15.0
ERECTION &COMMISSIONING
15.1
Inspection and testing during/after erection shall be as per QAP.
15.2
Supplier shall submit detailed erection plan and procedure along with erection
loads on building & also on parts being lifted shall be submitted for approval.
15.3
Supplier
shall
depute
adequate
qualified
personnel
i.e.,
Two
Engineers/supervisor/ foreman, (one for mechanical and one for electrical),
fitters, riggers, and electricians and helpers for carrying out quality erection
work at our site within schedule.
15.4
Material (lifting equipment, lifting tackles, etc) required during erection are in
Bidder’s scope. All lifting machines / tackles used shall be tested & certified as
per standards before their usage for lifting crane.
15.5
Third Party Inspection Agency also shall be involved for final clearance & usage.
16.0
PRELIMINARY SPECIFICATIONS OF MAJOR BOUGHT OUT ITEMS
All bought items are to be inspected by SDSC-SHAR representative & TPIA
at the sub-vendors site before despatching to Vendors site.
.
SECOND VEHICLE ASSEMBLY BUILDING PROJECT
SPEC NO.
TCE 7517A-D-856/7001
SECTION: B
SHEET : 58 OF 74
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION FOR
PLATFORMS FOR SVAB
BOUGHT OUT ITEMS FOR FCVRP FOLDING DRIVE ARRANGEMENT
Sr. No.
Components
Specifications
1
Wire rope for folding drive
arrangement
2
Electric Motor for folding
operation
3
Gear Box
4
Coupling between Rope drum
and Gear box
5
Coupling between Gear box
and Brake & Motor and Brake
6
Brake
8
Flame proof motor , Zone -1, Gas group:
II B, T4 temperature class.
Rating : 37 kW, 1500 RPM, A.C. 3Ø,
Duty class : S4
CDF : 40%,
Insulation class: F
Temperature rise limited Class: B
No. of starts per hour : 150
Double stage worm gear box
Reduction Ratio : 820
Output torque : 84162 Nm
Input Speed: 1500 rpm
Duty
: Reversing
Lubrication : Splash
Bearing
: Antifriction
Self locking type
Coupling Type : Full Gear Coupling
Rated Torque : 280566 Nm,
Maximum Speed : 900 RPM,
Allflex Type AFG114
Coupling Type : Full Gear Coupling
Rated Torque : 981 Nm,
Maximum Speed : 6300 RPM,
Allflex Type AFG101
Flame proof Zone -1, Gas group: II B,
T4 temperature class, thruster operated
Drum brake
Max. Torque : 940 Nm
Brake diameter : 315 mm
Compression Load Cell
Capacity : 25 T
Model No : CR253H0
Make : M/s. IPA Pvt. Ltd.
Spherical roller Bearing SKF 300 (ID) x 500 (OD) x 160(W)
Load Cell
7
Wire rope diameter : 28 mm
Construction : Compacted Rope
Tensile Grade : 2160 N/mm2
Finish : Galvanised
Lay type : Ordinary
Lay Direction : Right hand & Left hand
Usha Martin make
Type POWERFORM 8
.
SECOND VEHICLE ASSEMBLY BUILDING PROJECT
SPEC NO.
TCE 7517A-D-856/7001
9
10
11
SECTION: B
SHEET : 59 OF 74
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION FOR
PLATFORMS FOR SVAB
23160 CC/W33
Spherical roller Bearing for
folding pulley SKF 23030 150 (ID) x 225 (OD) x 56 (W)
CC/W33
Spherical roller Bearing for
rope drum shaft SKF 24040 200 (ID) x 310 (OD) x 109 (W)
CC/W33
Spherical roller Bearing for
brake drum shaft SKF 21314 70 (ID) x 150 (OD) x 35 (W)
CC/W33
BOUGHT OUT ITEMS FOR FCVRP HOISTING DRIVE ARRANGEMENT
S.No.
Components
Specifications
Wire rope diameter : 36 mm
Construction : Compacted Rope
Tensile Grade : 2160 N/mm2
Finish : Galvanised
1
Wire rope
Lay type : Ordinary
Lay Direction : Right hand & Left hand
Usha Martin make
Type POWERFORM 8
Non flame proof
Electric Motor for Hoisting Rating : 45 kW, 1500 RPM, A.C. 3Ø,
operation
Duty class : S4
CDF : 40%,
2
Insulation class: F
Temperature rise limited Class: B
No. of starts per hour : 150
Double stage worm gear box
Reduction Ratio : 1000
Output torque : 112252 Nm
3
Gear box
Input Speed: 1500 rpm
Duty
: Reversing
Lubrication : Splash
Bearing
: Antifriction
Coupling Type : Full Gear Coupling
Coupling between Rope drum
Rated Torque : 340898 Nm,
4
and Gear box
Maximum Speed : 800 RPM,
Allflex Type AFG115
Coupling Type : Full Gear Coupling
Coupling between Gear box and Rated Torque : 981 Nm,
5
brake & Motor and Brake
Maximum Speed : 6300 RPM,
Allflex Type AFG101
Non Flame proof type thrustor
operated Drum brake
6
Brake
Max. Torque : 940 Nm
Brake drum diameter : 315 mm
Compression Load Cell
7.
Load Cell
Capacity : 25 T
.
SECOND VEHICLE ASSEMBLY BUILDING PROJECT
SPEC NO.
TCE 7517A-D-856/7001
SECTION: B
SHEET : 60 OF 74
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION FOR
PLATFORMS FOR SVAB
Model No : CR253H0
Make : M/s. IPA Pvt. Ltd.
8
9
10
11
Spherical roller Bearing SKF
23160 CC/W33
Spherical roller bearing for
hoisting pulley SKF 24032
CC/W33
Spherical roller Bearing for
brake drum shaft SKF 22314 E
Spherical roller Bearing for
horizontal guide arrangement
SKF 24036 CC/W33
300 (ID) x 500 (OD) x 160(W)
160 (ID) x 240 (OD) x 80 (W)
70 (ID) x 150 (OD) x 51 (W)
180 (ID) x 280 (OD) x 100 (W)
Wire dia 12mm, mean dia 72mm, No.
of coils:13.5, spring rate:47 N/m.S
Type: Multi angle roller lever operated,
spring return type
Protection Category: IP55
13
Limit switch
No. of contacts: 2 NO + 2 NC
Rating: 240V AC, 5A
Material: Aluminium alloy LM6
BOUGHTOUT ITEMS FOR SCVRP HOISTING DRIVE
12
S.No.
Spring
Components
Specifications
1
Taper roller Bearing of FAG
32207A
35 (ID) x 72 (OD) x 24.25(W)
2
Right angle Gear Box
RAN20 SA1 HS B3 of Bongfiglioli
make
3
Lock Nut
FAG KM7 or equivalent
4
Lock washer
FAG MB7 or equivalent
5
Deep Groove ball bearing of
FAG 6008-2RS
40 (ID) x 68 (OD) x 15 (W)
6
Lock Nut
FAG KM6
7
Lock washer
FAG MB6
8
Taper Roller bearing of FAG
32207A
35 (ID) x 72 (OD) x 24.25 (W)
9
Wire rope
10
Wire rope
Wire rope diameter : 32 mm
Construction : Compact type
Tensile Grade : 2160 N/mm2
Finish : Galvanised
Lay type : Ordinary
Lay Direction : Right hand & Left hand
USHA MARTIN make
Type POWERFORM 8
Wire rope diameter : 64 mm
Construction : Compact type
Tensile Grade : 2160 N/mm2
.
SECOND VEHICLE ASSEMBLY BUILDING PROJECT
SPEC NO.
TCE 7517A-D-856/7001
SHEET : 61 OF 74
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION FOR
PLATFORMS FOR SVAB
11
Electric Motor for Hoisting
operation
12
Gear box
13
Coupling between Rope drum
and Gear box
14
Coupling between Gear box and
brake & Motor and Brake
15
Brake
16
Load Cell
17
18
19
20
21
SECTION: B
Spherical roller bearing hinge
top & bottom shaft SKF 23180
Spherical roller thrust bearing
for hinge shaft SKF 29272
Spherical roller thrust bearing
for flange roller SKF 23252
Deep grove ball bearing for
pulleys SKF 6334
Spherical roller bearing for rope
drum SKF 23244
Finish : Galvanised
Lay type : Ordinary
Lay Direction : Right hand & Left hand
USHA MARTIN make
Type POWERFORM 8
NonFlame proof motor.
Rating : 55 kW, 1500 RPM
Duty class : S4
CDF : 40%,
Insulation class: F
Temperature rise limited Class: B
No. of starts per hour : 150
Double stage worm gear box
Reduction Ratio : 1500
Output torque : 257353 Nm
Input Speed: 1500 rpm
Duty
: Reversing
Lubrication : Splash
Bearing
: Antifriction
Coupling Type : Full Gear Coupling
Rated Torque : 60000 kgm,
Maximum Speed : 710 RPM,
Allflex Type AFG116
Coupling Type : Full Gear Coupling
Rated Torque : 1300 kgm,
Maximum Speed : 2800 RPM,
Allflex Type AFG 105
Non-Flame proof thrustor operated
Drum brake
Max. Torque : 940 Nm
Brake diameter : 315 mm
Compression Load Cell
Capacity : 25 T
Model No : CR253H0
Make : M/s. IPA Pvt. Ltd.
400(ID) x 650 (OD) x 200(W)
360(ID) x 500 (OD) x 85 (W)
260(ID) x 480 (OD) x 174 (W)
170 (ID) x 360 (OD) x 72 (W)
220 (ID) x 400 (OD) x 144(W)
22
Lock Nut and locking clip
SKF HM-3076
equivalent.
& MS 3080-76 or
23
Lock Nut & lock washer
SKF HM52T & SKF MB52
.
SECOND VEHICLE ASSEMBLY BUILDING PROJECT
SPEC NO.
TCE 7517A-D-856/7001
SHEET : 62 OF 74
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION FOR
PLATFORMS FOR SVAB
Spherical roller Bearing of SKF
22316
Deep groove Ball Bearing of
SKF 6334
Volute Spring of alloy steel
grade 60Cr4V2 as per IS:3431
24
25
26
SECTION: B
80 (ID) x 170 (OD) x 58(W)
170 (ID) x 360 (OD) x 72 (W)
120 (ID) x 300 (OD) x 350 (H)
BOUGHT OUT ITEMS FOR SCVRP SWINGING DRIVE
S.No.
1
17.0
Components
Specifications
Hydraulic Rotary Actuator along
with suitable power pack (
consisting of flame proof motor,
variable displacement axial flow
pump of 3 lpm at 200 bar,
1.5kW motor, flame proof
directional control valve,
couplings, rigid and flexible pipe
line, connectors, local control
panels etc ) as mentioned in
Hydraulic specification for
Hydraulic actuator.
Type: Double rack, M-Series,Hydraulic
rotary actuator
Load Torque: 113 kNm
Rotation: 0 to 90˚
Make: M/s. Parker or M/s Agop Italy.
MAKES OF BOUGHT OUT ITEMS
All bought out items shall be procured from the approved suppliers as given
below:
Slno
Item
Makes
1
Wire ropes
Usha Martin only.
2
3
Selector switches
and control
components
LED indication
Lamps
Siemens / L&T/ ABB/ Schneider.
Siemens / L&T/ JAI BALAJI / VAISHNO
4
Induction motors
CG / BHARATH BIJILEE / HM/LHP
5
Limit Switches
6
FRLS Power and
control cables
7
Trailing cables & LAPP /IGUS
chain drag system
8
All flameproof items BALIGA / R STAHL
including Flameproof
light fittings.
9
Intrinsic safe Units
BALIGA / SIEMENS / ABB / L&T / Schneider /
BCH /CG
NICCO / INCAB / RPG / CCI / FINOLEX /
POLYCAB / KEI / IGUS / LAPP
P&F
.
SECOND VEHICLE ASSEMBLY BUILDING PROJECT
SPEC NO.
TCE 7517A-D-856/7001
SECTION: B
SHEET : 63 OF 74
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION FOR
PLATFORMS FOR SVAB
Control panels
SIEMENS /ABB/L&T/ Schneider / Rittal or as
approved
11
Power panels
SIEMENS/ABB/L&T/ Schneider / Rittal.
12
Flame proof Light Baliga / R Stahl
fittings LED/MH
13
Flame proof switch Baliga / R Stahl
sockets
&
limit
switches
14
DC Power Supplies
10
Electrical Aux items
15
OMRON,PHONEX
SIEMENS
CONTACT,
LAMBDA,
Aux items of the main items like OLR shall be as
per the recommendation of main item supplier
and as per the design of the OEM.
BUBenzer, INVENSYS BROOK CROMPTON,
WITTON KRAMMER, SIBRE, GALVI, KATEEL
Elecon / Shanti / Greaves (premium
transmission)/ DB-Radicon / Renold / Sumitomo /
Flender.
16
Thruster brakes
17
Gear boxes
18
Right angle gear box
BONGFIGLIOLI
19
Bearings
SKF, FAG, TIMKEN
20
Couplings
Fenner, Elecon, Shanthi, Allflex,
21
Load cells
IPA
22
Paints
Bombay paints, Berger paints, Asian paints,
Grand poly coats.
23
FASTENERS
UNBRAKO / TVS
24
Actuators
Parker / Agop Italy
25
Direction control
valves
Parker / Agop Italy / Europress pack / Rexroth
26
Flexible hoses
Parker / Agop Italy / Europress pack / Rexroth
27
Hydraulic pump
Parker / Agop Italy / Europress pack / Rexroth
28
Pressure gauges
Wika
Third Party
TCE / LLOYDS / MN DUSTUR / MECON / DNV
Inspection Agency
Note: As far as possible single brand components shall be used. All models
used shall be of latest but at least 2 years in the market and next 10 years’
service availability.
29
.
SECOND VEHICLE ASSEMBLY BUILDING PROJECT
SPEC NO.
TCE 7517A-D-856/7001
SECTION: B
SHEET : 64 OF 74
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION FOR
PLATFORMS FOR SVAB
18.0
CODES AND STANDARDS
18.1
The design, materials, construction, manufacture, inspection, testing and
performance of HSDs shall comply with all currently applicable statutes,
regulations and safety codes in the locality where the equipment is to be
installed. The equipment shall also conform to the latest applicable Indian or
equivalent standards. Other international standards are also acceptable, if these
are established to be equal or superior to the listed standards. Nothing in this
specification shall be construed to relieve the CONTRACTOR of this
responsibility.
18.2
The following are some of the codes and standards relevant to this specification.
IS:2062
Hot rolled medium and High tensile Structural Steels
IS:1367 part13
Technical supply conditions for threaded fasteners Hot-dip
galvanized coatings ( second revision)
IS:807
Code of Practice for Design, Manufacture, Erection and Testing
(Structural Portion) of Cranes and Hoists.
IS:3177
Code of Practice for Design of Overhead Traveling Cranes
and Gantry Cranes other than Steel Works Cranes.
IS:800
IS:3681
IS 7403 : 1974
IS 4460 : Parts
1 to 3 : 1995
IS:1835
Code of practice for use of structural steel in general building
construction.
Gears tooth form and modules.
Code of Practice for Selection of Standard Worm and Helical
Gear Boxes
Gears – Spur and Helical Gears – Calculation of Load Capacity
Steel Wires for Ropes
IS:6594
Technical supply conditions for steel wire ropes and strands.
IS:2266
Steel Wire Ropes for General Engineering Purposes.
IS:2363
Glossary of terms relating to wire ropes.
IS:3973
Selection, installation, maintenance and technical supply
conditions of wire ropes.
IS: 1364
Hexagonal Head bolts, Screws and nuts of product grades A
and B.
IS:816
Code of Practice for Use of Metal Arc Welding for general
Construction in Mild Steel.
IS:823
Code of Practice for Use of Metal Arc Welding of Mild Steel.
.
SECOND VEHICLE ASSEMBLY BUILDING PROJECT
SPEC NO.
TCE 7517A-D-856/7001
SECTION: B
SHEET : 65 OF 74
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION FOR
PLATFORMS FOR SVAB
IS:1181
Qualifying Tests for Metal Arc Welders (Engaged in Welding
Structures other than pipes).
IS:1323
Code of Practice for Oxy-Acetylene Welding for Structural Work
in Mild steel.
ASTM E94
Standard Guide for Radiographic Examination
ASTM E165
Standard Test Method for Liquid Penetrant Examination
ASTM E709
Standard Guide for Magnetic Particle Examination
ASTM A370
Standard Test Methods and Definitions for Mechanical Testing
of Steel Products
ASTM A388
Standard Practice for Ultrasonic Examination of Steel Forgings
ASTM A275
Standard practice for Magnetic Particle Examination of Steel
Forgings
IS:325
Three Phase induction Motors.
IS:4029
Guide for Testing Three Phase induction Motor.
IS:5571
Guide for selection of electrical equipment for hazardous areas
IS:5572
Classification of Hazardous Areas (Other than Mines) for
electrical installations.
IS 2148 : 1981
Flameproof enclosures for electrical apparatus
IS 5780 : 1980
Specification for Intrinsically Safe Electrical Apparatus and
Circuits.
IS:8239
Classification of maximum surface temperature of electrical
equipments for use in explosive atmosphere.
IS:1554
IS:2208
IS:2959
PVC Insulated (Heavy Duty) electric cables.
HRC cartridge fuse links up to 650V.
Contactors for voltage not exceeding 1000V AC or 1200V DC
IS:13703
Low voltage fuses for voltages not exceeding 1000V.
.
SECOND VEHICLE ASSEMBLY BUILDING PROJECT
SPEC NO.
TCE 7517A-D-856/7001
SECTION: B
SHEET : 66 OF 74
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION FOR
PLATFORMS FOR SVAB
19.0
SPECIFIC REQUIREMENTS / INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS
19.1
BIDDER’S OFFER
19.1.1 In case of any deviations from the technical specifications, the BIDDER shall
indicate the same in Schedule of deviations. If no deviations are listed in the
schedule of deviations, it shall be considered that the BIDDER complies in total
with the technical specifications. Any deviations indicated elsewhere other than
schedule of deviations in the offer will not be accepted
19.1.2 The BIDDER is advised to furnish all information called for in summary of data to
be furnished along with the bid.
19.1.3 BIDDER is advised to quote for the complete scope and partial response will not
be entertained. In case of few items which do not directly fall under BIDDER’s
manufacturing range and / or not available from indigenous source, BIDDER
should take the responsibility upon themselves to arrange to procure them and
supply to ensure that their offer is complete in all respects
19.2
All bought out items supplied shall have capacities not less than those stated in
this specification and necessary test certificates shall be furnished in this regard.
However, if the BIDDER considers that higher capacity is required to meet
guarantee requirements, he should offer the same and substantiate the same by
calculations.
19.3
The BIDDER shall specify all the Design modifications which he considers are
necessary for him to carry out in order to meet the guarantee requirements. The
details of design modifications proposed to be carried out shall be attached as
Annexure to the Schedule of Deviations from Technical Specifications.
19.4
Any items which may not have been specifically mentioned herein but are
needed to complete the equipment / system shall also be treated as included and
the same shall also be furnished and erected, unless otherwise specifically
excluded as indicated.
19.5
All tools and tackles required during various stages of execution of order right
from manufacture at shop to the erection and testing at site shall be in the scope
of the Contractor.
20.0
RELIABILITY AND QUALITY ASSUARANCE PLAN
The inspection procedures shall be categorized as follows:
(a)
Category A: Stage wise and final inspection including review of documents
by Department.
(b)
Category B: Stage wise and final inspection including review of documents
by the Contractor. Department shall perform final inspection and review
documents.
(c)
Category C: Final inspection and review of documents shall be carried out
by the Contractor. Department shall carry out the final review of documents.
The minimum requirements for ensuring quality at various stages are spelt out
.
SECOND VEHICLE ASSEMBLY BUILDING PROJECT
SPEC NO.
TCE 7517A-D-856/7001
SECTION: B
SHEET : 67 OF 74
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION FOR
PLATFORMS FOR SVAB
below. However, the reliability and quality assurance plan shall be prepared by
the vendor and will be reviewed and approved by Department.
The following are the basic inspection requirements to be followed upon receipt
of raw material:
Review of material test certificates
UT of plates for thickness greater than 20mm
Category C
Category C
The following are the minimum in-process tests that shall be carried out:
Welding procedure & welder / welding operator’s performance
qualification
Category C
100% MT / PT for flame cut edges for plate thickness exceeding
38mm.
100% PT after back gouging
Category B
100% MT / PT for fillet welds when both plates exceed 25mm
thickness.
Category A
100% MT / PT for fillet welds between tension flanges & webs.
Category A
100% RT / UT for butt welds
Category A
Category B
Heat treatment shall be carried out on the following:
For carbon steel plates where thickness exceeds 20 mm
All other components as referred to in the drawings
Category C
Category C
The following are the final inspection / tests that shall be carried out during
various stages of manufacture, as applicable:
Visual and dimensional inspection of components / subassemblies
Blue matching for bolted components
Complete assembly of platforms at VENDOR’s shop and testing
for performance requirements
Complete assembly of platforms at site and testing for
performance requirements.
Category A
Category A
Category A
Category A
The schedule of tests stated above is indicative and not exhaustive in nature.
CONTRACTOR shall carry out any other tests at shop / site as per directions of
PURCHASER.
.
SECOND VEHICLE ASSEMBLY BUILDING PROJECT
SPEC NO.
TCE 7517A-D-856/7001
SECTION: B
SHEET : 68 OF 74
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION FOR
PLATFORMS FOR SVAB
21.0
INSPECTION AND TESTING PROCEDURES AND SCOPE OF INSPECTION
21.1
Raw Material Inspection shall be carried out at the Vendor’s works for
compliance of the raw materials to the specified standards.
21.2
Bought out components shall be inspected either at Vendor’s works or at the
Sub-contractor’s premises for compliance with the Specifications.
21.3
Fabricated components shall be inspected at the Vendor’s works for compliance
with the component drawings. Sub-Assemblies shall be inspected at the
Vendor’s works for compliance with the Sub-Assembly drawings and for
performance requirements. A major sub-assemblies shall be inspected at
Vendor’s works after shop assembly for compliance with assembly drawings and
performance requirements.
21.4
Full Assembly of the platforms shall be inspected at Purchaser’s premises after
site assembly for compliance with the Assembly Drawings and performance
requirements.
21.5
After the award of contract, CONTRACTOR shall prepare detailed Quality
Assurance Plan (QAP) for inspection & testing of all subassemblies /
components of the platforms. The QAP shall be reviewed and approved by the
Third Party Inspection Agency and the PURCHASER. Indicative QAPs for
Platforms are enclosed in Section D of this specification
21.6
The procedure to be followed for testing the accuracy requirements for Platforms
shall be as specified by the PURCHASER
21.7
All measuring and testing instruments / equipment required for carrying out all
tests at VENDOR’s works and at PURCHASER’s site shall be provided by the
Contractor.
21.8
CONTRACTOR shall furnish calibration certificates for the instruments to be
used for testing at shop and site. The calibration certificates furnished by the
CONTRACTOR shall not be more than 12 months old.
21.9
TESTING
Platforms mainly comprises of drive mechanism and fixed platform, foldable
platform & replaceable platform from the point of view of testing. In order to
realise successful operation of the platform following testing activities shall be
performed
21.9.1 Testing at Manufacturer’s works
a)
Drive System (No load)
No load run test shall be carried out for the fully assembled gear box continuously
for minimum 1 hour.
The drive mechanism shall be completely assembled at manufacturer’s works
and shall be tested.
b)
Test for Major Sub-assemblies
All Pulley assemblies shall be tested for proper functioning, bearing noise etc. and
shall be brought to site in grease packed condition
.
SECOND VEHICLE ASSEMBLY BUILDING PROJECT
SPEC NO.
TCE 7517A-D-856/7001
SECTION: B
SHEET : 69 OF 74
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION FOR
PLATFORMS FOR SVAB
21.9.2 Testing at Site.
a) For Smooth movement of platforms noise & jerks.
22.0
GUARANTEES AND PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS
The platforms shall perform satisfactorily to meet the guarantee requirements
stated in this specification to the entire satisfaction of the PURCHASER
23.0
ACCEPTANCE TEST
23.1
After the entire installation work has been completed, the CONTRACTOR shall
make all required adjustments until all guaranteed performance requirements are
met. All instruments, services required for the above tests shall be furnished by
the CONTRACTOR
23.2
If the stipulated performance requirements are not fulfilled, the CONTRACTOR
shall make good the deficiency by providing it in every case, by altering and/ or
replacing the parts or the whole equipment / system free of charge to the
PURCHASER immediately. All rejected equipment shall be removed from the
site at CONTRACTOR’s expense
24.0
SURFACE PREPARATION AND PAINTING
Complete Platforms & Drive elements shall be painted as per the instructions
given below.
All the shop-fabricated items shall be grid blasted, primer painted.
The site fabrication items also shall be grid-blasted and primer painted before
erection.
After completion of the erection, all the damaged primer painted area shall be
rectified.
After primer painting, All items shall be intermediate painted with inhibitive
polyamide epoxy, DFT-100 microns (min).
The total surface shall be final painted with sufficient number of coats using
acrylic aliphatic polyurethane finish paint, having a DFT of 40 microns.
All box sections, before closing, shall be painted with primer and finish paint
inside the Box.
24.1
Preparation of surfaces
All surfaces to be painted shall be clean, dry and free from oil, grease, dirt, dust,
corrosion and weld spatters.
Any other surface contaminant except tightly bonded residues of mill scale rust is
permissible to a limit of not more than 5% of whole surface and a maximum of
.
SECOND VEHICLE ASSEMBLY BUILDING PROJECT
SPEC NO.
TCE 7517A-D-856/7001
SECTION: B
SHEET : 70 OF 74
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION FOR
PLATFORMS FOR SVAB
10% on any particular square inch area.
Surfaces that may become inaccessible after erection or installation or both,
shall be prepared and painted while still accessible as per the same procedure
mentioned.
24.2
Grid Blasting
The entire surface of all the fabricated materials is to be grid blasted as per near
white quality of steel structures painting council (SSPC) standard of SA 2.5 of
SIS 055900.
The surface profile after blasting shall be between 37-65 microns and should be
of jagged in nature.
Hand cleaning by chipping and scraping followed by wire brushing / abrasive
wheels is allowed for items where surface preparation is difficult by sand blasting
after taking approvals from purchaser / TPIA. All surfaces shall be degreased
using a suitable solvent to remove oil & grease and shall be dried off before
painting
24.3
Painting Scheme
Immediately after gird blasting, one coat of inorganic zinc silicate primer shall be
applied to a dry film thickness (DFT) of 65 microns (minimum), followed by a final
coat of 40 microns of acrylic aliphatic polyurethane finish paint. Colour code will
be finalized by purchaser after award of contract.
All paint and primer shall be of standard quality and procured from approved
manufacturers. The tenderer shall provide “Elcometer” / Paint thickness
measuring gauges free of charge and shall measure the thickness of paint in the
presence of the representative of the purchaser at random locations selected by
him.
Machine finished surfaces shall be protected against corrosion by a rust
inhibiting coating that can be easily removed prior to erection or which has
characteristics that make removal unnecessary prior to erection.
Field painting shall only be done after the structure is erected, levelled, plumbed,
aligned and welded / connected in its final position, tested and commissioned.
However, touch-up painting for making good to any damaged shop painting and
completing any unfinished portion of the shop coat shall be carried out by the
Tenderer at free of cost. The materials and specification for such painting in the
field shall be in accordance with the requirements of the specification for shop
painting.
Painting shall not be done in frosty or foggy weather or when humidity is such as
to cause condensation on the surfaces to be painted. Before painting of steel,
which is delivered unpainted, is commenced, all surfaces to be painted shall be
dried and thoroughly cleaned from all loose scale and rust.
All field rivets, bolts, welds and abrasions to the shop coat shall be spot painted
with the same paint used for the shop coat. Where specified, surfaces which will
.
SECOND VEHICLE ASSEMBLY BUILDING PROJECT
SPEC NO.
TCE 7517A-D-856/7001
SECTION: B
SHEET : 71 OF 74
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION FOR
PLATFORMS FOR SVAB
be in contact after site assembling shall receive a coat of paint (in addition to the
shop coat, if any) and shall be brought together while the paint is still wet.
Bolts and fabricated steel members, which are galvanized or otherwise treated,
shall not be painted.
Paints shall be stored under cover in airtight containers. Paints supplied in
sealed containers shall be used as soon as possible once the container is
opened.
While painting the new structures, the already finished floors and structures shall
not be spoilt. If there is any spillage of paint on the floors or members on the
finished structures, the tenderer has to clear and provide the painting to the
spoiled areas.
Paints shall be checked for shelf life to meet the requirements before application.
Proper action shall be taken well in advance prior to actual usage.
24.4
Paint Specifications
a) Inorganic Zinc Silicate Primer:
•
Two part, self cured
•
Dry temperature resistance to 400 oC
•
Minimum shelf life of 12 months
•
Excellent abrasion resistance
•
Minimum coverage of 9 sq m./litre at 65 microns (minimum)
•
Volume of solids 60% (minimum) by weight and 80% of zinc in dry film by
weight
•
No mud cracking at an applied thickness of 75 microns.
•
Primer shall be applied minimum 65 microns DFT
(b) All items shall be intermediate painted with inhibitive polyamide epoxy, DFT100 microns (min).
(c) Air drying Acrylic Aliphatic polyurethane finish paint.
•
As per approved manufacturer’s specifications.
•
Minimum of 40 microns DFT
•
Colour code will be finalised by department after award of contract.
25.0
START-UP SPARES & MAINTENANCE TOOLS
25.1
The BIDDER shall include in start-up Spares & Maintenance tools in his scope.
25.2
The spares supplied shall be directly interchangeable with parts for which they
are intended for replacement.
.
SECOND VEHICLE ASSEMBLY BUILDING PROJECT
SPEC NO.
TCE 7517A-D-856/7001
SECTION: B
SHEET : 72 OF 74
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION FOR
PLATFORMS FOR SVAB
25.3
The spares shall be treated and packed for long storage (minimum 5 years)
under the climatic conditions prevailing at the site.
25.4
The BIDDER shall indicate the service expectancy periods for all the spare parts
in terms of hours of operation under normal operating conditions after which
replacement will become necessary.
25.5
The Start-Up Spares are those spares which will be required during start-up and
commissioning of the equipment / systems until the equipment/systems are
handed over to the SDSC-SHAR after completion of performance testing.
25.6
The prices of the Start-Up Spares and tools shall be included in the lumpsum
supply price of the total system. An adequate stock of Start-Up Spares and
maintenance tools shall be available at the site such that the start-up and
commissioning of the equipment / systems, performance testing and handing
over the equipment/ systems to the SDSC-SHAR can be carried out without
hindrance or delay.
25.7
All Start-Up Spares which remain unused after the taking over the plant shall
remain the property of the SDSC-SHAR. BIDDER’s quoted lumpsum price for
the supply of the bought-out items shall be inclusive of the cost of Start-Up
Spares.
25.8
Following are the list of minimum number of start-up spares for HSD to be
included in the BIDDER’s scope.
Sl.no
Description
Quantity
MECHANICAL SPARES
1
Linings for Brakes
2 Pairs
2
Oil Seals for each Gear box
1 Sets
3
Set of Gaskets of all sizes wherever applicable
3 sets
HYDRAULIC SPARES
1
Hydraulic seals kits for actuator
6 sets
2
Flexibles Hoses
6 sets
3
Directional control valves
6 sets
ELECTRICAL SPARES
1
FCVRP Hoist motor
1 no.s
2
FCVRP fold motor
1 no.s
3
SCVRP Hoist motor
1 no.s
4
Load cell
2 nos
5
Load cell control and display units
3 sets
6
Fuse links
3
no.s
category.
each
.
SECOND VEHICLE ASSEMBLY BUILDING PROJECT
SPEC NO.
TCE 7517A-D-856/7001
SECTION: B
SHEET : 73 OF 74
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION FOR
PLATFORMS FOR SVAB
7
Power Contactors
1 no. minimum or
10% of total qty.
8
Push buttons
4 no. minimum or
10% of total qty.
9
Limit Switches
6 Nos
10
Spare FCVRP LCP ready to replace at site.
1 Nos
11
Spare SCVRP LCP ready to replace at site.
1 Nos
26.0
TENDER EVALUATION AND PENALITY FACTOR
26.1
The BIDDER shall comply with all systems / parameters specified in section B ,
C, D,E &F
26.2
Deviation from the specifications, if acceptable to the PURCHASER insofar as
practicable will be converted to rupee value and added to the bid price to
compensate for the deviation from the specification. In determining the rupee
value of the deviations, the PURCHASER will use the parameters consistent with
those specific in the documents and specifications and other information as
necessary and available to the PURCHASER
27.0
DATA TO BE FURNISHED AFTER AWARD OF CONTRACT
The BIDDER shall ensure the following documentation are prepared and
submitted to PURCHASER for his review / record
27.1
Schedule of Assembly & Detailed drawings and documents to be submitted for
review & approval with submission dates.
27.2
Quality Assurance Plan (QAP).
27.3
Bar chart for supply & erection schedule indicating the date of completion of
various activities so as to complete execution of the contract within the time
frame stipulated in the LOI / Purchase order.
27.4
Progress reports
27.5
Instrument data sheets.
27.6
Electrical wiring diagrams showing interlocks, controls, wiring sizes, rating of
each electrical component etc. and logic diagrams.
27.7
Dimensioned general arrangement and section drawings of control and
instrumentation panels and switchgear panel.
27.8
Detailed description of operating sequence and control and interlock system.
27.9
Erection, start-up, operation and maintenance manual complete with lubrication
schedule etc.
27.10 As-built drawings
27.11 Quality Assurance documentation compiled for the project.
.
SECOND VEHICLE ASSEMBLY BUILDING PROJECT
SPEC NO.
TCE 7517A-D-856/7001
SECTION: B
SHEET : 74 OF 74
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION FOR
PLATFORMS FOR SVAB
27.12 The above list of documents is indicative and not exhaustive. The BIDDER /
CONTRACTOR shall submit documents as specified in various sections of this
specification and also as per the specific instructions of the PURCHASER.
28.0
FINAL DOCUMENTS
CONTRACTOR shall submit the copies of operation and maintenance manuals
well before the despatch of the equipment. The manual shall be in sufficient detail
with step by step instructions to enable others to inspect, erect, commission,
maintain, dismantle, repair, reassemble and adjust all parts of the equipment.
Each manual shall also include a complete set of approved as built drawings
together with performance / rating curves / charts of the equipment, maintenance
schedule and test certificates wherever applicable.
CONTRACTOR shall submit all the raw material test certificates, Ultrasonic
testing of the raw material, Ultrasonic / radiography test certificates of all
necessary welds. Stress relieving charts, Hardness test certificates and
Dimensional inspection reports of individual components.
Quality assurance documentation compiled for the project.
SECOND VEHICLE ASSEMBLY BUILDING PROJECT
SPEC.NO.
TCE-7517A-D-856-001
SECTION: C1
SHEET : 1 OF 15
BILL OF MATERIAL FOR FCVRP
BILL OF MATERIALS
DETAILS OF COMPONENTS FOR FCVRP
Sl
No
DESCRIPTION OF
COMPONENT
1.0
Foldable Platform
1.1
Structural Members
QTY.
(For 1
FCVRP)
OVERALL DIMENSIONS
(mm)
ISMC 400 , Total length 116 m
ISMC 200 , Total length 43 m
ISMB 200 , Total length 37 m
ISMB 150 , Total length 28 m
MATERIAL
Grade E250, Quality BR as
per IS:2062
Grade E250, Quality BR as
per IS:2062
Grade E250, Quality BR as
per IS:2062
Grade E250, Quality BR as
per IS:2062
APPROX.
WEIGHT
(kg)
(For 1
FCVRP)
TOTAL
WEIGHT
(kg)
(For 6
FCVRPs)
5850
35100
945
5670
895
5370
420
2520
1.2
Pulley block
supporting plates
1500 x 650 x 32 thk – 2 nos
1500 x 350 x 10 thk – 2 nos
1500 x 380 x 10 thk - 4 nos
Grade E250, Quality BR as
per IS:2062
751
4506
1.3
Chequered Plate
6 mm thk.
Grade E250, Quality BR as
per IS:2062
3665
21990
1.4
Miscellaneous Parts
(Hinge fixing plate, link
chain fixing plate etc.)
200
1200
2.0
Fixed Platform
2.1
Structural Members
2100
12600
1677
10062
ISMC 250 , Total length 69 m
ISMC 125 , Total length 128 m
Grade E250, Quality BR as
per IS:2062
Grade E250, Quality BR as
per IS:2062
HEAT
TREATMENT /
REMARKS
TCE FORM NO. 329R5
SECOND VEHICLE ASSEMBLY BUILDING PROJECT
SPEC.NO.
TCE-7517A-D-856-001
Angle 65x65x5 , Total length
83 m
Angle 90x90x5 , Total length
54 m
Load cell pulley
mounting bracket
SHEET : 2 OF 15
BILL OF MATERIAL FOR FCVRP
ISMC 300 , Total length 30 m
2.2
SECTION: C1
2
1230 x 848 x 32 mm thk.
2
1240 x 1000 x 32 mm thk.
4
805 x 720 x 32 mm thk.
2.3
Hinge fixing plate
3
670 x 800 x 32 mm thk.
2.4
Fixing plate for Guide
frame
2
1330 x 1150 x 32 mm thk
2.5
Chequered Plate
2.6
Miscellaneous Parts
3.0
Guide frame
3.1
Plate
2
970 x 5500 x 32 mm thk.
3.2
Plate
6
690 x 5500 x 32 mm thk.
3.3
Plate
2
1230 x 5500 x 32 mm thk.
3.4
Miscellaneous Parts
(Mounting plates for
pulleys, fixing plates
for mounting fixed
platform etc.)
6 mm thk.
Grade E250, Quality BR as
per IS:2062
Grade E250, Quality BR as
per IS:2062
Grade E250, Quality BR as
per IS:2062
Grade E250, Quality BR as
per IS:2062
Grade E250, Quality BR as
per IS:2062
Grade E250, Quality BR as
per IS:2062
Grade E250, Quality BR as
per IS:2062
Grade E250, Quality BR as
per IS:2062
Grade E250, Quality BR as
per IS:2062
Grade E250, Quality BR as
per IS:2062
Grade E250, Quality BR as
per IS:2062
Grade E250, Quality BR as
per IS:2062
Grade E250, Quality BR as
per IS:2062
1089
6534
407
2442
484
2904
524
3144
623
3738
582
3492
405
2430
768
4608
1526
9156
200
1200
2680
14622
6292
37751
3739
22432
1008
12096
TCE FORM NO. 329R5
SECOND VEHICLE ASSEMBLY BUILDING PROJECT
SPEC.NO.
TCE-7517A-D-856-001
Folding Drive
Arrangement
1
4.1
Rope Drum
1
Worm Gear Reducer
SHEET : 3 OF 15
BILL OF MATERIAL FOR FCVRP
4.0
4.2
SECTION: C1
Ø 1250 x 1292 (L) x 60 mm
thk.
Electric Motor
1
4.4
Full Gear Coupling
1
4.5
Full Gear Coupling
2
3706
22236
1 nos
6 nos
1 nos
6 nos
1 nos
6 nos
2 nos
12 nos
1 nos
6 nos
Grade E250, Quality BR as
per IS:2062
4400
26400
Double stage worm gear box
Reduction Ratio : 820
Output torque : 84162 Nm
(Gear Box is to be Custom
built for this application)
1
4.3
ASTM A516 Gr.70
A.C. 3Ø Motor 37 kW @ 1480
rpm (flame proof type suitable
for Group-II B,Zone-1, T4
class application)
ALLFLEX Full Gear Coupling
Type AFG 114
ALLFLEX Full Gear Coupling
Type AFG 101
Brake Drum Size = 315 mm
Max. Torque Capacity = 940
Nm (flame proof type suitable
for Group-II B,Zone-1, T4
class application)
4.6
Electro Hydraulic
Thruster Brake
1
4.7
Base Frame
1
4.8
Spherical Roller
Bearing
2
300 (ID) x 500 (OD) x 160 (W)
SKF 23160 CC/W33
2 nos
12 nos
4.9
Folding Pulley
24
Ø 620 x 80 (Thk.)
Cast steel IS:1030 Grade 280520N
1830
10980
Spherical Roller
4.10 Bearing for all Folding
Pulleys
48
150 (ID) x 225 (OD) x 56 (W)
SKF 23030 CC/W33
48 nos
288 nos
TCE FORM NO. 329R5
SECOND VEHICLE ASSEMBLY BUILDING PROJECT
SPEC.NO.
TCE-7517A-D-856-001
Shaft of Folding drive
rope drum - 1
Shaft of Folding drive
4.12
rope drum - 2
4.11
4.13 Wire Rope
4.14
4.15
4.16
4.17
4.18
Pin for folding pulley
block (Platform)
Pin for folding pulley
block (Guide Frame)
Pin for Diverter pulley
Folding
Pin for load cell pulley
Folding
Bracket of Folding
Load cell pulley
1
Ø350 mm , length 1.1 m
Forging 40C8
830
4980
1
Ø350 mm , length 0.72 m
Forging 40C8
545
3270
2
Ø 28 mm , 90 m length
Usha Martin make Powerform
8 with Tensile grade 2160
N/mm2
2 nos
12 nos
2
Ø150 mm , length 0.9 m
Forging 40Ni6Cr4Mo3
250
1500
2
Ø150 mm , length 1.05 m
Forging 40Ni6Cr4Mo3
292
1752
2
Ø150 mm , length 0.275 m
Forging 40Ni6Cr4Mo3
76
456
2
Ø150 mm , length 0.3 m
Forging 40Ni6Cr4Mo3
84
504
2210
13260
15
90
18
108
7
42
84
504
200
1200
80
480
2 nos
12 nos
Grade E250, Quality BR as
per IS:2062
Grade E250, Quality BR as
per IS:2062
Grade E250, Quality BR as
per IS:2062
Grade E250, Quality BR as
per IS:2062
2
1
4.20 Coupling Guard 2
1
4.21 Coupling Guard 3
1
Pin for Single Folding
Pulley on Guide frame
Miscellaneous Parts
(Brake Drum, shafts,
4.23
shims, Rope fixing
plates etc.)
Plummer Block for
4.24
shaft of Rope Drum
Spherical Roller
4.25
Bearing (for Rope
SHEET : 4 OF 15
BILL OF MATERIAL FOR FCVRP
4.19 Coupling Guard 1
4.22
SECTION: C1
2
Ø150 mm , length 0.3 m
Grade E250, Quality BR as
per IS:2062
2
2
Forging 40Ni6Cr4Mo3
200 (ID) x 310 (OD) x 109 (W)
SKF 24040 CC/W33
TCE FORM NO. 329R5
SECOND VEHICLE ASSEMBLY BUILDING PROJECT
SPEC.NO.
TCE-7517A-D-856-001
SECTION: C1
SHEET : 5 OF 15
BILL OF MATERIAL FOR FCVRP
Drum shaft)
Plummer Block for
brake drum shaft
Spherical Roller
4.27 Bearing ( for brake
drum shaft )
Hoisting Drive
5.0
Arrangement
4.26
5.1
Rope Drum
Grade E250, Quality BR as
per IS:2062
2
78
468
2
70 (ID) x 150 (OD) x 35 (W)
SKF 21314 CC/W33
2 nos
12 nos
1
Ø 1250 x 2438 (L) x 65 mm
thk.
ASTM A516 Gr.70
6062
36372
1 nos
6 nos
1 nos
6 nos
1 nos
6 nos
2 nos
12 nos
2 nos
12 nos
Grade E250, Quality BR as
per IS:2062
5800
34800
SKF 23160 CC/W33
2 nos
12 nos
5.2
Worm Gear Reducer
1
5.3
Electric Motor
1
5.4
Full Gear Coupling
1
5.5
Full Gear Coupling
2
5.6
Electro Hydraulic
Thruster Brake
2
5.7
Base Frame
1
5.8
Spherical Roller
Bearing
2
Double stage worm gear box
Reduction Ratio : 1000
Output torque : 112252 Nm
(Gear Box is to be Custom
built for this application)
A.C. 3Ø Motor 45 kW @ 1480
rpm. Non flame proof
ALLFLEX Full Gear Coupling
Type AFG 115 or Equivalent
ALLFLEX Full Gear Coupling
Type AFG 101 or Equivalent
Brake Drum Size
= 315 mm
Max. Torque Capacity = 940
Nm ( non flame proof)
300 (ID) x 500 (OD) x 160 (W)
TCE FORM NO. 329R5
SECOND VEHICLE ASSEMBLY BUILDING PROJECT
SPEC.NO.
TCE-7517A-D-856-001
5.9
Hoisting Pulley
Spherical Roller
5.10 Bearing for all Hoisting
Pulleys
Shaft of Hoisting drive
5.11 rope drum - 1
Shaft of Hoisting drive
5.12 rope drum - 2
5.13 Wire Rope
Pin for Diverter Pulley
5.14 Hoisting
Pin for Hoisting pulley
5.15 block (Guide Frame)
Pin for Hoisting pulley
5.16 block (Connecting
Beam)
Pin for load cell pulley
5.17 Hoisting
Bracket of Hoisting
5.18 Load cell pulley
SHEET : 6 OF 15
BILL OF MATERIAL FOR FCVRP
16
Ø 792 x 80 (Thk.)
Cast steel IS:1030 Grade 280520N
32
160 (ID) x 240 (OD) x 80 (W)
SKF 24032 CC/W33
1
Ø350 mm , length 1.14 m
1
2980
17880
32 nos
192 nos
Forging 40C8
860
5160
Ø350 mm , length 0.72 m
Forging 40C8
545
3270
1
Ø 36 mm , 800 m length for 6
FCVRPs on one side
Usha Martin make Powerform
8 with Tensile grade 2160
N/mm2
1 Lot
1 Lot
2
Ø160 mm , length 0.33 m
Forging 40Ni6Cr4Mo3
104
624
2
Ø160 mm , length 0.8 m
Forging 40Ni6Cr4Mo3
251
1506
2
Ø160 mm , length 0.785 m
Forging 40Ni6Cr4Mo3
247
1482
2
Ø160 mm , length 0.35 m
Forging 40Ni6Cr4Mo3
110
660
3238
19428
25
150
27
162
7
42
200
1200
1
5.19 Coupling Guard 1
1
5.20 Coupling Guard 2
1
5.21 Coupling Guard 3
1
Miscellaneous Parts
5.22 (Brake Drum, shafts,
SECTION: C1
Grade E250, Quality BR as
per IS:2062
Grade E250, Quality BR as
per IS:2062
Grade E250, Quality BR as
per IS:2062
Grade E250, Quality BR as
per IS:2062
TCE FORM NO. 329R5
SECOND VEHICLE ASSEMBLY BUILDING PROJECT
SPEC.NO.
TCE-7517A-D-856-001
5.23
5.24
5.25
5.26
6.0
6.1
shims, Rope fixing
plates etc.)
Plummer Block for
shaft of Rope Drum
Spherical Roller
Bearing (for Rope
Drum shaft)
Plummer Block for
brake drum shaft
Spherical Roller
Bearing ( for brake
drum shaft)
Replaceable
Platform for GSLV
MK-III for FCVRP 1
Grade E250, Quality BR as
per IS:2062
2
2
300 (ID) x 500 (OD) x 160 (W)
2
70 (ID) x 150 (OD) x 51 (W)
ISMB 200 , Total length 6.3 m
ISMB 150 , Total length 33 m
6.3
Cutout Covers for MKIII
6.4
Miscellaneous Parts
6.5
7.0
Adaptor Covers for
MK-III to suit FCVRP2
Replaceable
Platform for GSLV
MK-II for FCVRP 1
6 mm thk.
1
1 set
SKF 23160 CC/W33
Grade E250, Quality BR as
per IS:2062
2
ISMC 200 , Total length 42 m
Chequered Plate
SHEET : 7 OF 15
BILL OF MATERIAL FOR FCVRP
Structural Members
6.2
SECTION: C1
SKF 22314 E
Grade E250, Quality BR as
per IS:2062
Grade E250, Quality BR as
per IS:2062
Grade E250, Quality BR as
per IS:2062
Grade E250, Quality BR as
per IS:2062
Grade E250, Quality BR as
per IS:2062
Grade E250, Quality BR as
per IS:2062
300
1800
2 nos
12 nos
92
552
2 nos
12 nos
153
153
932
932
496
496
1389
1389
1400
1400
100
300
65
65
TCE FORM NO. 329R5
SECOND VEHICLE ASSEMBLY BUILDING PROJECT
SPEC.NO.
TCE-7517A-D-856-001
7.1
ISMB 200 , Total length 26 m
ISMC 200 , Total length 42 m
ISMB 150 , Total length 17.4
m
ISMC 400, Total length 2.5 m
7.2
Chequered Plate
7.3
Sliding Piece
2
7.4
Plate
2
7.5
Rollers
8
7.6
Cutout Covers for MKII
1
7.7
Miscellaneous Parts
8.0
Replaceable
Platform for GSLV
MK-III for FCVRP 2
8.1
Structural Members
6 mm thk.
2500 x 400 x 16 mm thk
ISMB 200 , Total length 9.3 m
ISMB 150 , Total length 39 m
8.3
Cutout Covers for MKIII
6 mm thk.
1
Grade E250, Quality BR as
per IS:2062
Grade E250, Quality BR as
per IS:2062
Grade E250, Quality BR as
per IS:2062
Grade E250, Quality BR as
per IS:2062
Grade E250, Quality BR as
per IS:2062
Grade E250, Quality BR as
per IS:2062
Grade E250, Quality BR as
per IS:2062
ISMC 200 , Total length 42 m
Chequered Plate
SHEET : 8 OF 15
BILL OF MATERIAL FOR FCVRP
Structural Members
8.2
SECTION: C1
Grade E250, Quality BR as
per IS:2062
Grade E250, Quality BR as
per IS:2062
Grade E250, Quality BR as
per IS:2062
Grade E250, Quality BR as
per IS:2062
Grade E250, Quality BR as
per IS:2062
630
630
932
932
261
261
250
250
1508
1508
400
400
251
251
16
16
950
950
100
100
224
224
932
932
496
496
1400
1400
1400
1400
TCE FORM NO. 329R5
SECOND VEHICLE ASSEMBLY BUILDING PROJECT
SPEC.NO.
TCE-7517A-D-856-001
8.4
Miscellaneous Parts
9.0
Replaceable
Platform for GSLV
MK-II for FCVRP 2
9.1
Structural Members
SECTION: C1
SHEET : 9 OF 15
BILL OF MATERIAL FOR FCVRP
ISMB 200 , Total length 26 m
ISMC 200 , Total length 42 m
ISMB 150 , Total length 17.4
m
ISMC 400, Total length 2.5 m
9.2
Chequered Plate
6 mm thk.
9.3
Sliding Piece
2
9.4
Plate
2
9.5
Rollers
8
9.6
Cutout Covers for MKII
1
9.7
Miscellaneous Parts
2500 x 400 x 16 mm thk
Grade E250, Quality BR as
per IS:2062
Grade E250, Quality BR as
per IS:2062
Grade E250, Quality BR as
per IS:2062
Grade E250, Quality BR as
per IS:2062
Grade E250, Quality BR as
per IS:2062
Grade E250, Quality BR as
per IS:2062
Grade E250, Quality BR as
per IS:2062
100
300
630
630
932
932
261
261
250
250
1508
1508
400
400
251
251
16
16
950
950
100
100
332
332
932
932
416
416
Replaceable
10.0 Platform for GSLV
MK-III for FCVRP 3
10.1 Structural Members
ISMB 200 , Total length 15 m
ISMC 200 , Total length 42 m
ISMB 150 , Total length 28 m
Grade E250, Quality BR as
per IS:2062
Grade E250, Quality BR as
per IS:2062
Grade E250, Quality BR as
per IS:2062
TCE FORM NO. 329R5
SECOND VEHICLE ASSEMBLY BUILDING PROJECT
SPEC.NO.
TCE-7517A-D-856-001
6 mm thk.
Cutout Covers for MKIII
10.4 Miscellaneous Parts
Replaceable
11.0 Platform for GSLV
MK-II for FCVRP 3
ISMB 200 , Total length 30 m
ISMC 200 , Total length 42 m
ISMB 150 , Total length 38 m
ISA 50x50x6 , Total length 18
m
11.2 Chequered Plate
6 mm thk.
11.3
1
11.5 Miscellaneous Parts
Replaceable
Platform for GSLV
12.0
MK-III for FCVRP 4, 5
and 6
12.1 Structural Members
Grade E250, Quality BR as
per IS:2062
Grade E250, Quality BR as
per IS:2062
Grade E250, Quality BR as
per IS:2062
1400
1400
800
800
100
300
720
720
932
932
550
550
81
81
1550
1550
225
225
300
300
100
300
650
1950
932
2796
1
11.1 Structural Members
Adaptor Cover for MKII
Cutout Covers for MK11.4
II
SHEET : 10 OF 15
BILL OF MATERIAL FOR FCVRP
10.2 Chequered Plate
10.3
SECTION: C1
Grade E250, Quality BR as
per IS:2062
Grade E250, Quality BR as
per IS:2062
Grade E250, Quality BR as
per IS:2062
Grade E250, Quality BR as
per IS:2062
Grade E250, Quality BR as
per IS:2062
Grade E250, Quality BR as
per IS:2062
Grade E250, Quality BR as
per IS:2062
Grade E250, Quality BR as
per IS:2062
3
ISMB 200 , Total length 27 m
ISMC 200 , Total length 42 m
Grade E250, Quality BR as
per IS:2062
Grade E250, Quality BR as
per IS:2062
TCE FORM NO. 329R5
SECOND VEHICLE ASSEMBLY BUILDING PROJECT
SPEC.NO.
TCE-7517A-D-856-001
ISA 50x50x6 , Total length 18
m
12.2 Chequered Plate
6 mm thk.
12.3
1
12.5 Miscellaneous Parts
Replaceable
Platform for GSLV
13.0
MK-II for FCVRP 4, 5
and 6
ISMB 200 , Total length 27 m
ISMC 200 , Total length 42 m
ISMB 150 , Total length 33 m
ISA 50x50x6 , Total length 18
m
13.2 Chequered Plate
6 mm thk.
13.3
13.5 Miscellaneous Parts
Grade E250, Quality BR as
per IS:2062
Grade E250, Quality BR as
per IS:2062
Grade E250, Quality BR as
per IS:2062
Grade E250, Quality BR as
per IS:2062
Grade E250, Quality BR as
per IS:2062
Grade E250, Quality BR as
per IS:2062
500
1500
81
241
1900
5700
350
1050
230
690
100
300
670
2010
932
932
500
1500
81
241
2060
6180
250
750
580
1740
100
300
3
13.1 Structural Members
Adaptor Cover for MKII
Cutout Covers for MK13.4
II
SHEET : 11 OF 15
BILL OF MATERIAL FOR FCVRP
ISMB 150 , Total length 33 m
Adaptor Cover for MKIII
Cutout Covers for MK12.4
III
SECTION: C1
1
Grade E250, Quality BR as
per IS:2062
Grade E250, Quality BR as
per IS:2062
Grade E250, Quality BR as
per IS:2062
Grade E250, Quality BR as
per IS:2062
Grade E250, Quality BR as
per IS:2062
Grade E250, Quality BR as
per IS:2062
Grade E250, Quality BR as
per IS:2062
Grade E250, Quality BR as
per IS:2062
TCE FORM NO. 329R5
SECOND VEHICLE ASSEMBLY BUILDING PROJECT
SPEC.NO.
TCE-7517A-D-856-001
14.0
14.1
SECTION: C1
SHEET : 12 OF 15
BILL OF MATERIAL FOR FCVRP
Horizontal Guide
Roller Arrangement
Horizontal Guide
Roller
Spherical Roller
Bearing
Pin for Horizontal
14.3
Guide Roller
Lateral Guide Roller
15.0
Arrangement
14.2
15.1 Lateral Guide Roller
Pin for Lateral Guide
Roller (Type – 1)
Pin for Lateral Guide
15.3
Roller (Type – 2)
15.2
4
Ø 400 x 144 (Thk.)
Forging 40Cr4Mo3
4
180 (ID) x 280 (OD) x 100 (W)
SKF 24036 CC/W33
4
Ø200 mm , length 0.22 m
Forging 40Ni6Cr4Mo3
8
476
2856
4 nos
24 nos
216
1296
Forging 40Cr4Mo3
150
900
8
Ø85 mm , length 0.2 m
Forging 40Ni6Cr4Mo3
72
432
4
Ø100 mm , length 0.295 m
Forging 40Ni6Cr4Mo3
144
576
15.4 Bush
4
Ø75 (OD) x Ø60 (ID) x 132 (L)
Aluminium Bronze
8
48
16.0 Safety Link Chain
2
To be Induction
Hardened to
45-50 HRC /
423-488BHN
with Depth of
Hardness 4 – 6
mm
To be Induction
Hardened to
45-50 HRC /
423-488BHN
with Depth of
Hardness 4 – 6
mm
TCE FORM NO. 329R5
SECOND VEHICLE ASSEMBLY BUILDING PROJECT
SPEC.NO.
TCE-7517A-D-856-001
SECTION: C1
SHEET : 13 OF 15
BILL OF MATERIAL FOR FCVRP
16.1 Plate
16
740 x 240 x 40 mm thk.
55C8 as per IS:1570 (Part 2)
892
5352
16.2 Plate
6
740 x 240 x 80 mm thk.
55C8 as per IS:1570 (Part 2)
669
4014
16.3 Pin
16
Ø100 mm , length 0.265 m
55C8 as per IS:1570 (Part 2)
261
1566
16.4 Turn Buckle
2
55C8 as per IS:1570 (Part 2)
260
1560
80
480
66
396
Grade FDSiCr as per IS:4454
part 2
2 nos
12 nos
Grade E250, Quality BR as
per IS:2062
1782
10692
17.0
Spring Buffer
Arrangement
17.1 Bracket for Spring
2
Grade E250, Quality BR as
per IS:2062
2
Wire dia: 12 mm
Mean dia: 72 mm
No. of coils: 13.5
Spring rate: 47 N/mm
17.2 Spring
2
18.0 Hinge Brackets
3
18.1 Hinge Pin 1
2
Ø150 mm , length 0.425 m
Forging 40Ni6Cr4Mo3
118
708
18.2 Hinge Pin 2
1
Ø150 mm , length 0.361 m
Forging 40Ni6Cr4Mo3
50
300
18.3 Bush
6
Bronze, LTB-31, IS:318-81
2.5
15
900
12600
418
5852
122
1708
479
6706
19.0 Connecting Beam 1
14 (for
SVAB)
19.1 Plate
2
2560 x 560 x 40 mm thk
19.2 Plate
2
2560 x 520 x 20 mm thk
19.3 Plate
1
820 x 560 x 34 mm thk
19.4 Plate
1
1350 x 870 x 52 mm thk
Grade E250, Quality BR as
per IS:2062
Grade E250, Quality BR as
per IS:2062
Grade E250, Quality BR as
per IS:2062
Grade E250, Quality BR as
per IS:2062
TCE FORM NO. 329R5
SECOND VEHICLE ASSEMBLY BUILDING PROJECT
SPEC.NO.
TCE-7517A-D-856-001
Grade E250, Quality BR as
per IS:2062
2
2560 x 610 x 28 mm thk
20.2 Plate
2
2560 x 560 x 12 mm thk
20.3 Miscellaneous Parts
21.1 Plate
21.2 Plate
1620
22680
686
13720
270
5400
661
13220
-
72560
20 (for
SVAB)
20.1 Plate
21.1 Guide Column
SHEET : 14 OF 15
BILL OF MATERIAL FOR FCVRP
19.5 Miscellaneous Parts
20.0 Connecting Beam 2
SECTION: C1
2 (for
SVAB)
4 (for
SVAB)
2 (for
SVAB)
560 x 65500 x 63 mm thk
444 x 65500 x 63 mm thnk
Grade E250, Quality BR as
per IS:2062
Grade E250, Quality BR as
per IS:2062
Grade E250, Quality BR as
per IS:2062
Grade E250, Quality BR as
per IS:2062
Grade E250, Quality BR as
per IS:2062
31642
21.3 Liner plate 1
8 (for
SVAB)
185 x 65000 x 25 mm thk
HARDOX 400 or Rockstar 400
-
20927
21.4 Liner Plate 2
4 (for
SVAB)
290 x 65000 x 25 mm thk
HARDOX 400 or Rockstar 400
-
16402
ISA 150x150x16, Total Length
385.5 m
ISA 150x150x16, Total Length
842.5 m
Grade E250, Quality BR as
per IS:2062
Grade E250, Quality BR as
per IS:2062
Bracing for Guide
Column
Lateral Support beam
22.1
for Guide Column
Hoisting Drive Base
23.0 Frame Fixing Bolts
Size - M42
For Load Cell Pulley
24.0
Bracket
22.0
17 (for
SVAB)
To be Volume
Hardened to
30-35 HRC /
286-328BHN
To be Volume
Hardened to
30-35 HRC /
286-328BHN
13795
30148
60
450
48
480
TCE FORM NO. 329R5
SECOND VEHICLE ASSEMBLY BUILDING PROJECT
SPEC.NO.
TCE-7517A-D-856-001
SECTION: C1
SHEET : 15 OF 15
BILL OF MATERIAL FOR FCVRP
Size - M42
For Diverter Pulley
25.0 Bracket
Size - M42
For Connecting
26.0 Beams
Size – M56
For Lateral Support
27.0 Beams
Size – M36
28.0 Limit Switches
Load Cell for Folding
rope
Load Cell for Hoisting
30.0
rope
29.0
120
1200
272
18150
272
2040
6
12
12
Type: Multi angle roller lever
operated, spring return type
Protection Category: IP55
No. of contacts: 2 NO + 2 NC
Rating: 240V AC, 5A
Material: Aluminium alloy LM6
BALIGA type FLS 2115
6 nos
36 nos
Load Capacity: 25 T
IPA make CR253H0
Load Capacity: 25 T
IPA make CR253H0
TCE FORM NO. 329R5
SECOND VEHICLE ASSEMBLY BUILDING PROJECT
SPEC.NO.
TCE-7517A-D-857-001
SECTION: C2
SHEET : 1 OF 25
BILL OF MATERIAL FOR SCVRP
BILL OF MATERIALS
DETAILS OF FABRICATED COMPONENTS
Six sets of SCVRPs are located in the SVAB so as to provide approach throughout the vehicle height between 11.0 m to 70.0 m levels. EACH
SCVRP consists of two halves. Each half of the platform is independent of the other half of the platform for all operational requirements.
Sl
No.
DESCRIPTION OF
COMPONENT
QTY.
1.0
TRUSS
1.1
Structural Members
1.1
Fabricated Box
7
1.1.a
Fabricated Box
1
1.1.b
Fabricated Box
2
1.1.c
Fabricated Box
1
1.1.d
Fabricated Box
1
1.1.e
Fabricated Box
2
1.1.f
Fabricated Box
12
1.1.g
Fabricated Box
1
1.1.h
Fabricated Box
1
OVERALL DIMENSIONS
(mm)
MATERIAL
(400 x 200) x 2500 (H) x 16
(Thk.)
(400 x 200) x 1280 (H) x 16
(Thk.)
(400 x 200) x 1000 (H) x 16
(Thk.)
(400 x 200) x 2100 (H) x 16
(Thk.)
(400 x 200) x 2560 (H) x 16
(Thk.)
(400 x 200) x 2950 (H) x 16
(Thk.)
(400 x 200) x 1325 (H) x 12
(Thk.)
(400 x 200) x 1300 (H) x 16
(Thk.)
Mild Steel Grade E 250
Quality BR; as per IS:2062
Mild Steel Grade E 250
Quality BR; as per IS:2062
Mild Steel Grade E 250
Quality BR; as per IS:2062
Mild Steel Grade E 250
Quality BR; as per IS:2062
Mild Steel Grade E 250
Quality BR; as per IS:2062
Mild Steel Grade E 250
Quality BR; as per IS:2062
Mild Steel Grade E 250
Quality BR; as per IS:2062
Mild Steel Grade E 250
Quality BR; as per IS:2062
(400 x 200) x 2600 (H) x 16
Mild Steel Grade E 250
APPROX.
WEIGHT
(kg)
(FOR SINGLE
HALF OF
SCVRP)
APPROX.
WEIGHT
(kg)
(For 6
SCVRPs)
2500
30000
200
2400
300
3600
320
3840
400
4800
900
10800
1800
21600
250
3000
430
5160
HEAT
TREATMENT /
REMARKS
TCE FORM NO. 329R5
SECOND VEHICLE ASSEMBLY BUILDING PROJECT
SPEC.NO.
TCE-7517A-D-857-001
Sl
No.
DESCRIPTION OF
COMPONENT
SECTION: C2
SHEET : 2 OF 25
BILL OF MATERIAL FOR SCVRP
QTY.
OVERALL DIMENSIONS
(mm)
MATERIAL
(Thk.)
Quality BR; as per IS:2062
APPROX.
WEIGHT
(kg)
(FOR SINGLE
HALF OF
SCVRP)
APPROX.
WEIGHT
(kg)
(For 6
SCVRPs)
1.1.i
ISMC 400 Box
2
ISMC 400 x 14575 Lg.
IS:808
2920
35040
1.1.j
ISMC 400 Box
2
ISMC 400 x 14000 Lg.
IS:808
2810
33720
1.1.k
ISMC 400 Box
2
ISMC 400 x 1700 Lg.
IS:808
340
4080
1.1.l
ISMC 400 Box
1
ISMC 400 x 1000 Lg.
IS:808
100
1200
1.1.
m
ISMC 200 Box
1
ISMC 200 x 1000 Lg.
IS:808
100
1200
1.1.n
ISMC 200 Box
1
ISMC 200 x 1000 Lg.
IS:808
100
1200
1.1.o
ISMC 200 Box
16
ISMC 200 x 1700 Lg.
IS:808
1220
14640
1.1.p
ISMC 200 Box
16
ISMC 200 x 1000 Lg.
IS:808
720
8640
1.1.q
Lacing L 120x120x10
2
L 120x120x10x 1970 Lg.
IS:808
38
456
1.1.r
GST. Plate
200 (L) x 200 (W) x 10 (Thk.)
Mild Steel Grade E 250
Quality BR; as per IS:2062
525
6300
1.1.s
Diagonal L 120x120x10
2
L 120x120x10x 2600 Lg.
IS:808
95
1140
1.1.t
Diagonal L 120x120x10
2
L 120x120x10x 3300 Lg.
IS:808
120
1440
1.1.u
Diagonal L 120x120x10
2
L 120x120x10x 3000 Lg.
IS:808
110
1320
1.1.v
Diagonal L 120x120x10
36
L 120x120x10x 2100 Lg.
IS:808
1380
16560
164
HEAT
TREATMENT /
REMARKS
TCE FORM NO. 329R5
SECOND VEHICLE ASSEMBLY BUILDING PROJECT
SPEC.NO.
TCE-7517A-D-857-001
Sl
No.
DESCRIPTION OF
COMPONENT
SECTION: C2
SHEET : 3 OF 25
BILL OF MATERIAL FOR SCVRP
QTY.
OVERALL DIMENSIONS
(mm)
MATERIAL
APPROX.
WEIGHT
(kg)
(FOR SINGLE
HALF OF
SCVRP)
APPROX.
WEIGHT
(kg)
(For 6
SCVRPs)
1.1.
w
Diagonal L 120x120x10
36
L 120x120x10x 740 Lg.
IS:808
490
5880
1.1.x
Diagonal L 120x120x10
36
L 120x120x10x 1870 Lg.
IS:808
68
816
2.0
FIXED PLATFORM
2.1
Structural Members
2.1.a
BOX ISMC 400
4
ISMC 400 x 830 Lg.
IS:808
340
4080
2.1.b
BOX ISMC 400
2
ISMC 400 x 2760 Lg.
IS:808
560
6720
2.1.c
BOX ISMC 400
2
ISMC 400 x 6430 Lg.
IS:808
1290
15480
2.1.d
BOX ISMC 400
6
ISMC 400 x 6200 Lg.
IS:808
960
11520
2.1.e
BOX ISMC 200
7
ISMC 200 x 910 Lg.
IS:808
290
3480
2.1.f
BOX ISMC 200
1
ISMC 200 x 6200 Lg.
IS:808
280
3360
2.1.g
BOX ISMC 200
1
ISMC 200 x 2600 Lg.
IS:808
120
1440
2.1.h
BOX ISMC 200
1
ISMC 200 x 4720 Lg.
IS:808
210
2520
2.1.i
BOX ISMC 200
1
ISMC 200 x 1400 Lg.
IS:808
65
780
2.1.j
BOX ISMC 200
1
ISMC 200 x 500 Lg.
IS:808
22
264
2.1.k
ISMB 200
2
ISMB 200 x 5870 Lg.
IS:808
145
1740
HEAT
TREATMENT /
REMARKS
TCE FORM NO. 329R5
SECOND VEHICLE ASSEMBLY BUILDING PROJECT
SPEC.NO.
TCE-7517A-D-857-001
Sl
No.
DESCRIPTION OF
COMPONENT
SECTION: C2
SHEET : 4 OF 25
BILL OF MATERIAL FOR SCVRP
QTY.
OVERALL DIMENSIONS
(mm)
MATERIAL
APPROX.
WEIGHT
(kg)
(FOR SINGLE
HALF OF
SCVRP)
APPROX.
WEIGHT
(kg)
(For 6
SCVRPs)
2.1.l
ISMB 200
3
ISMB 200 x 3000 Lg.
IS:808
220
2640
2.1.
m
ISMB 200
3
ISMB 200 x 1190 Lg.
IS:808
90
1080
2.1.n
ISMB 200
1
ISMB 200 x 1650 Lg.
IS:808
40
480
2.1.o
ISMB 200
1
ISMB 200 x 860 Lg.
IS:808
20
240
2.1.p
ISMB 200
1
ISMB 200 x 460 Lg.
IS:808
12
144
2.1.q
ISMB 200
1
ISMB 200 x 1720 Lg.
IS:808
42
504
2.4
Chequered Plate
1040
12480
2.3
Miscellaneous Parts
100
1200
3.0
REPLACEABLE
PLATFORM FOR GSLV
MK-III FOR SCVRP 1,2
and 3
3.1
Structural Members
3.1.a
BOX ISMC 200
1
ISMC 200 x 6130 Lg.
IS:808
280
1680
3.1.b
BOX ISMC 200
1
ISMC 200 x 2550 Lg.
IS:808
115
690
3.1.c
BOX ISMC 200
1
ISMC 200 x 4720 Lg.
IS:808
210
1260
6 mm thk.
Mild Steel Grade E 250
Quality BR; as per IS:2062
Mild Steel Grade E 250
Quality BR; as per IS:2062
HEAT
TREATMENT /
REMARKS
TCE FORM NO. 329R5
SECOND VEHICLE ASSEMBLY BUILDING PROJECT
SPEC.NO.
TCE-7517A-D-857-001
Sl
No.
DESCRIPTION OF
COMPONENT
SECTION: C2
SHEET : 5 OF 25
BILL OF MATERIAL FOR SCVRP
QTY.
OVERALL DIMENSIONS
(mm)
MATERIAL
APPROX.
WEIGHT
(kg)
(FOR SINGLE
HALF OF
SCVRP)
APPROX.
WEIGHT
(kg)
(For 6
SCVRPs)
3.1.d
BOX ISMC 200
1
ISMC 200 x 4000 Lg.
IS:808
180
1080
3.1.e
BOX ISMC 200
3
ISMC 200 x 2000 Lg.
IS:808
90
540
3.1.f
BOX ISMC 200
1
ISMC 200 x 1400 Lg.
IS:808
65
390
3.1.g
BOX ISMC 200
1
ISMC 200 x 500 Lg.
IS:808
25
150
3.1.h
ISMB 200
1
ISMB 200 x 1350 Lg.
IS:808
35
210
3.1.i
ISMB 200
1
ISMB 200 x 2350 Lg.
IS:808
60
360
3.2
Sliding Platform Support
Structure
1
2000
12000
3.3
Sliding Platform-1
1
230
1380
3.4
Sliding Platform-2
1
360
2160
3.5
Sliding Platform-3
1
200
1200
3.6
Chequered Plate
1230
7380
3.7
Sliding Platform
Mechanism
3.7.a
Rails
6
Ø 30 x 3200 Lg.
100
600
3.7.b
Lead Screw
6
TR 40 x 8P x 1980 Lg.
120
720
6 mm thk.
Mild Steel Grade E 250
Quality BR; as per IS:2062
Mild Steel Grade E 250
Quality BR; as per IS:2062
Mild Steel Grade E 250
Quality BR; as per IS:2062
Mild Steel Grade E 250
Quality BR; as per IS:2062
Mild Steel Grade E 250
Quality BR; as per IS:2062
Mild Steel Grade E 250
Quality BR; as per IS:2062
Mild Steel Grade E 250
Quality BR; as per IS:2062
HEAT
TREATMENT /
REMARKS
TCE FORM NO. 329R5
SECOND VEHICLE ASSEMBLY BUILDING PROJECT
SPEC.NO.
TCE-7517A-D-857-001
Sl
No.
DESCRIPTION OF
COMPONENT
SECTION: C2
SHEET : 6 OF 25
BILL OF MATERIAL FOR SCVRP
QTY.
OVERALL DIMENSIONS
(mm)
MATERIAL
Mild Steel Grade E 250
Quality BR; as per IS:2062
Mild Steel Grade E 250
Quality BR; as per IS:2062
APPROX.
WEIGHT
(kg)
(FOR SINGLE
HALF OF
SCVRP)
APPROX.
WEIGHT
(kg)
(For 6
SCVRPs)
6
36
35
210
3.7.c
Lead Screw Nut
3
3.7.d
Lead Screw End Support
Housing
3
3.7.e
Taper Roller Bearing
6
35 (ID) x 72 (OD) x 24.25 (W)
FAG 32207A
6 nos
36 nos
3.7.f
Right Angle Gear Box
3
RAN20 S A 1 HS B3
BONGFIGLIOLI.
3 nos
18 nos
3.7.g
Lock Nut
3
FAG KM7.
3 nos
18 nos
3.7.h
Lock Washer
3
FAG MB7.
3 nos
18 nos
3.7.i
Vee Grooved Wheels
6
Ø 110 x 40 Thk.
9
54
3.7.j
Flat Wheels
6
Ø 100 x 40 Thk.
6
36
3.7.k
Wheel Shaft
12
Ø 50 x 165 Lg.
8
48
3.7.l
Deep Groove Ball
Bearing
24
40 (ID) x 68 (OD) x 15 (W)
FAG 6008-2RS
24 nos
144 nos
Mild Steel Grade E 250
Quality BR; as per IS:2062
Mild Steel Grade E 250
Quality BR; as per IS:2062
Mild Steel Grade E 250
Quality BR; as per IS:2062
3.7.
Lock Nut
m
12
FAG KM6
12 nos
72 nos
3.7.n
Lock Washer
12
FAG MB6
12 nos
72 nos
3.7.o
Spacer
12
40 (ID) x 50 (OD) x 6 Thk.
2
12
3.7.p
End Stopper
6
40 (L) x 40 (W) x 20 Thk.
2
12
Mild Steel Grade E 250
Quality BR; as per IS:2062
Mild Steel Grade E 250
Quality BR; as per IS:2062
HEAT
TREATMENT /
REMARKS
TCE FORM NO. 329R5
SECOND VEHICLE ASSEMBLY BUILDING PROJECT
SPEC.NO.
TCE-7517A-D-857-001
Sl
No.
DESCRIPTION OF
COMPONENT
SECTION: C2
SHEET : 7 OF 25
BILL OF MATERIAL FOR SCVRP
QTY.
MATERIAL
APPROX.
WEIGHT
(kg)
(FOR SINGLE
HALF OF
SCVRP)
APPROX.
WEIGHT
(kg)
(For 6
SCVRPs)
Mild Steel Grade E 250
Quality BR; as per IS:2062
120
720
OVERALL DIMENSIONS
(mm)
3.8.q
Miscellaneous Parts
4.0
REPLACEABLE
PLATFORM FOR GSLV
MK-II FOR SCVRP 1,2
and 3
4.1
Structural Members
4.1.a
BOX ISMC 200
1
ISMC 200 x 6130 Lg.
IS:808
280
1680
4.1.b
BOX ISMC 200
1
ISMC 200 x 2100 Lg.
IS:808
95
570
4.1.c
BOX ISMC 200
1
ISMC 200 x 4500 Lg.
IS:808
200
1200
4.1.d
BOX ISMC 200
1
ISMC 200 x 4000 Lg.
IS:808
180
1080
4.1.e
BOX ISMC 200
3
ISMC 200 x 2000 Lg.
IS:808
90
540
4.1.f
BOX ISMC 200
1
ISMC 200 x 1400 Lg.
IS:808
65
390
4.1.g
BOX ISMC 200
1
ISMC 200 x 500 Lg.
IS:808
25
150
4.1.h
ISMB 200
1
ISMB 200 x 1200 Lg.
IS:808
30
180
4.1.i
ISMB 200
1
ISMB 200 x 2100 Lg.
IS:808
50
300
HEAT
TREATMENT /
REMARKS
TCE FORM NO. 329R5
SECOND VEHICLE ASSEMBLY BUILDING PROJECT
SPEC.NO.
TCE-7517A-D-857-001
Sl
No.
SECTION: C2
SHEET : 8 OF 25
BILL OF MATERIAL FOR SCVRP
OVERALL DIMENSIONS
(mm)
APPROX.
WEIGHT
(kg)
(FOR SINGLE
HALF OF
SCVRP)
APPROX.
WEIGHT
(kg)
(For 6
SCVRPs)
2000
12000
250
1500
180
1080
260
1560
440
2640
1230
7380
135
810
160
960
8
48
50
300
DESCRIPTION OF
COMPONENT
QTY.
4.2
Sliding Platform Support
Structure
1
4.3
Sliding Platform-1
1
4.4
Sliding Platform-2
1
4.5
Sliding Platform-3
1
4.6
Sliding Platform-4
1
4.7
Chequered Plate
4.8
Sliding Platform
Mechanism
4.8.a
Rails
8
Ø 30 x 3200 Lg.
4.8.b
Lead Screw
8
TR 40 x 8P x 1980 Lg.
4.8.c
Lead Screw Nut
4
4.8.d
Lead Screw End Support
Housing
4
4.8.e
Taper Roller Bearing
8
35 (ID) x 72 (OD) x 24.25 (W)
FAG 32207A
8 nos
48 nos
4.8.f
Right Angle Gear Box
4
RAN20 S A 1 HS B3
BONGFIGLIOLI.
4 nos
24 nos
6 mm thk.
MATERIAL
Mild Steel Grade E 250
Quality BR; as per IS:2062
Mild Steel Grade E 250
Quality BR; as per IS:2062
Mild Steel Grade E 250
Quality BR; as per IS:2062
Mild Steel Grade E 250
Quality BR; as per IS:2062
Mild Steel Grade E 250
Quality BR; as per IS:2062
Mild Steel Grade E 250
Quality BR; as per IS:2062
Mild Steel Grade E 250
Quality BR; as per IS:2062
Mild Steel Grade E 250
Quality BR; as per IS:2062
Mild Steel Grade E 250
Quality BR; as per IS:2062
Mild Steel Grade E 250
Quality BR; as per IS:2062
HEAT
TREATMENT /
REMARKS
TCE FORM NO. 329R5
SECOND VEHICLE ASSEMBLY BUILDING PROJECT
SPEC.NO.
TCE-7517A-D-857-001
Sl
No.
DESCRIPTION OF
COMPONENT
SECTION: C2
SHEET : 9 OF 25
BILL OF MATERIAL FOR SCVRP
QTY.
OVERALL DIMENSIONS
(mm)
MATERIAL
APPROX.
WEIGHT
(kg)
(FOR SINGLE
HALF OF
SCVRP)
APPROX.
WEIGHT
(kg)
(For 6
SCVRPs)
4.8.g
Lock Nut
4
FAG KM7
4 nos
24 nos
4.8.h
Lock Washer
4
FAG MB7
4 nos
24 nos
4.8.i
Vee Grooved Wheels
8
Ø 110 x 40 Thk.
10
60
4.8.j
Flat Wheels
8
Ø 100 x 40 Thk.
8
48
4.8.k
Wheel Shaft
16
Ø 50 x 165 Lg.
9
54
4.8.l
Deep Groove Ball
Bearing
32
40 (ID) x 68 (OD) x 15 (W)
FAG 6008-2RS
32 nos
192 nos
4.8.
m
Lock Nut
16
FAG KM6 or Equivalent
16 nos
96 nos
4.8.n
Lock Washer
16
FAG MB6 or Equivalent
16 nos
96 nos
4.8.o
Spacer
16
40 (ID) x 50 (OD) x 6 Thk.
3
18
4.8.p
End Stopper
8
40 (L) x 40 (W) x 20 Thk.
3
18
4.9
Miscellaneous Parts
150
900
5.0
REPLACEABLE
PLATFORM FOR GSLV
MK-III and MK-II FOR
SCVRP 4 , 5 and 6
Mild Steel Grade E 250
Quality BR; as per IS:2062
Mild Steel Grade E 250
Quality BR; as per IS:2062
Mild Steel Grade E 250
Quality BR; as per IS:2062
Mild Steel Grade E 250
Quality BR; as per IS:2062
Mild Steel Grade E 250
Quality BR; as per IS:2062
Mild Steel Grade E 250
Quality BR; as per IS:2062
HEAT
TREATMENT /
REMARKS
TCE FORM NO. 329R5
SECOND VEHICLE ASSEMBLY BUILDING PROJECT
SPEC.NO.
TCE-7517A-D-857-001
Sl
No.
DESCRIPTION OF
COMPONENT
SECTION: C2
SHEET : 10 OF 25
BILL OF MATERIAL FOR SCVRP
QTY.
OVERALL DIMENSIONS
(mm)
MATERIAL
APPROX.
WEIGHT
(kg)
(FOR SINGLE
HALF OF
SCVRP)
APPROX.
WEIGHT
(kg)
(For 6
SCVRPs)
5.1
Structural Members
5.1.a
BOX ISMC 200
1
ISMC 200 x 6200 Lg.
IS:808
280
1680
5.1.b
BOX ISMC 200
1
ISMC 200 x 4900 Lg.
IS:808
220
1320
5.1.c
BOX ISMC 200
1
ISMC 200 x 1400 Lg.
IS:808
65
390
5.1.d
BOX ISMC 200
1
ISMC 200 x 650 Lg.
IS:808
30
180
5.1.e
BOX ISMC 200
1
ISMC 200 x 2730 Lg.
IS:808
125
750
5.1.f
BOX ISMC 200
2
ISMC 200 x 5900 Lg.
IS:808
270
1620
5.1.g
BOX ISMC 200
2
ISMC 200 x 4600 Lg.
IS:808
210
1260
5.1.h
BOX ISMC 200
3
ISMC 200 x 5400 Lg.
IS:808
245
1470
5.1.i
BOX ISMC 200
3
ISMC 200 x 3200 Lg.
IS:808
150
900
5.1.j
BOX ISMC 200
3
ISMC 200 x 5000 Lg.
IS:808
230
1380
5.2
Sliding Platform Support
Structure
1
850
5100
5.3
Sliding Platform-1
1
420
2520
5.4
Chequered Plate
1650
9900
5.5
Cut out Covers for MK-II
3000
6000
6 mm thk.
3
Mild Steel Grade E 250
Quality BR; as per IS:2062
Mild Steel Grade E 250
Quality BR; as per IS:2062
Mild Steel Grade E 250
Quality BR; as per IS:2062
Grade E250, Quality BR
HEAT
TREATMENT /
REMARKS
TCE FORM NO. 329R5
SECOND VEHICLE ASSEMBLY BUILDING PROJECT
SPEC.NO.
TCE-7517A-D-857-001
Sl
No.
5.6
DESCRIPTION OF
COMPONENT
SECTION: C2
SHEET : 11 OF 25
BILL OF MATERIAL FOR SCVRP
QTY.
OVERALL DIMENSIONS
(mm)
MATERIAL
APPROX.
WEIGHT
(kg)
(FOR SINGLE
HALF OF
SCVRP)
APPROX.
WEIGHT
(kg)
(For 6
SCVRPs)
35
210
40
240
2
12
15
90
Sliding Platform
Mechanism
Mild Steel Grade E 250
Quality BR; as per IS:2062
Mild Steel Grade E 250
Quality BR; as per IS:2062
Mild Steel Grade E 250
Quality BR; as per IS:2062
Mild Steel Grade E 250
Quality BR; as per IS:2062
5.6.a
Rails
2
Ø 30 x 3200 Lg.
5.6.b
Lead Screw
2
TR 40 x 8P x 1980 Lg.
5.6.c
Lead Screw Nut
1
5.6.d
Lead Screw End Support
Housing
1
5.6.e
Taper Roller Bearing
2
35 (ID) x 72 (OD) x 24.25 (W)
FAG 32207A
2 nos
12 nos
5.6.f
Right Angle Gear Box
1
RAN20 S A 1 HS B3
BONGFIGLIOLI.
1 nos
6 nos
5.6.g
Lock Nut
1
FAG KM7
1
6
5.6.h
Lock Washer
1
FAG MB7
1
6
5.6.i
Vee Grooved Wheels
2
Ø 110 x 40 Thk.
3
18
5.6.j
Flat Wheels
2
Ø 100 x 40 Thk.
2
12
5.6.k
Wheel Shaft
4
Ø 50 x 165 Lg.
5
30
5.6.l
Deep Groove Ball
Bearing
8
40 (ID) x 68 (OD) x 15 (W)
FAG 6008-2RS
8 nos
48 nos
Lock Nut
4
FAG KM6
4 nos
24 nos
5.6.m
HEAT
TREATMENT /
REMARKS
Mild Steel Grade E 250
Quality BR; as per IS:2062
Mild Steel Grade E 250
Quality BR; as per IS:2062
Mild Steel Grade E 250
Quality BR; as per IS:2062
TCE FORM NO. 329R5
SECOND VEHICLE ASSEMBLY BUILDING PROJECT
SPEC.NO.
TCE-7517A-D-857-001
Sl
No.
DESCRIPTION OF
COMPONENT
SHEET : 12 OF 25
BILL OF MATERIAL FOR SCVRP
QTY.
OVERALL DIMENSIONS
(mm)
5.6.n
Lock Washer
4
5.6.o
Spacer
4
40 (ID) x 50 (OD) x 6 Thk.
5.6.p
End Stopper
2
40 (L) x 40 (W) x 20 Thk.
5.7
SECTION: C2
FAG MB6
Miscellaneous Parts
6.0
Guide Column
6.1
Plate
4
6.2
Plate
2
MATERIAL
Mild Steel Grade E 250
Quality BR; as per IS:2062
Mild Steel Grade E 250
Quality BR; as per IS:2062
Mild Steel Grade E 250
Quality BR; as per IS:2062
APPROX.
WEIGHT
(kg)
(FOR SINGLE
HALF OF
SCVRP)
APPROX.
WEIGHT
(kg)
(For 6
SCVRPs)
4 nos
24 nos
2
12
2
12
300
1800
62000
124000
40430
80860
74000 (L) x 585 (W) x 50
(Thk.)
74000 (L) x 740 (W) x 50
(Thk.)
Mild Steel Grade E 250
Quality BR; as per IS:2062
Mild Steel Grade E 250
Quality BR; as per IS:2062
HARDOX – 400 OR
ROCKSTAR-400.
23700
47400
HARDOX – 400 OR
ROCKSTAR-400.
12560
25120
73260
146520
54400
108800
6.3
Liner-1
4
74000 (L) x 510 (W) x 20
(Thk.)
6.4
Liner-2
2
74000 (L) x 540 (W) x 20
(Thk.)
6.5
Bracket (LHS)
33
6.6
Stiffener (LHS)
32
Mild Steel Grade E 250
Quality BR; as per IS:2062
Mild Steel Grade E 250
Quality BR; as per IS:2062
HEAT
TREATMENT /
REMARKS
To be Volume
Hardened to
30-35 HRC /
286-328BHN
To be Volume
Hardened to
30-35 HRC /
286-328BHN
TCE FORM NO. 329R5
SECOND VEHICLE ASSEMBLY BUILDING PROJECT
SPEC.NO.
TCE-7517A-D-857-001
Sl
No.
DESCRIPTION OF
COMPONENT
QTY.
Bracket (RHS)
33
6.8
Stiffener (RHS)
32
7.0
Carriage
7.1
Carriage Body
7.3
Top Pivot Bracket
Bottom Pivot Bracket
SHEET : 13 OF 25
BILL OF MATERIAL FOR SCVRP
6.7
7.2
SECTION: C2
OVERALL DIMENSIONS
(mm)
MATERIAL
Mild Steel Grade E 250
Quality BR; as per IS:2062
Mild Steel Grade E 250
Quality BR; as per IS:2062
Mild Steel Grade E 250
Quality BR; as per IS:2062
Mild Steel Grade E 250
Quality BR; as per IS:2062
Cast steel IS:1030 Grade
280-520N
Mild Steel Grade E 250
Quality BR; as per IS:2062
Cast steel IS:1030 Grade
280-520W
Mild Steel Grade E 250
Quality BR; as per IS:2062
Alloy Forged Steel
40NiCr4Mo3
1
1
1
7.4
Hinge Bracket
1
7.5
Hinge Shaft - Top
1
7.6
Spherical Roller Bearing
1
400 (ID) x 650 (OD) x 200 (W)
7.7
Spacer
1
400 (ID) x 440 (OD) x 35 (W)
7.8
Lock Nut
1
SKF 23180
Steel 20C8;
IS:1570 (Part 2) -1979
SKF HM-3076 + MS 3080-
APPROX.
WEIGHT
(kg)
(FOR SINGLE
HALF OF
SCVRP)
APPROX.
WEIGHT
(kg)
(For 6
SCVRPs)
73260
146520
54400
108800
11700
140400
2500
30000
1300
15600
1950
23400
1450
17400
7650
91800
2200
26400
1 nos
12 nos
7.5
90
1 nos
12 nos
HEAT
TREATMENT /
REMARKS
TCE FORM NO. 329R5
SECOND VEHICLE ASSEMBLY BUILDING PROJECT
SPEC.NO.
TCE-7517A-D-857-001
Sl
No.
DESCRIPTION OF
COMPONENT
SHEET : 14 OF 25
BILL OF MATERIAL FOR SCVRP
QTY.
OVERALL DIMENSIONS
(mm)
MATERIAL
76 or Equivalent
7.9
Locking Clip
1
7.10
Bearing Retainer - Top
2
7.11
Hinge Shaft - Bottom
1
7.12
Spherical Roller Bearing
1
400 (ID) x 650 (OD) x 200 (W)
7.13
Spacer
1
360 (ID) x 450 (OD) x 57.5
(W)
Steel 20C8;
IS:1570 (Part 2) -1979
1
360 (ID) x 500 (OD) x 85 (W)
SKF 29272
7.14
7.15
Spherical Roller Thrust
Bearing
Bearing Retainer Bottom
SECTION: C2
1
7.16
End Cover
1
7.17
Actuator Mounting
Bracket
1
Mild Steel Grade E 250
Quality BR; as per IS:2062
Alloy Forged Steel
40NiCr4Mo3
SKF 23180
Mild Steel Grade E 250
Quality BR; as per IS:2062
Mild Steel Grade E 250
Quality BR; as per IS:2062
Mild Steel Grade E 250
Quality BR; as per IS:2062
7.18
Flange Roller
4
Alloy
Forged
40Cr4Mo3
7.19
Axle - Flange Roller
4
Alloy Forged Steel
40Ni2Cr1Mo28
Steel
APPROX.
WEIGHT
(kg)
(FOR SINGLE
HALF OF
SCVRP)
APPROX.
WEIGHT
(kg)
(For 6
SCVRPs)
1 nos
12 nos
130
1560
1100
13200
1 nos
12 nos
7.5
90
1 nos
12 nos
100
1200
10
120
135
1620
2500
30000
1400
16800
HEAT
TREATMENT /
REMARKS
To be Induction
Hardened to
45-50 HRC /
423-488BHN
with Depth of
Hardness 4 – 6
mm
TCE FORM NO. 329R5
SECOND VEHICLE ASSEMBLY BUILDING PROJECT
SPEC.NO.
TCE-7517A-D-857-001
SECTION: C2
SHEET : 15 OF 25
BILL OF MATERIAL FOR SCVRP
Sl
No.
DESCRIPTION OF
COMPONENT
QTY.
OVERALL DIMENSIONS
(mm)
MATERIAL
APPROX.
WEIGHT
(kg)
(FOR SINGLE
HALF OF
SCVRP)
7.20
Spherical Roller Bearing
1
260 (ID) x 480 (OD) x 174 (W)
SKF 23252
1 nos
12 nos
7.21
Bearing Retainer
4
130
1560
7.22
End Plate
4
50
600
7.23
Lock Nut
4
SKF HM52T
4 nos
48 nos
7.24
Lock Washer
4
SKF MB52
4 nos
48 nos
Mild Steel Grade E 250
Quality BR; as per IS:2062
Mild Steel Grade E 250
Quality BR; as per IS:2062
7.25
Web Roller
4
Alloy
Forged
40Cr4Mo3
7.26
Axle - Web Roller
4
Alloy Forged Steel
40Ni2Cr1Mo28
7.27
Spherical Roller Bearing
1
7.28
Bearing Retainer
4
7.29
Spacer
4
7.30
Pulley -1
2
260 (ID) x 480 (OD) x 174 (W)
Ø 742 x 130 (Thk.)
Steel
SKF 23252
Mild Steel Grade E 250
Quality BR; as per IS:2062
Steel 20C8;
IS:1570 (Part 2) -1979
Cast steel IS:1030 Grade
280-520N
APPROX.
WEIGHT
(kg)
(For 6
SCVRPs)
2500
30000
900
10800
1 nos
12 nos
130
1560
140
1680
280
3360
HEAT
TREATMENT /
REMARKS
To be Induction
Hardened to
45-50 HRC /
423-488BHN
with Depth of
Hardness 4 – 6
mm
TCE FORM NO. 329R5
SECOND VEHICLE ASSEMBLY BUILDING PROJECT
SPEC.NO.
TCE-7517A-D-857-001
Sl
No.
DESCRIPTION OF
COMPONENT
SECTION: C2
SHEET : 16 OF 25
BILL OF MATERIAL FOR SCVRP
QTY.
OVERALL DIMENSIONS
(mm)
7.31
Pulley -2
2
Ø 932 x 130 (Thk.)
7.32
Pulley Shaft
4
Ø170 mm , length 1.51 m
7.33
Deep Groove Ball
Bearing
8
170 (ID) x 360 (OD) x 72 (W)
7.34
Spacer - 1
4
7.35
Spacer - 2
4
7.36
Spacer - 3
4
7.37
Bearing Retainer
8
MATERIAL
Cast steel IS:1030 Grade
280-520N
Alloy Forged Steel
40Ni2Cr1Mo28
SKF 6334
Steel 20C8;
IS:1570 (Part 2) -1979
Steel 20C8;
IS:1570 (Part 2) -1979
Steel 20C8;
IS:1570 (Part 2) -1979
Mild Steel Grade E 250
Quality BR; as per IS:2062
Miscellaneous Parts
(Railing, Entry platform,
7.38
Exit Platform, Ladder,
Floor Plate etc.)
Hoisting Drive
8.0
Arrangement
Mild Steel Grade E 250
Quality BR; as per IS:2062
8.1
Drive Base Frame
1
8.2
Pedestal
2
8.3
Rope Drum
1
Mild Steel Grade E 250
Quality BR; as per IS:2062
Mild Steel Grade E 250
Quality BR; as per IS:2062
Ø 1250 x 2800 (L) x 50 Thk.
ASTM A516 Gr.70
APPROX.
WEIGHT
(kg)
(FOR SINGLE
HALF OF
SCVRP)
APPROX.
WEIGHT
(kg)
(For 6
SCVRPs)
360
4320
520
6240
8 nos
96 nos
12
144
4
48
100
1200
120
1440
300
3600
2000
24000
680
8160
6800
81600
HEAT
TREATMENT /
REMARKS
TCE FORM NO. 329R5
SECOND VEHICLE ASSEMBLY BUILDING PROJECT
SPEC.NO.
TCE-7517A-D-857-001
Sl
No.
DESCRIPTION OF
COMPONENT
SHEET : 17 OF 25
BILL OF MATERIAL FOR SCVRP
QTY.
8.4
Plummer Block
2
8.5
Spherical Roller Bearing
2
8.6
Bearing Retainer - 1
1
8.7
Bearing Retainer - 2
1
8.8
Bearing Retainer - 3
2
8.9
Spacer - 1
1
8.10 Spacer - 2
1
8.11 Shim - Plummer Block
2
8.12 End Plate
1
OVERALL DIMENSIONS
(mm)
220 (ID) x 400 (OD) x 144 (W)
Wire Rope – 1 (LHS)
1
Ø 32 mm , 80m length
Wire Rope – 1 (RHS)
1
Ø 32 mm , 80m length
Double Reduction Worm
Gear Reducer
1
Gear Ratio: 1500:1
Input RPM =1500
8.13
8.14
SECTION: C2
MATERIAL
APPROX.
WEIGHT
(kg)
(FOR SINGLE
HALF OF
SCVRP)
APPROX.
WEIGHT
(kg)
(For 6
SCVRPs)
Mild Steel Grade E 250
Quality BR; as per IS:2062
550
6600
SKF 23244
2 nos
24 nos
45
540
40
480
80
960
40
480
15
180
25
300
15
180
1 nos
12 nos
1 nos
12 nos
1 nos
12 nos
Mild Steel Grade E 250
Quality BR; as per IS:2062
Mild Steel Grade E 250
Quality BR; as per IS:2062
Mild Steel Grade E 250
Quality BR; as per IS:2062
Steel 20C8;
IS:1570 (Part 2) -1979
Steel 20C8;
IS:1570 (Part 2) -1979
Steel 20C8;
IS:1570 (Part 2) -1979
Mild Steel Grade E 250
Quality BR; as per IS:2062
Usha Martin make
Powerform 8 with Tensile
grade 2160 N/mm2
Usha Martin make
Powerform 8 with Tensile
grade 2160 N/mm2
HEAT
TREATMENT /
REMARKS
TCE FORM NO. 329R5
SECOND VEHICLE ASSEMBLY BUILDING PROJECT
SPEC.NO.
TCE-7517A-D-857-001
Sl
No.
DESCRIPTION OF
COMPONENT
SECTION: C2
SHEET : 18 OF 25
BILL OF MATERIAL FOR SCVRP
QTY.
OVERALL DIMENSIONS
(mm)
APPROX.
WEIGHT
(kg)
(FOR SINGLE
HALF OF
SCVRP)
APPROX.
WEIGHT
(kg)
(For 6
SCVRPs)
1 nos
12 nos
2 nos
24 nos
1 nos
12 nos
2 nos
24 nos
Mild Steel Grade E 250
Quality BR; as per IS:2062
300
3600
SKF 22316
2 nos
24 nos
Mild Steel Grade E 250
Quality BR; as per IS:2062
200
2400
Mild Steel Grade E 250
Quality BR; as per IS:2062
640
7680
MATERIAL
HEAT
TREATMENT /
REMARKS
Nominal Output Torque
Capacity = 257353 N-m
Self Locking Type
8.15 Full Gear Coupling
1
8.16 Full Gear Coupling
2
8.17 Electric Motor
1
8.18
Electro Hydraulic
Thruster Brake
2
8.19
Plummer Block (Brake
Drum shaft)
2
8.20 Spherical Roller Bearing
Miscellaneous Parts
(Brake Drum, shafts,
8.21
shims, Rope fixing plates
etc.)
Load Cell Pulley
9.0
Arrangement
Load Cell Pulley
9.1
Mounting Bracket
2
1
ALLFLEX Full Gear
Coupling Type AFG 116
ALLFLEX Full Gear
Coupling Type AFG 105
A.C. 3Ø Motor 55 kW @
1480 rpm
Brake Drum Size
315 mm
=
Max. Torque Capacity =
940 Nm
80 (ID) x 170 (OD) x 58 (W)
TCE FORM NO. 329R5
SECOND VEHICLE ASSEMBLY BUILDING PROJECT
SPEC.NO.
TCE-7517A-D-857-001
Sl
No.
DESCRIPTION OF
COMPONENT
QTY.
OVERALL DIMENSIONS
(mm)
Pivot Frame
1
9.3
Pin - Pivot Frame
1
9.4
Bush
4
9.5
Pulley
2
Ø 742 x 170 (Thk.)
9.6
Pulley Axle
2
Ø170 mm , length 400 mm
9.7
Deep Groove Ball
Bearing
4
170 (ID) x 360 (OD) x 72 (W)
9.8
Spacer - 1
2
9.9
Spacer - 2
2
9.10 Bearing Retainer
4
9.11 Keeper Plates
6
9.12 Load Cell
2
10.0
SHEET : 19 OF 25
BILL OF MATERIAL FOR SCVRP
9.2
9.13 Miscellaneous Parts
SECTION: C2
Ø60 mm , length 300 mm
MATERIAL
Mild Steel Grade E 250
Quality BR; as per IS:2062
Alloy Forged Steel
40Ni2Cr1Mo28
Bronze, LTB-31, IS:318-81
Cast steel IS:1030 Grade
280-520N
Alloy Forged Steel
40Ni2Cr1Mo28
SKF 6334
Steel 20C8;
IS:1570 (Part 2) -1979
Steel 20C8;
IS:1570 (Part 2) -1979
Mild Steel Grade E 250
Quality BR; as per IS:2062
Mild Steel Grade E 250
Quality BR; as per IS:2062
Load Capacity = 25T
Mild Steel Grade E 250
Quality BR; as per IS:2062
APPROX.
WEIGHT
(kg)
(FOR SINGLE
HALF OF
SCVRP)
APPROX.
WEIGHT
(kg)
(For 6
SCVRPs)
280
3360
13
156
5.2
62.4
300
3600
60
720
4 nos
48 nos
2
24
5
60
60
720
3
36
2 nos
24 nos
15
180
HEAT
TREATMENT /
REMARKS
Make : M/s IPA
or Equivalent
Horizontal Pulley
Arrangement
TCE FORM NO. 329R5
SECOND VEHICLE ASSEMBLY BUILDING PROJECT
SPEC.NO.
TCE-7517A-D-857-001
Sl
No.
DESCRIPTION OF
COMPONENT
QTY.
OVERALL DIMENSIONS
(mm)
4
10.2 Pulley
4
Ø 742 x 170 (Thk.)
10.3 Pulley Axle
4
Ø170 mm , length 400 mm
8
170 (ID) x 360 (OD) x 72 (W)
Deep Groove Ball
Bearing
SHEET : 20 OF 25
BILL OF MATERIAL FOR SCVRP
10.1 Pulley Mounting Bracket
10.4
SECTION: C2
MATERIAL
Mild Steel Grade E 250
Quality BR; as per IS:2062
Cast steel IS:1030 Grade
280-520N
Alloy Forged Steel
40Ni2Cr1Mo28
SKF 6334
APPROX.
WEIGHT
(kg)
(FOR SINGLE
HALF OF
SCVRP)
APPROX.
WEIGHT
(kg)
(For 6
SCVRPs)
320
3840
600
7200
1200
14400
8
96 nos
20
240
10.5 Spacers
8
Steel 20C8;
IS:1570 (Part 2) -1979
10.6 Slotted Castle Lock Nut
4
M100 IS:2232-B-8
4 nos
48 nos
10.7 Split Cotter Pin
4
Ø 13 IS:549-1999
4 nos
48 nos
20
240
1000
12000
600
7200
150
1800
8 nos
96 nos
Miscellaneous Parts
(Shims etc.)
Diversion Pulley
11.0
Arrangement
Diversion Pulley
11.1
Mounting Bracket
Mild Steel Grade E 250
Quality BR; as per IS:2062
10.8
4
11.2 Pulley
4
Ø 742 x 170 (Thk.)
11.3 Pulley Axle
4
Ø170 mm , length 400 mm
8
170 (ID) x 360 (OD) x 72 (W)
11.4
Deep Groove Ball
Bearing
Mild Steel Grade E 250
Quality BR; as per IS:2062
Cast steel IS:1030 Grade
280-520N
Alloy Forged Steel
40Ni2Cr1Mo28
SKF 6334
HEAT
TREATMENT /
REMARKS
TCE FORM NO. 329R5
SECOND VEHICLE ASSEMBLY BUILDING PROJECT
SPEC.NO.
TCE-7517A-D-857-001
Sl
No.
DESCRIPTION OF
COMPONENT
11.5 Spacers
11.6
Bearing Retainer
QTY.
OVERALL DIMENSIONS
(mm)
MATERIAL
Steel 20C8;
IS:1570 (Part 2) -1979
Mild Steel Grade E 250
Quality BR; as per IS:2062
8
8
Mild Steel Grade E 250
Quality BR; as per IS:2062
12.1 Support Pulley Bracket
4
12.2 Support Pulley
4
Ø 742 x 170 (Thk.)
12.3 Pulley Axle
4
Ø170 mm , length 400 mm
8
170 (ID) x 360 (OD) x 72 (W)
Deep Groove Ball
Bearing
SHEET : 21 OF 25
BILL OF MATERIAL FOR SCVRP
Miscellaneous Parts
11.7 (Shims, Keeper Plates
etc.)
Support Pulley
12.0
Arrangement
12.4
SECTION: C2
12.5 Spacers
8
12.6 Bearing Retainer
8
12.7 Fork
4
12.8 Thimble & Pin
4
Mild Steel Grade E 250
Quality BR; as per IS:2062
Cast steel IS:1030 Grade
280-520N
Alloy Forged Steel
40Ni2Cr1Mo28
SKF 6334
Steel 20C8;
IS:1570 (Part 2) -1979
Mild Steel Grade E 250
Quality BR; as per IS:2062
Steel 45C8;
IS:1570 (Part 2) -1979
Solid Thimble
Grooves to be suitable for
Ø32 rope
APPROX.
WEIGHT
(kg)
(FOR SINGLE
HALF OF
SCVRP)
APPROX.
WEIGHT
(kg)
(For 6
SCVRPs)
20
240
120
1440
30
360
3200
38400
600
7200
150
1800
8 nos
96 nos
20
240
120
1440
400
4800
4 nos
48 nos
HEAT
TREATMENT /
REMARKS
TCE FORM NO. 329R5
SECOND VEHICLE ASSEMBLY BUILDING PROJECT
SPEC.NO.
TCE-7517A-D-857-001
Sl
No.
DESCRIPTION OF
COMPONENT
12.9 Thimble Pin
Miscellaneous Parts
(Shims, Keeper Plates,
etc.)
Support Bracket for
12.11 Diversion and Support
Pulley
Buffer and Stopper
13.0
Arrangement
Volute Spring
13.1 120 (ID) x 300 (OD) x
350 (H)
SECTION: C2
SHEET : 22 OF 25
BILL OF MATERIAL FOR SCVRP
QTY.
4
12.10
2
1
13.2 Bracket - 1
2
13.3 Bracket - 2
2
13.4 Bracket - 3
4
13.5 Turnbuckle
2
13.6 Lock Pin - 1
4
13.7 Lock Pin - 2
2
OVERALL DIMENSIONS
(mm)
Ø 75 x 250 Lg.
APPROX.
WEIGHT
(kg)
(FOR SINGLE
HALF OF
SCVRP)
APPROX.
WEIGHT
(kg)
(For 6
SCVRPs)
Alloy Forged Steel
40Ni2Cr1Mo28
40
480
Mild Steel Grade E 250
Quality BR; as per IS:2062
30
360
Mild Steel Grade E 250
Quality BR; as per IS:2062
750
9000
100
1200
1 nos
12 nos
130
1560
50
600
60
720
60
720
160
1920
80
960
MATERIAL
Alloy Steel Grade 60Cr4V2
as per IS:3431-2001
Mild Steel Grade E 250
Quality BR; as per IS:2062
Mild Steel Grade E 250
Quality BR; as per IS:2062
Mild Steel Grade E 250
Quality BR; as per IS:2062
Alloy Forged Steel
40Ni2Cr1Mo28
Forged Steel 45C8;
IS:1570 (Part 2) -1979
Forged Steel 45C8;
IS:1570 (Part 2) -1979
HEAT
TREATMENT /
REMARKS
TCE FORM NO. 329R5
SECOND VEHICLE ASSEMBLY BUILDING PROJECT
SPEC.NO.
TCE-7517A-D-857-001
Sl
No.
DESCRIPTION OF
COMPONENT
13.8 Wire Rope
14.0
SHEET : 23 OF 25
BILL OF MATERIAL FOR SCVRP
QTY.
2
OVERALL DIMENSIONS
(mm)
Ø 64 mm , 2m length
MATERIAL
APPROX.
WEIGHT
(kg)
(FOR SINGLE
HALF OF
SCVRP)
APPROX.
WEIGHT
(kg)
(For 6
SCVRPs)
Usha Martin make
Powerform 8 with Tensile
grade 2160 N/mm2.
both ends of rope is having
ferrule secured eye
terminal confirming to
IS:5245(part-2)-1971.
2 nos
24 nos
140
1680
50
600
200
2400
100
1200
2 nos
24 nos
HEAT
TREATMENT /
REMARKS
Carriage Locking
Arrangement
14.1 Bracket
2
14.2 Turnbuckle
2
14.3 Lock Pin - 1
4
14.4 Lock Pin - 2
2
14.5 Wire Rope
2
15.0
SECTION: C2
Ø 64 mm , 6m length
Mild Steel Grade E 250
Quality BR; as per IS:2062
Alloy Forged Steel
40Ni2Cr1Mo28
Forged Steel 45C8;
IS:1570 (Part 2) -1979
Forged Steel 45C8;
IS:1570 (Part 2) -1979
Usha Martin make
Powerform 8 with Tensile
grade 2160 N/mm2.
Both ends of rope is
having ferrule secured eye
terminal confirming to
IS:5245(part-2)-1971.
Limit Switch
Arrangement
TCE FORM NO. 329R5
SECOND VEHICLE ASSEMBLY BUILDING PROJECT
SPEC.NO.
TCE-7517A-D-857-001
Sl
No.
DESCRIPTION OF
COMPONENT
SHEET : 24 OF 25
BILL OF MATERIAL FOR SCVRP
QTY.
15.2 Limit Switches
72
16.0 Railing
1
MATERIAL
APPROX.
WEIGHT
(kg)
(FOR SINGLE
HALF OF
SCVRP)
APPROX.
WEIGHT
(kg)
(For 6
SCVRPs)
Mild Steel Grade E 250
Quality BR; as per IS:2062
30
360
OVERALL DIMENSIONS
(mm)
Miscellaneous Parts
15.1 (Striker, Brackets, Base
plates etc.)
Hoisting Drive Base
17.0 Frame Fixing Bolts
Size - M42
Foundation Bolts (For 6
18.0
SCVRPs)
For Load Cell Pulley
18.1 Bracket
Size - M42
For Diversion Pulley
18.2 Bracket
Size - M42
SECTION: C2
HEAT
TREATMENT /
REMARKS
Type: Multi angle roller
lever operated, spring
return type
Protection Category: IP55
No. of contacts: 2 NO + 2
NC
Rating: 240V AC, 5A
Material: Aluminium alloy
LM6
Tube, 40 NB x 75 m
IS:1161
3500
300
540
144
940
288
1900
TCE FORM NO. 329R5
SECOND VEHICLE ASSEMBLY BUILDING PROJECT
SPEC.NO.
TCE-7517A-D-857-001
Sl
No.
DESCRIPTION OF
COMPONENT
For Support Pulley
18.3 Bracket
Size - M42
For Guide Column
18.4 Brackets
Size – M48
Complete electric as
specified Technical
19
specification electrical
items for SCVRP
SECTION: C2
SHEET : 25 OF 25
BILL OF MATERIAL FOR SCVRP
QTY.
OVERALL DIMENSIONS
(mm)
MATERIAL
APPROX.
WEIGHT
(kg)
(FOR SINGLE
HALF OF
SCVRP)
APPROX.
WEIGHT
(kg)
(For 6
SCVRPs)
288
1900
1850
40700
1 set
1 set
HEAT
TREATMENT /
REMARKS
1 set
TCE FORM NO. 329R5
Spec. No.
SECOND VEHICLE ASSEMBLY BUILDING PROJECT
TCE-7517A-D-856/ 7001
SL.
NO.
COMPONENT/
OPERATION
QUALITY ASSURANCE PLAN FOR PLATFORMS
CHARACTERISTICS
TO BE CHECKED
A. MATERIAL (RAW MATERIALS & BOUGHTOUTS)
1 Rolled plates &
a. Appearance
sections, Forgings
& Castings
b. Properties
c. Internal flaws
2
Fasteners (high
tensile bolts &
nuts etc.)
a. Quality
b. Chemical composition
& physical properties
c. Dimensional
3
Motors, Hydraulic
Actuator, Brake,
Coupling,
Gearbox, Wire
rope, Loadcell
SECTION: D
Dimensional
conformance
Performance Tests
Legend :
VR – Vendor
IS – ISRO
TP – Third Party Inspection Agency
H – Carrying out responsibility
R – Review of records & results
W – Test/inspection to be witnessed
```
INSPECTION
AGENCY
VR TP
IS
METHOD OF
CHECKING
CATEGORY
EXTENT OF
CHECK
REFERENCE
DOCUMENTS
ACCEPTANCE
NORMS
FORMAT OF
RECORDS
Visual
Major
100%
IS:2062
--
H
H
R
Chemical
analysis &
physical test
UT
Major
100%
IS:2062
Freedom from
defects like
pitting, cracks,
etc.
Drawing,
specification
H
R
R
Critical
ASTM A435
H
H
R
Visual
Major
100% for
plates ≥20mm
thick, 100% for
Castings &
Forgings
Sample check
as per relevant
specification
Mill test
certificates/
Lab reports
NDT reports
IR
H
W
R
Chemical
analysis,
mechanical
test
Measurements
Major
Sample check
as per relevant
specification
IS:1367
Manufacturer’s test
certificates
H
R
R
Major
IS:1367
IS:1367
Part III & XIII
H
W
R
Measurements
Major
Sample check
as per relevant
specification
100%
H
W
R
Major
100%
As per
Manufacturer’s
Specification
As per
Manufacturer’s
Specification
IR
Verification
As per
Manufacturer’s
Specification
As per
Manufacturer’s
Specification
IR
H
W
R
Signature
For VENDOR
IS:1367
Signature
For THIRD PARTY
Specification
a. No cracks
b. Proper
matching
with nuts
IS:1367
Part III
Signature
For ISRO
Date :
Place :
Sheet 1 of 6
REMARKS
Spec. No.
SECOND VEHICLE ASSEMBLY BUILDING PROJECT
TCE-7517A-D-856/ 7001
SL.
NO.
B.
1
C.
1
COMPONENT/
OPERATION
SECTION: D
QUALITY ASSURANCE PLAN FOR PLATFORMS
CHARACTERISTICS
TO BE CHECKED
METHOD OF
CHECKING
```
CATEGORY
EXTENT OF
CHECK
REFERENCE
DOCUMENTS
ACCEPTANCE
NORMS
FORMAT OF
RECORDS
Critical
100%
ASME Sec IX
ASME Sec IX
WPS, PQR &
WPQ
INSPECTION
AGENCY
VR
TP
IS
Sheet 2 of 6
REMARKS
WELDING PROCEDURE, WELDER’S QUALIFICATION, ETC.
Welding
WPS, Welder’s &
Welding operator’s
qualification
Test piece,
Visual,
Physical &
NDT (RT)
H
H
R
FABRICATION (Swinging Platform, Fixed Platform, Replaceable Platform, Guide Frame, Guide Column, Drive Base Frame, Load Cell Pulley Brackets, Hinge Bracket, Connecting Beam, Support
pulley brackets, Diverter Pulley Brackets, Hoisting Pulley Brackets, swinging drive Pulley Bracket, etc. )
Setting out /
Layout / Marking
/ CNC
programming
Fitup before
welding.
Layout
Measurement
Major
100%
Relevant
drawings
Full scale layout
to be checked
before cutting
Shop register
H
W
R
Quality
Visual
alignment &
check of
major
dimensions
Major
100%
Drawings
IR
H
H
R
Members
requiring site
welding shall
be match
marked at
joining ends for
site erection
3
Welding (fillet
joints)
Profile, fillet size, overall
physical appearance
Major
100%
ASME SecVIII,
Vol-1
IR
H
W
R
10% DP test at
random shall
be done
4
Full penetration
welding
a. Root inspection after
back gouging
Visual/ gauge,
DP/ MPT after
final welding
Visual & LPI
a. proper edge
preparation
b. proper tack
welds
c. minimum gap
for butt joints
as per WPS
d. DIN-8570
Drawings
Major
100%
IS:3658
No cracks
allowed
IR
H
W
R
UT / RT
Critical
Wherever
asked in the
drawing
ASME Sec-VIII,
Vol-1
ASME Sec-VIII,
Vol-1
Test report
H
W
R
2
b. Internal defects
Legend :
VR – Vendor
IS – ISRO
TP – Third Party Inspection Agency
H – Carrying out responsibility
R – Review of records & results
W – Test/inspection to be witnessed
Signature
For VENDOR
Signature
For THIRD PARTY
Signature
For ISRO
Date :
Place :
Spec. No.
SECOND VEHICLE ASSEMBLY BUILDING PROJECT
TCE-7517A-D-856/ 7001
SL.
NO.
COMPONENT/
OPERATION
QUALITY ASSURANCE PLAN FOR PLATFORMS
CHARACTERISTICS
TO BE CHECKED
c. Welding quality,
surface defects
5
6
D.
1
E.
1
Stress relieving
(after complete
welding)
Dimensional
inspection after
welding & stress
relieving
SECTION: D
T-T curves
Dimensional
METHOD OF
CHECKING
CATEGORY
LPI / MPI
Critical
T-T curve
verification
```
INSPECTION
AGENCY
VR
TP
IS
EXTENT OF
CHECK
REFERENCE
DOCUMENTS
ACCEPTANCE
NORMS
FORMAT OF
RECORDS
ASME Sec-VIII,
Vol-1
ASME Sec-VIII,
Vol-1
Test report
H
H
R
Major
Wherever
asked in the
drawing
100%
ASME Sec-VIII,
Vol-I
Drawings
T-T graph
H
R
R
Measurement
of major
dimensions &
full size shop
layout
checking
Major
100%
Drawing / DIN
8570
Drawings
IR
H
H
W
Visual &
measurement
by paint
thickness
gauge
Major
At random for
paint thickness
Drawing &
specification
Drawings &
specification
IR
H
W
R
Sheet 3 of 6
REMARKS
GRIT BLASTING & PAINTING
Grit blasting &
painting
Paint thickness
MACHINING (Rope Drum, Pulleys, Guide Wheels, Shafts, Axles, Hinge Pin, Locking Pin, Pins & Links of Safety Link Chain, Guide Frame, Guide Column, Connecting Beams, Brackets, Swinging
Platform, Replaceable Platform, Fixed Platform, etc.)
Machining
Overall dimensions
Legend :
VR – Vendor
IS – ISRO
TP – Third Party Inspection Agency
H – Carrying out responsibility
R – Review of records & results
W – Test/inspection to be witnessed
Measurement
& visual
Major
Signature
For VENDOR
100%
Drawing
Signature
For THIRD PARTY
Drawing
Signature
For ISRO
IR
H
H
Date :
Place :
R
Spec. No.
SECOND VEHICLE ASSEMBLY BUILDING PROJECT
TCE-7517A-D-856/ 7001
SL.
NO.
2
B.
1
COMPONENT/
OPERATION
SECTION: D
QUALITY ASSURANCE PLAN FOR PLATFORMS
CHARACTERISTICS
TO BE CHECKED
Drilling, etc.
Drilling & tapping
Control assembly
at works
a)
Dimensions,
Leveling, Alignment of
shafts of Gearboxes,
motors, brakes, Rope
Drums, , alignment of
all sub systems etc.,
various
clearances,
surface finish etc as
specified in drawings.
METHOD OF
CHECKING
CATEGORY
EXTENT OF
CHECK
REFERENCE
DOCUMENTS
```
ACCEPTANCE
NORMS
FORMAT OF
RECORDS
INSPECTION
AGENCY
VR
TP
IS
Sheet 4 of 6
REMARKS
Measurement
Critical
100%
Drawing & DIN
Drawing
IR
H
H
R
of hole size &
8570
center
distances
CONTROL ASSEMBLY of Guide Column segments, Guide Frames, Fixed Platform, swinging Platform, Replaceable Platforms, Base Frame fitted with Drive elements, Guide Wheels on axles, Rope
Drum, all Pulleys, Gearboxes, motors, brakes, Rope Drums etc.
AT SHOP
b)
Free
rotational movement of
swinging / folding &
Replaceable Platforms
about the three Hinges,
Free sliding / rotational
movement of Hinged /
sliding
pieces
of
Replaceable Platforms,
Free
movement
of
Guide Wheels on axles,
Free movement of Rope
Drum & all Pulleys,
Legend :
VR – Vendor
IS – ISRO
TP – Third Party Inspection Agency
H – Carrying out responsibility
R – Review of records & results
W – Test/inspection to be witnessed
Visual &
measurement
Critical
100%
Drawing
Drawings
IR
H
H
H
Before
dismantling,
reference line
and match
marking to be
punched.
Visual &
measurement
Critical
100%
Drawing
Drawings
IR
H
H
H
Before
dismantling,
reference line
and match
marking to be
punched.
Signature
For VENDOR
Signature
For THIRD PARTY
Signature
For ISRO
Date :
Place :
Spec. No.
SECOND VEHICLE ASSEMBLY BUILDING PROJECT
TCE-7517A-D-856/ 7001
SL.
NO.
COMPONENT/
OPERATION
SECTION: D
QUALITY ASSURANCE PLAN FOR PLATFORMS
CHARACTERISTICS
TO BE CHECKED
METHOD OF
CHECKING
CATEGORY
EXTENT OF
CHECK
REFERENCE
DOCUMENTS
```
ACCEPTANCE
NORMS
FORMAT OF
RECORDS
INSPECTION
AGENCY
VR
TP
IS
c)
No
load
running test of motor
prior to the laying of
ropes,
Vertical
movement of Platform
with Dummy load,
hoisting & swinging
movement of Platform,
Visual &
measurement
Critical
100%
Drawing
Drawings
IR
H
H
H
G. ERECTION AT SITE
1
Fabricated
material
inspection
Visual, dimensional,
review of TC & IR
Visual &
measurement
Major
100%
TS & approved
drawings
TS & approved
drawings
IR
H
R
R
2
Welding &
welder
qualification
WPS, Welder’s &
Welding operator’s
qualification
Test piece,
Visual, Physical
& NDT (RT)
Critical
100%
ASME Sec IX
ASME Sec IX
WPS, PQR &
WPQ
H
W
R
Legend :
VR – Vendor
IS – ISRO
TP – Third Party Inspection Agency
H – Carrying out responsibility
R – Review of records & results
W – Test/inspection to be witnessed
Signature
For VENDOR
Signature
For THIRD PARTY
Signature
For ISRO
Date :
Place :
Sheet 5 of 6
REMARKS
Before
dismantling,
reference line
and match
marking to be
punched.
Spec. No.
SECOND VEHICLE ASSEMBLY BUILDING PROJECT
TCE-7517A-D-856/ 7001
QUALITY ASSURANCE PLAN FOR PLATFORMS
SL.
NO.
COMPONENT/
OPERATION
3
4
Positioning &
alignment of
Guide Columns,
Platforms, Guide
Frames, Drive
systems, Sub
assemblies etc.
Welding
5
Stress relieving
6
Complete
welding
Dimensional
check of whole
assembly
Visual, DPT, UT
Vertical
movement of all
Platforms,
Rotational
movement of all
swinging
platforms,
minimum
distance
between any
two Platforms
Testing with
Dummy Load
7
8
9
SECTION: D
CHARACTERISTICS
TO BE CHECKED
INSPECTION
AGENCY
FORMAT OF
TP
IS
RECORDS VR
CATEGORY
EXTENT OF
CHECK
REFERENCE
DOCUMENTS
ACCEPTANCE
NORMS
Position, level, alignment Measurement
and other dimensions.
& visual
Major
100%
Drawing
Drawing
IR
H
H
H
Preheat / interpass /
sequence of welding
T-T curves
Visual
Major
100%
Drawing & TS
Drawing & TS
IR
H
H
H
T-T curves,
charts
Visual & UT
Critical
100%
Drawing & TS
Drawings & TS
IR
H
H
H
Major
100%
TS & drawings
TS & drawings
IR
H
H
H
Position, level,
alignment and other
dimensions, clearances
Measurement
& Visual
Major
100%
Drawings
Drawings
IR
H
H
H
Clearances
Visual &
measurement,
smooth
movement
without jerks
throughout
the range of
travel.
Major
100%
TS & drawings
TS & drawings
IR
H
H
H
Deflection at the tip
Measurement
Major
100%
TS & drawings
TS & drawings
IR
H
H
H
Legend :
VR – Vendor
IS – ISRO
TP – Third Party Inspection Agency
H – Carrying out responsibility
R – Review of records & results
W – Test/inspection to be witnessed
METHOD OF
CHECKING
```
Signature
For VENDOR
Signature
For THIRD PARTY
Signature
For ISRO
Date :
Place :
Sheet 6 of 6
REMARKS
.
SPEC NO.
TCE 7517A-D-856/7001
1.0
SECOND VEHICLE ASSEMBLY BUILDING PROJECT
WELDING SPECFICATIONS FOR SHOP AND SITE
FABRICATED EQUIPMENT
SECTION: E
SHEET : 1 OF 17
SCOPE
This specification shall apply to shop and site fabrication of all welded joints in
carbon steel. Low alloy steel and stainless steel equipment like pressure vessels,
tank, columns and heat exchangers etc. The specification shall apply to all the
joints indicated below:
(a) Butt joints produced by double sided welding which produce the same quality
of deposited weld metal on both inside and outside weld surfaces.
(b) Butt joints produced by single sided welding having backing strip which
remains in place and full penetration butt weld without backing strip
(c) Corner or those joints connecting two (2) members approximately at right
angles to each other in the form of L or T
(d) Partial penetration welds of the groove type which are used for connections
not subjected to external loading
(e) Fillet welded joints of approximately triangular cross-section joining two (2)
surfaces at approximately right angles to each other and having a throat
dimension at least 70% of the thinner of the parts being joined but not less
than 6mm
(f) Welds attaching nozzles and other connections
(g) Welds which are used to join non-pressure parts like supports, lugs,
brackets, stiffeners and other attachments to the vessel wall
(h) Any other similar joint which is not specified above but may be encountered
during fabrication
2.0
CODES AND STANDARDS
2.1 The welding equipment, welding consumables, preheating, Postweld Heat
Treatment (PWHT), other auxiliary functions and welding personnel shall comply
with all currently applicable statutes, regulations and safety codes in the locality
where the equipment are to be fabricated and installed. Nothing in this specification
shall be construed to relive the VENDOR/CONTRACTOR of his responsibility.
Specifically, the latest editions of the codes and standards listed below shall apply:
(a) ASME Bolier and Pressure Vessel Code (BPV Code), Section II Part C- Material
Specification for Welding Rods. Electrodes, and Filler Metals
(b) ASME BPV Code, Section V-Non-destructive Examination(NDE)
(c) ASME BPV Code,Section VIII Division I-Rules for construction of Pressure
Vessels
.
SPEC NO.
TCE 7517A-D-856/7001
SECOND VEHICLE ASSEMBLY BUILDING PROJECT
WELDING SPECFICATIONS FOR SHOP AND SITE
FABRICATED EQUIPMENT
SECTION: E
SHEET : 2 OF 17
(d) ASME BPV Code, Section IX – Welding and Brazing Qualifications
(e) American Society of
Recommended Practice
Non-destructive
Testing
(ASNT)
SNT-TC-IA,
(f) Indian Boiler Regulations (IBR)
(g) Any other codes and standards specified in Section B, C & D of enquiry
specification
2.1.1
The codes and standards listed in para 2.1 form an integral part of this
specification .In the event of conflict between this specification and the codes &
standards, the more stringent shall govern.
2.1.2
If no specific requirements are given in this specification, the requirements of the
applicable code shall govern.
3.0
WELDING PROCESSES
The following welding processes shall be used:
3.1
GAS TUNGSTEN ARC WELDING (GTAW)
3.1.1
The root pass of single-sided groove welds without backing
3.1.2
Full penetration nozzle connection where other side is inaccessible
3.1.3
Any butt and fillet weld on equipment with thickness 5 mm or less
3.1.4
For all passes of butt and fillet welding of nozzles on equipment and integral
piping of size 50 mm NB or smaller
3.2
Shielded Metal-Arc Welding (SAW)\
3.3
SUBMERGED ARC WELDING (SAW)
Maximum weld deposit per pass shall be 12.7 mm for carbon steel (p-1) and 9.5
mm for other materials.
3.4
Gas Metal Arc Welding (GMAW) and Flux Cored Arc Welding (FCAW)
processes
3.5
Other processes such as plasma-arc and electro-slag welding may be used only
with the approval of the PURCHASER and depending upon the process and
application proposed. These processes may require testing in addition to that
specified by the governing procedure qualification code.
3.6
Table 1 gives recommendations for welding processes to be used for carbon,
low alloy and austenitic stainless steels.
.
SPEC NO.
TCE 7517A-D-856/7001
SECOND VEHICLE ASSEMBLY BUILDING PROJECT
WELDING SPECFICATIONS FOR SHOP AND SITE
FABRICATED EQUIPMENT
SECTION: E
SHEET : 3 OF 17
4.0
WELDING CONSUMABLES
4.1
The VENDOR/CONTRACTOR shall provide, at no additional cost, all the welding
consumables such as electrodes, filler wires, flux, oxygen, acetylene, argon etc.,
in order to complete the welding in all respects. The consumables shall be from
reputed and approved manufacturers. All the consumables shall be approved by
the PURCHASER / TPI.
4.2
The electrodes and filler wires shall be of the class specified in Table 1 Welding
specification chart.
4.3
Electrodes qualification test records shall be submitted for the PURCHASER’S
approval. The VENDOR/CONTRACTOR shall also submit batch test certificates
from the electrodes manufacturer for physical and chemical tests.
4.4
Electrodes shall be in sealed containers and adequate care shall be taken for
storage, strictly in accordance with the manufacturer’s recommendations.
4.5
Electrodes, which have been removed from the original containers, shall be kept
in baking ovens as per the manufacturer’s recommendations and, once these
are taken out, shall be consumed within the time limits stipulated by the
manufacturer. Care shall be taken in handling the electrodes to prevent any
damage to the flux covering. Portable ovens shall be used for carrying the
electrodes from the main oven to the field. Electrodes of different specifications
shall be stored in different compartments of a baking oven to avoid mix up.
4.6
The electrodes, filler wires and flux used shall be free from contamination such
as rust, oil, grease and such foreign matter.
4.7
Low hydrogen electrodes shall be used for weld joints in carbon steel if the wall
thickness exceeds 19 mm and low alloy steel of all thickness except that non low
hydrogen electrodes shall be permitted for the root pass of carbon steel only.
4.8
If ultimate tensile strength of base material permits, E 6010 electrodes may be
used for root pass of butt welds and for fillet welds in carbon steel.
5.0
WELDING QUALIFICATIONS
5.1
Qualification of the welding procedures to be used and the performance of
welders and welding operators shall conform to the requirements of the BPV
Codes and Section IX. For equipment under the purview of IBR, these shall also
meet the requirements of IBR.
5.2
No production welds shall be undertaken until the qualification requirements are
completed to the satisfaction of the PURCHASER.
5.3
When impact testing is required by the code or by the specification, these
requirements shall be met in qualifying welding procedures.
.
SPEC NO.
TCE 7517A-D-856/7001
SECOND VEHICLE ASSEMBLY BUILDING PROJECT
WELDING SPECFICATIONS FOR SHOP AND SITE
FABRICATED EQUIPMENT
SECTION: E
SHEET : 4 OF 17
5.4
The VENDOR/CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for qualifying any welding
procedure, welders and welding operators intended to be deployed. The
VENDOR/CONTRACTOR shall submit the welding procedure specification
(WPS) for acceptance by the PURCHASER. After approval by the
PURCHASER, the procedure qualification test shall be carried out by the
VENDOR/CONRACTOR, at his own expense, duly witnessed by the TPI /
PURCHASER. A complete set of test results, in specified format, shall be
submitted to the PURCHASER for approval immediately after successful
completion of procedure qualification test. All tests as required by the BPV code
Section IX or IBR shall be carried out. The WPS shall require re-qualification, if
any of the essential variables of supplementary variable is altered.
5.5
Welders and welding operators shall be qualified in accordance with BPV code
and Section IX or IBR, as applicable. The qualification shall be carried out in the
presence of the PURCHASER / TPI. Only those welders and welding operators
who are qualified shall be deployed on the job. For equipment under the purview
of IBR, approval of the local IBR inspector shall be obtained by the
VENDOR/CONTRACTOR.
5.6
Welders and welding operators shall always keep their identification cards with
them and shall produce them on demand. The VENDOR/CONTRACTOR shall
issue the identity cards after the same are duly certified by the PURCHASER
Welder or welding operator, who is not in possession of the identity card, shall
not be allowed to work.
5.7
The VENDOR/CONTRACTOR shall use forms as per BPV code, section IX,
form QW-482, form QW-483 and form QW-484. Other forms are also acceptable
subject to approval by the PURCHASER.
5.8
Unless agreed otherwise, the VENDOR/CONTRACTOR shall advise the
PURCHASER, in writing, at least three (3) weeks before any welder or welding
operator is deployed on the work, the names and qualification of the proposed
welders, welding operators and welding supervisors. It shall be the
VENDOR/CONRTRACTOR’S responsibility to ensure that all welders and
welding operators employed by him or his SUB-VENDORS/SUBCONTRACTORS at works or at site are fully qualified as required by the code.
Each welder and welding operator shall qualify for all types of welds, positions
and materials or material combinations he may be called upon to weld.
5.9
Should the PURCHASER require to qualify or requalify any welder or welding
operator, the VENDOR/CONTRACTOR shall make available, at no extra cost to
the PURCHASER the men, equipment and materials for the tests. The cost, of
testing the welds shall be borne by the VENDOR/CONTRACTOR.
5.10
Welding supervisors shall have qualifications such as engineering degree or
engineering diploma in welding technology with adequate knowledge of welding
.
SPEC NO.
TCE 7517A-D-856/7001
SECOND VEHICLE ASSEMBLY BUILDING PROJECT
WELDING SPECFICATIONS FOR SHOP AND SITE
FABRICATED EQUIPMENT
SECTION: E
SHEET : 5 OF 17
consumables welding machines & NDE and a minimum of five (5) years of
experience in supervising welding of joints.
5.11
All welding, including the tacking up of welds shall be carried out by qualified
welders and welding operators as per approved WPS. Any weld made by other
than a qualified welder or welding operator or not carried out as per approved
WPS shall be cut out and re-welded.
5.12
For purpose of identification and to enable tracing full history of each joint, each
welder and welding operator employed on the work shall be given a designation.
The welder and welding operator’s designation and the date on which the joint is
made, shall be stamped near the relevant joint and on the relevant drawings
also. Copies of the drawings so marked shall be furnished to the PURCHASER
for record purposes.
5.13
For each welder and welding operator, a record card shall be maintained
showing the procedures for which he is qualified. These cards shall note the
production welds, the date of the welding done, the type of defects produced and
their frequency. The record shall be reviewed once in a week by the
PURCHASER and those welders & welding operators whose work required a
disproportionate amount of repair shall be disqualified from welding. Requalification of welders and welding operators disqualified more than three (3)
times shall be entirely at the discretion of the PURCHASER. As far as possible,
the qualification shall be carried out at the location (site or shop) where the
actual fabrication and welding work is to be carried out.
6.0
PERPARATION FOR WELDING
6.1`
Surface to be welded shall be smooth uniform and free from fins, tears and other
defects, which would adversely affect the quality of the weld. All welding faces
and adjoining surfaces, for a distance of at least 50 mm from the edge of the
welding groove or 12 mm from the toe of the fillet in the case of socket welded
or fillet welded joints, shall be thoroughly cleaned of rust, scale, paint, oil or
grease, on both inside and outside.
6.2
Joints for welding shall be as per the project specifications and approved
fabrication drawings.
6.3
Butt joints shall be prepared as per ASME BPV code Section VIII Division 1,
unless specified otherwise. For equipment under the purview of IBR, these shall
be as per IBR. Any other end preparation which meets the WPS is acceptable.
6.4
Internal misalignment shall be reduced by trimming but such trimming shall not
reduce the finished wall thickness below the required minimum wall thickness.
Trimming shall not be abrupt. It shall be tapered with a minimum slope of 1:3.
Root opening of the joint shall be within the tolerance limits of the WPS.
6.5
Welds shall be as per ASME BPV code section VIII Division 1 or in accordance
with IBR for equipment under the purview of IBR
.
SPEC NO.
TCE 7517A-D-856/7001
SECOND VEHICLE ASSEMBLY BUILDING PROJECT
WELDING SPECFICATIONS FOR SHOP AND SITE
FABRICATED EQUIPMENT
SECTION: E
SHEET : 6 OF 17
6.6
Reinforcing pads and saddles shall have a good fit with the parts to which they
are attached. A tell-tale hole shall be provided on the side of any pad or saddle to
reveal leakage in the weld and to allow venting during welding and heat
treatment. Pad or saddle shall be added, after the branch weld has undergone
satisfactory visual and NDE.
6.7
The ends shall be prepared by machining, grinding, flame cutting or plasma
cutting . Where flame cutting is used, the effect on the mechanical and
metallurgical properties of the base metal shall be taken into consideration.
Flame cutting of alloy steel is not advisable. If alloy steel is cut using flame, the
heat affected zone shall be removed completely by grinding and/or machining.
Magnetic Particle (MT) or Liquid Penetrant (PT) testing shall be carried out to
ensure soundness of edges. However, flame cutting of carbon steel is permitted.
Wherever practicable, flame cutting shall be carried out by machine shall be
cleaned free of slag. Manual flame cutting shall be permitted only where
machine flame cutting is not practicable and with the approval of the
PURCHASER, and such surfaces shall be ground or dressed to a smooth finish
as required by the specification and to the satisfaction of the PURCHASER.
Slag, scale or oxides shall be removed by grinding to bright metal at least two (2)
mm beyond the burnt area.
6.8
Thermal cutting of carbon steel shall be performed under the same conditions of
preheating and PWHT as for the welding of each class of material. However,
PWHT is not required when:
(a)
The heat affected zone produced by thermal cutting is removed by
mechanical means immediately after cutting. However, in any case, all
remaining slag, scale or oxides shall be removed by grinding to bright
metal at least two (2) mm beyond the burnt area, or
(b)
Thermal cutting is part of fabrication, manufacturing or erection sequence
leading to a weld end preparation where welding immediately follows.
6.9
Before fitting up the weld joint, the profile and dimensions of the weld end
preparation shall be checked by the PURCHASER. If the specified tolerances
are exceeded, this shall be corrected (with prior approval) by grinding, machining
or any other method acceptable to the PURCHASER.
6.11
Fit-ups shall be examined by the PURCHASER prior to welding the root pass.
7.0
TECHNIQUE AND WORKMANSHIP
7.1
Components to be welded shall be aligned and spaced as per the requirements
of the code and WPS.
7.3
Alignment and spacing shall be achieved using suitable wires to maintain the
gap. These shall be removed after tack welding. The ends to be welded shall
be held using suitable clamps, yokes or other devices which will not damage the
.
SPEC NO.
TCE 7517A-D-856/7001
SECOND VEHICLE ASSEMBLY BUILDING PROJECT
WELDING SPECFICATIONS FOR SHOP AND SITE
FABRICATED EQUIPMENT
SECTION: E
SHEET : 7 OF 17
surfaces in any manner. It shall be ensured that welding operations do not result
in distortions.
7.4
Earthing shall be provided on the job using earthing clamps of similar material as
the job. Earthing shall not be given through welding rotators.
7.5
Tack welds at the root joint, for maintaining joint alignment, shall be made only
by qualified welders or welding operators and with filler metal equivalent to that
used in the root pass. Tack welds shall be fused with the root pass weld, except
that those which have cracked shall be removed. Peening is prohibited on the
root and final passes of a weld. The required preheat shall be maintained prior
to tack welding.
Means shall be made available to measure preheat
temperature.
7.6
No welding shall be carried out if there is any impingement in the weld area of
rain, snow, excessive wind or if the weld area is wet.
7.7
Irrespective of the class of steel, root runs shall be made without interruption
other than for changing the electrodes or to allow the welder or welding operator
to reposition himself. Root runs made in the shop may afterwards be allowed to
cool by taking suitable precautions to ensure slow cooling e.g. by wrapping in a
dry asbestos blanket. Welds made at site shall not be allowed to cool until the
thickness of weld metal deposited exceeds one third of the final weld thickness
or 10 mm, whichever is greater.
7.8
When welding alloy steels, it is strongly recommended that interruption of
welding be avoided. Where such interruption is unavoidable, either the preheat
shall be maintained during the interruption or the joint shall be post heated or
wrapped in dry asbestos blankets to ensure slow cooling. Before recommencing
welding, preheat shall be applied again.
7.9
Welding-on bridge pieces and temporary attachments shall preferably be
avoided. Where approved by the PURCHASER, these may be used. Material of
these shall be compatible with material with which they are temporarily welded.
All such pieces shall be removed after welding of joints and the weld area ground
flush. These areas shall be subjected to MT and PT examination. These pieces
shall be welded by qualified welders & welding operators and with electrodes
compatible with the parent material. The preheating requirements of material
shall be applied and maintained during the welding of attachments. These
temporary attachments shall be removed by grinding, chipping, sawing or by arc
or flame gouging. When arc or flame gouging is used, at least three (3) mm of
metal shall be left around the surface which shall be removed by grinding. This
metal shall not be removed by hammering or by use of force.
7.10
The arc shall be struck only on those parts of parent metal where weld metal is
to be deposited. When inadvertent arc-strikes are made on the base metal
surfaces outside the joint groove, the arc-strikes shall be removed by grinding
and shall be examined by MT and PT procedures.
.
SPEC NO.
TCE 7517A-D-856/7001
SECOND VEHICLE ASSEMBLY BUILDING PROJECT
WELDING SPECFICATIONS FOR SHOP AND SITE
FABRICATED EQUIPMENT
SECTION: E
SHEET : 8 OF 17
7.11
Oxides shall not be permitted to form during welding or heat treatment or both,
on the internal surfaces which will not be subsequently cleaned. Inert gas
purging is an acceptable method to prevent such oxidation. All joints in materials
which contain more than 1¼ % chromium shall be purged to assure that less that
1% of oxygen is present on the joint underside before initiation of the welding.
The purging operation shall be maintained for a minimum of two (2) passes.
7.12
Argon gas used in GTAW process for shielding and purging shall be at least
99.95% pure. Purging shall be carried out at a flow rate depending on diameter
until at least five (5) times the volume between dams is displaced. In no case
shall the initial purging period be less than 10 minutes. After initial purging, the
flow of backing gas shall be reduced to a point where only a slight positive
pressure prevails. Any dams used in purging shall be fully identified and
removed after welding and accounted for in order to avoid leaving them in the
system. The rate of flow for shielding purposes shall be established in the
procedure qualification.
7.13
Thorough check shall be exercised to maintain the required inter-pass
temperature.
7.14
All equipment necessary to carry out the welding, for supporting the work, for
preheating and PWHT including thermal insulation for retaining the heat and for
the protection of the welder & welding operator shall be provided by the
VENDOR/CONTRACTOR at no extra cost. All necessary precautions shall be
taken during cutting and welding operations. It shall be ensured that proper
ventilation is available in the welding area and adequate protective gear such as
goggles, masks, gloves, protection for the ears and body are used at all times.
For guidelines refer ASME standard Z49.1, “Safety in Welding and Cutting”.
7.15
After deposition, each layer of weld metal shall be cleaned with a wire brush to
remove all slag, scale and defects, to prepare for the proper deposition of the
next layer. The material of wire brush shall be compatible with parent material.
Special care shall be taken to secure complete and thorough penetration of the
fusion zone into the bottom of the weld. It is recommended that the root run be
checked by MT or PT procedures for critical equipment.
7.16
If specified, upon completion of welding, the joints shall be wrapped in dry
asbestos blankets to ensure slow cooling, unless PWHT is applied immediately.
7.17
No welding or welded parts shall be painted, plated, galvanised or heat treated
until inspected and approved by the PURCHASER. Welds shall be prepared and
ground in such a way that the weld surfaces merge smoothly into the base metal
surface, particularly for welds which are to undergo NDE.
7.18
Except where necessary to grind flush for NDE, reinforcement for butt welds may
be provided. The height of such reinforcement shall meet the requirements of
the code. The reinforcement shall be crowned at the centre and tapered on each
side of the joined members. The exposed surface of the weld shall be ground
where required to present a workmanlike appearance and shall be free from
depressions below the surface of the joined members. The exposed surface of
.
SPEC NO.
TCE 7517A-D-856/7001
SECOND VEHICLE ASSEMBLY BUILDING PROJECT
WELDING SPECFICATIONS FOR SHOP AND SITE
FABRICATED EQUIPMENT
SECTION: E
SHEET : 9 OF 17
the butt welds shall be free from undercuts, overlaps or abrupt ridges or valleys
and shall merge smoothly into the surface at the weld toe.
7.19
Repair of weld metal defects shall meet the requirements of the code.
7.20
Any weld repair shall be subject to the approval of the PURCHASER.
7.21
In the event of several unsuccessful repair attempts or if the PURCHASER feels
that a satisfactory repair is not feasible, the joint shall be completely remade.
7.22
It is preferable to use welding rectifier or DC generator for welding of ausenitic
steels and while using low hydrogen electrodes.
7.23
IDENTIFICATION OF WELDS
Wherever code symbol stamps are required on carbon steel and ferritic alloy
steel they shall be applied directly on to the member with low stress dotted
design metal die stamps or to a small stainless steel plate especially provided for
such marks. These plates shall be lightly tack welded using electrodes, of
diameter three (3) mm or less, of the type specified for the material. Before
making the required tack weld, the material in the immediate surrounding area
shall be preheated, as required, by electric means or propane or natural gas
burners. Cooling shall take place under asbestos insulation in a draft-free area.
Stress relieving of these welds is not required. Steel stamping directly on the
surface of alloy steel with other than low stress die stamps shall not be used.
7.24
SEAL WELDS
7.24.1 Seal welding shall be carried out by qualified welders & welding operators and in
accordance with approved drawings.
7.24.2 Threaded joints that are to be seal welded shall be made without the use of
thread lubricating compound. Seal weld shall cover all exposed threads.
7.25
WELD ENCROACHMENT AND MINIMUM DISTANCE BETWEEN WELDS
7.25.1 Welded joints, more specifically longitudinal welds, shall be placed not closer
than 50 mm to opening or branch welds, reinforcements, attachment devices or
from supports etc. In case of deviation, the PURCHASER may specify additional
NDE.
7.25.2 The longitudinal welds of two adjacent components shall be staggered by at least
30°. The minimum distance between welds shall be 5 0 mm or eight (8) times the
wall thickness, whichever is greater. Intersection of welds shall be avoided as far
as possible. If such welds are present, they shall be subject to suitable NDE at
the discretion of the PURCHASER.
.
SPEC NO.
TCE 7517A-D-856/7001
SECOND VEHICLE ASSEMBLY BUILDING PROJECT
WELDING SPECFICATIONS FOR SHOP AND SITE
FABRICATED EQUIPMENT
SECTION: E
SHEET : 10 OF 17
8.0
PREHEATING
8.1
Preheating prior to tack welding, welding and thermal cutting shall be used as a
means of crack prevention and improving weld reliability.
The general
requirements of PWHT also apply to preheating.
8.2
Preheating shall be used as per the recommendations of ASME BPV Code
Section VIII Division 1. For equipment under the purview of IBR, the requirement
of IBR shall govern, Table 2 gives the requirements of preheating for commonly
used materials.
8.3
The preheating zone shall extend to 75 mm or a distance equal to four (4) times
the material thickness, whichever is greater, beyond the edges of the weld.
8.4
The preheat temperature shall be measured at least 75 mm away from the weld
preparation.
8.5
Where preheating is specified, welding shall continue without interruption. In
case interruption cannot be avoided, preheating shall be carried out before recommencement of welding.
8.6
Oxy-acetylene preheating shall not be applied.
8.7
For preheating, fuel gas/air torches, burner systems (high velocity gas or oil
burners) or electrical heating may be used either locally or in a furnace. For
preheating above 250°C, electric heating (resistanc e or inductive heating) is
recommended.
8.8
Approved temperature – indicating crayons, thermocouples or digital contact or
laser pyrometers shall be used to measure preheat and inter-pass temperatures.
A calibration report of the pyrometers and thermocouples shall be available.
8.9
When the preheat temperature is 150°C or higher , the metal shall be maintained
at or above the preheat temperature until the weld is completed.
8.10
The welding of groove welds in low alloy steels of P-3 to P-5 groups with wall
thickness of 19 mm or greater may only be interrupted, provided at least 10 mm
of weld metal is deposited, or 25% of the welding groove is filled, whichever is
greater. If the welding is interrupted prior to the above, the weld area shall be
adequately covered with insulating material to ensure slow cooling. After cooling
and before welding is resumed, visual examination of the weld shall be
performed to assure that no cracks are formed. Required preheat shall be
applied before welding is resumed.
9.0
POSTWELD HEAT TREATMENT (PWHT)
PWHT shall meet the requirement of ASME BPV code Section VIII Division 1.
Table 3 summaries the PWTH requirement for commonly used materials. For
equipment under the purview of IBR, PWHT shall be as per IBR.
.
SPEC NO.
TCE 7517A-D-856/7001
SECOND VEHICLE ASSEMBLY BUILDING PROJECT
WELDING SPECFICATIONS FOR SHOP AND SITE
FABRICATED EQUIPMENT
SECTION: E
SHEET : 11 OF 17
9.1
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
9.1.1
A complete automatic temperature recording shall be made of preheating and
stress relieving operations. Where propane gas burners or electrical resistance
coils are employed, a complete temperature record of the preheating and stress
relieving operation shall be made by means of a box type potentiometer. Other
means of recording temperatures are permissible, subject to the PURCHASER’S
approval.
9.1.2
Stress relieving may be local or full furnace. Local stress relieving shall be
performed with electric induction or electric resistance coils. Suitable gas burning
equipment using natural gas or propane may be employed.
9.1.3
At no time during a stress relieving/preheating cycle, shall any water or liquid
cooling medium be employed.
9.1.4
Where members being joined are unequal in thickness, the dimension of the
heavier section shall govern the selection of width of the heated band and the
duration of holding period shall be based on maximum weld thickness.
9.1.5
For local stress relief, using electrical methods, a minimum of two (2)
thermocouples tack-welded to the surface and potentiometers shall be used on
the part under at least four (4) layers of asbestos paper. The hot junctions of the
thermocouples shall be located on either side of the joint at least 12 mm from the
edge of the joint but no farther away than 100 mm. When employing induction
heating, at least six (6) turns of induction cable shall be used on each side of the
weld. Induction coils shall be wrapped on top of the asbestos paper protecting
the thermocouples with the first turn approximately 150 mm from the centre of
the weld.
9.1.6
Local stress relieving, using gas torches or ring burners may be employed.
However, the procedure shall be limited to small items and shall be approved by
the PURCHASER.
9.1.7
The stress relieving temperature shall be maintained for a period of time
proportioned on the basis of one (1) hour per 25 mm of weld thickness at the
joint, but in no case less than one (1) hour.
9.1.8
For piping joints and socket welded joints, pads, bosses, branch welds and
couplings, one (1) thermocouple shall be positioned at a minimum distance of
two (2) pipe wall thickness from the weld.
9.1.9
Equipment on both sides of any joint shall be adequately supported throughout
the preheating, welding and stress relieving operations to prevent distortion.
9.1.10 All heating and cooling rates shall be maintained as per ASME BVP Code and
time-temperature charts from the recorder shall be made avaible for review and
acceptance.
.
SPEC NO.
TCE 7517A-D-856/7001
SECOND VEHICLE ASSEMBLY BUILDING PROJECT
WELDING SPECFICATIONS FOR SHOP AND SITE
FABRICATED EQUIPMENT
SECTION: E
SHEET : 12 OF 17
9.1.11 The VENDOR/CONTRACTOR shall submit a detailed written procedure for the
PWHT for approval of the PURCHASER.
9.2
CARBON STEEL
9.2.1
Welded joints in carbon steel shall be stress relieved, upon completion of the
welding operation, in accordance with Table 3.
9.2.2
When local stress relief is employed, the welded joint shall be heated to a
temperature of not less than 600°C. The temperature level shall be maintained
between 600 and 650°C, one (1) hour per 25 mm of we ld thickness but in no
case less than one (1) hour. The weld area shall then be allowed to cool
undisturbed in still air to a temperature not exceeding 315°C.
9.2.3
Heating and Cooling
Carbon steels, after having reached their specific stress relief temperatures, may
be cooled in the furnace or under wraps, i.e., leaving the induction coils or
resistance heaters and insulation in place. This means that, at the stress relief
temperatures, power to the furnace or heating coils may be shut off and cooling
takes place in the furnace or with all insulation and coils remaining on the part.
For furnace stress relief, the doors of the furnace may be opened after the power
is shut off, at or below 315°C. Thermocouples contr olling the temperature shall
remain during the cooling cycle so that excessive cooling, if it occurs, can be
observed and immediately corrected. The stress relieving coils and insulation
shall only be removed after the part has cooled to below 315°C or if stress
relieved in a furnace the part may be removed from the furnace and permitted to
cool in still air at a temperature not below 10°C.
9.3
ALLOY STEEL
9.3.1
Welds in alloy steel shall be stress relieved after the welding operation in
accordance with Table 3.
9.3.2
For full furnace stress relief of a welded assembly, the entire fabricated section
shall be heated uniformly to the temperature specified. The temperature shall be
maintained for a period of time proportioned on the basis of one (1) hour per 25
mm of weld thickness of the piece having the greatest weld thickness in the
furnace charge, but in no case, less than one (1) hour.
10.0
ELETRODES
10.1
The specification and size of the electrodes, voltages and amperages, thickness
of beads and number of passes shall be as specified in the approved welding
procedure or otherwise agreed in writing. Only basic coated electrodes shall be
used, which will deposit weld metal having the same or higher physical
properties and similar chemical composition to the members being joined. For
each batch of approved brand, certificate showing compliance with the
specification shall be submitted to the PURCHASER for review before being
released for use. All electrodes shall be purchased in sealed containers and
.
SPEC NO.
TCE 7517A-D-856/7001
SECOND VEHICLE ASSEMBLY BUILDING PROJECT
WELDING SPECFICATIONS FOR SHOP AND SITE
FABRICATED EQUIPMENT
SECTION: E
SHEET : 13 OF 17
stored properly to prevent deterioration. As welding electrodes deteriorate under
adverse conditions of storage leading to dampness in the electrode coating, they
shall normally be stored in dehumidified air-conditioned rooms or in hot boxes or
ovens in their original sealed containers whose temperature shall be maintained
within specified limits. The conditions of electrodes shall be frequently inspected.
Electrodes with damage to coating shall not be used. Electrodes shall remain
identified until consumed. It is preferable to produce low hydrogen electrodes in
hermetically sealed containers and preserve them without damage to the
containers.
10.2
All low hydrogen electrodes, after baking as per the manufacturer’s
recommendations, shall be stored in ovens kept at 80 to 100°C before being
used. Recommendations of the electrode manufacturer shall be strictly followed.
Until the electrodes are taken out for welding, they shall be stored in portable
ovens. The electrodes shall not be exposed to open atmosphere.
10.3
For welding of all grades of steel and alloys by the GTAW process, a 2%
thoriated tungsten electrode conforming to SFA-5.12-86 EWTh-2(AWS-A5.1280, EWTh-2) classification shall be used.
10.4
All electrodes to be used on alloy and carbon steel shall conform to ASME BPV
Code Section II part C or any other equivalent code.
10.5
The type of electrodes used shall be only those recommended by the
manufacturer for the use in the position in which the welds are to be made.
10.6
Current and polarity shall be maintained as recommended by the electrode
manufacturer.
11.0
INSPECTION AND TESTING
11.1
The PURCHASER shall have free access to inspect welding or any other related
operations at any time and at any stage of fabrication.
11.2
The PURCHASER may require NDE of any weld for reasons other than those
given in the specification. The responsibility for the cost of such testing shall lie
with the VENDOR/CONTRACTOR.
11.3
The VENDOR/CONTRACTOR shall inform the PURCHASER when the weld
preparation and set-up for welding of various members selected by the
PURCHASER are in progress so that the PURCHASER can inspect the
assembly before welding starts.
11.4
The responsibilities of the PURCHASER’s representative shall in no way reduce
the VENDOR/CONTRACTOR’s responsibilities to ensure that the work is carried
out in accordance with the specification.
11.5
Any examination by NDE methods shall be performed before or after PWHT
based on the applicable code requirements.
.
SPEC NO.
TCE 7517A-D-856/7001
SECOND VEHICLE ASSEMBLY BUILDING PROJECT
WELDING SPECFICATIONS FOR SHOP AND SITE
FABRICATED EQUIPMENT
SECTION: E
SHEET : 14 OF 17
11.6
For a welded branch connection and for any weld, necessary repairs and NDE
shall be completed before any reinforcing pad is added.
12.0
EXAMINATION OF WELDS
12.1
Examination refers to the quality control functions performed by the
VENDOR/CONTRACTOR during fabrication, erection and testing.
12.2
As a minimum, the following shall be examined by visual examination:
(a)
Materials and components to ensure that these are as per the
specification and are free from defects. If defects are noticed on “freeissue” items, these shall be brought to the notice of the PURCHASER
without delay.
(b)
Joint preparation and cleanliness
(c)
Fit-up, joint clearance and internal alignment prior to joining
(d)
Preheating as applicable
(e)
Variables specified by the welding procedure, including filler material,
position and electrode
(f)
Condition of the root pass after cleaning- external and where accessible,
internal
(g)
Slag removal and weld condition between passes
(h)
Appearance of the finished joint and weld dimensions
13.0
QUALIFICATION AND CERTIFICATION OF NDE PERSONNEL
13.1
Approved and documented NDE procedure prepared by level III personnel shall
be made available.
13.2
The VENDOR’s/CONTRACTOR’s examining personnel shall have training and
experience commensurate with the needs of the specified examinations. NDE
supervisors/examiners shall be qualified at level II or above of ASME BPV Code
Section V.
13.3
The VENDOR/CONTRACTOR shall make available to the purchaser copies of
certificates of qualification of the examiners he proposes to use for the
PURCHASER’s approval.
14.0
METHODS OF EXAMINATION
The methods of examination used, viz. Ultrasonic (UT), Radiographic (RT), MT
and PT shall be in accordance with ASME BPV Code Section V.
.
SPEC NO.
TCE 7517A-D-856/7001
SECOND VEHICLE ASSEMBLY BUILDING PROJECT
WELDING SPECFICATIONS FOR SHOP AND SITE
FABRICATED EQUIPMENT
SECTION: E
SHEET : 15 OF 17
15.0
ACCEPTANCE STANDARDS
15.1
Levels of acceptance of defects in welds shall be in accordance with ASME BPV
Code Section VIII Division 1.
15.2
For equipment under the purview of IBR, the levels of acceptable defects shall
be as per IBR.
16.0
REPAIR WELDING
16.1
All defects in welds requiring repair shall be removed by flame or arc gouging,
grinding, chipping or machining. The major repairs may involve:
(a)
Cutting through the weld
(b)
Cutting out a portion of material containing the weld, or
(c)
Removing the weld metal down to the root depending upon the
magnitude of the defects.
16.2
After removing the defect, the repaired portion and adjacent area shall be
examined by the same NDE methods as specified for the original weld and the
same acceptance criteria shall hold good.
16.3
All the repair welds shall be made using the same or other specified welding
procedures as those used in making the original welds including preheating and
stress relieving if originally required.
TABLE 1
WELDING SPECIFICATION CHART
FOR COMMONLY USED MATERIALS
SL.
NO.
BASE MATERIAL
P
NO
WELDING
PROCESS
FILLER
MATERIAL
ROOT
FILLER
ROOT
FILLER
1
GTAW
GTAW
ER 70S2
OR
ER 70S3
ER 70S2
OR
ER 70S3
>5mm AND < 19mm THICK
1
GTAW
OR
SMAW
SMAW
OR
SAW
E6013
F6—EL8
OR
F7—EL12
1.3
> 19 mm THK
1
GTAW
OR
SMAW
SMAW
OR
SAW
2.0
2.1
LOW ALLOY STEELS
1¼%Cr ½% MO < 5mm THICK
4
GTAW
GTAW
ER 70S2
OR
ER 70S3
OR
E 6010
ER 70S2
OR
ER 70S3
OR
E 6010
ER 80S
B2
1.0 CARBON STEELS
1.1 < 5 mm THICK
1.2
E 7018
F7—EL12
ER 80S B2
NOTES
1
.
SPEC NO.
TCE 7517A-D-856/7001
SECOND VEHICLE ASSEMBLY BUILDING PROJECT
WELDING SPECFICATIONS FOR SHOP AND SITE
FABRICATED EQUIPMENT
SECTION: E
SHEET : 16 OF 17
2.2
1¼%Cr 1% MO > 5mm THICK
4
GTAW
SMAW
ER 80S
B2
ER 8016
OR
E8018-B2
2.3
2¼%Cr 1% MO < 5mm THICK
5
GTAW
GTAW
ER 90S
B3
ER 90S B3
2 TO 7
ER 90S
B3
E9015
OR
E9016
OR
E9018-B3
2 TO 7
2.4
1¼%Cr 1% MO > 5mm THICK
5
GTAW
SMAW
NOTES
1. Low hydrogen electrodes shall be used for critical systems such as chlorine,
hydrogen, caustic and similar toxic inflammable fluids and also when ever the wall
thickness exceeds 19mm.
2. The argon shielding gas flow rate shall not be less than 0.34 M³/Hr.
3.
For purging and shielding argon gas shall be used. However, nitrogen may be used
as an alternative to argon for purging purpose only . In case of stainless steel,
nitrogen may be used where corrosion resistance is not critical.
4.
For fillet welds, SMAW may be used instead of GTAW for thickness above 5 mm.
5.
For GTAW, electrode shall be 2% thoriated tungsten.
6.
Initial purging prior to welding process shall be a minimum of five (5) times the
volume between dams or ten minutes minimum whichever is higher. Where welding
commences, the purge gas flow shall ensure that the gas pressure is only
marginally higher than atmospheric pressure to ensure no root concavity.
7.
Back purging using argon/nitrogen shall be maintained for the root run and a
minimum of one (1) additional pass.
8.
Electrodes and filler wires manufactured by reputed firms duly approved by the
PURCHASER shall only be used.
9.
Electrodes shall have at least the same or higher physical properties and similar
chemical composition to the members being joined.
10. Read the table in conjunction with para 3.0
.
SPEC NO.
TCE 7517A-D-856/7001
SECOND VEHICLE ASSEMBLY BUILDING PROJECT
WELDING SPECFICATIONS FOR SHOP AND SITE
FABRICATED EQUIPMENT
SECTION: E
SHEET : 17 OF 17
TABLE-2
PREHEAT REQIREMENTS
SL
NO.
BASE MATERIAL
P.NO
NOMINAL
WALL
THICKNESS,
Mm
SPECIFIED
MINIMUM
TENSILE
STRENGTH,
mPa
RECOMMENDED
MINIMUM
PREHEAT
TEMPERATURE,
°C
1.
CARBON STEEL
1
<25
490
10
2.
CARBON STEEL
1
>25
490
100
3.
LOW ALLOY STEEL1¼%Cr ½%M0
4
ALL
ALL
149
4.
LOW ALLOY STEEL2¼%Cr 1%M0
5
ALL
ALL
210
TABLE-3
POSTWELD HEAT TREATMENT REQUIREMENTS
(FOR COMMONLY USED STEEL MATERIALS)
SL.
NO.
BASE MATERIAL
1.
2.
CARBON STEEL
CARBON STEEL
3.
LOW ALLOY STEEL
1¼%Cr ½%M0
4.
LOW ALLOY STEEL
2¼%Cr 1%M0
P.NO.
1
1
4
GR 1
AND 2
5A
GR 1
NOMIANL
WALL
THICKNESS
mm
METAL
TEMPREATURE
RANGE
°C
<32
>32
NONE
600 TO 650
ALL
600 TO 650
ALL
680 TO 700
NOTES
1.
In IBR systems, in carbon steels, PWHT is also required, when the carbon
percentage exceeds 0.25% at the temperature range of 600+/- 20°C.
2.
For all low alloy steel welds under the purview of IBR, the PWHT shall be
carried out at the temperature range of 620 to 660°C for 1 ¼% Cr ½% M 0
steels and at a range of 660 to 750°C for 2 ¼% Cr 1% M0 steels.
3.
Solution annealing shall be carried out after welding of austenitic stainless
steel as per the applicable services.
4.
For equipment in carbon steels or alloy steels and meant for lethal service,
PWHT of all welds shall be carried out.
.
SECOND VEHICLE ASSEMBLY BUILDING PROJECT
SPEC NO.
TCE 7517A-D-856/7001
SECTION: F1
SHEET : 1 OF 3
SCHEDULE OF PRICES
PLATFORMS FOR SVAB
SCHEDULE OF PRICES & GENERAL PARTICULARS
1. Bidders shall not alter the contents of this schedule of prices. If the bidder wants
any additions / alterations, these shall be brought out separately in the format as
given in this schedule of prices.
2. Equipment and material to be supplied and erected shall be in accordance with
section A, B, C, D & E of this specification.
3. The quantities indicated are an order of magnitude only. In case there is any
variation in the quantities of items actually supplied and installed from the quoted
quantities, the price of the same shall be adjusted based on the unit rates
furnished by the bidder.
4. The quoted price shall be price in Indian Rupees for supply of material,
manufacture, inspection and testing at manufacturer’s works, packing,
forwarding, transportation from place of manufacture to site, transit insurance,
unloading / receipt at site, storage / handling at site, erection, testing,
commissioning and carrying out performance test at site inclusive of all taxes
and duties as applicable except sales tax on finished products, and service tax
which shall be separately indicated in the price bid.
5. Total price towards Third Party Inspection (to be borne by the supplier) shall be
indicated separately in the price bid.
6. Bidders shall quote in full scope of the tender. Bidders shall note that partial offer
will lead to rejection of bid. Hence Bidders are requested to quote for complete
scope.
7. SDSC SHAR reserves right to place order in full or part of the scope.
.
SECOND VEHICLE ASSEMBLY BUILDING PROJECT
SPEC NO.
TCE 7517A-D-856/7001
(A)
SECTION: F1
SHEET : 2 OF 3
SCHEDULE OF PRICES
PLATFORMS FOR SVAB
SCHEDULE OF UNIT PRICE
Sl.no
Item
Qty.
570 t
1
Procurement, fabrication, control assembly, transportation, handling & storage at
site of fabricated structural steel / Mild steel conforming to IS:2062 & IS:808 items
without machining (Items coming under above category are foldable platform, fixed
platform / non-folding platform, platform, replaceable folding platform, bracings,
Truss, carriage body, guards, cut out covers, hand rails) as per specification
enclosed with this tender but excluding taxes and duties.
2
VAT on total supply price (price mentioned in cloumn 7) @_________applicable
on above items.
3
Procurement, fabrication, stress relieving, machining, control assembly,
transportation, handling & storage at site of fabricated structural steel / Mild steel
conforming to IS:2062 & IS:808 items with machining (Items coming under above
category are Guide columns, Guide frames, Interconnecting brackets / support
brackets, brackets for guide pulleys, brackets for load cell pulleys, brackets for
Hoisting pulleys, bearing retainers, lock plates, bearing housings, bearing
retainers, base frames, shims, pulleys brackets, drum mounting brackets, base &
stricker for limit switch, rails, lead screw, Vee grooved wheels, Carriage body,
top/bottom pivot bracket, plumber block, Pivot frame etc) as per specification
enclosed with this tender but excluding taxes and duties.
4
VAT on total supply price (price mentioned in cloumn 7) @_________applicable
on above items.
5
Procurement, fabrication / machining, heat treatment, control assembly,
transportation, handling & storage at site of forged steel / alloy steel/ cast steels
like cast steel IS:1030 grade 280-520N, 45C8, 40C8, 20C8 as per IS:1570, Alloy
forged steel 40NiCr4Mo3,
40Cr4M03, 40Ni2Cr1No28, ASTM A516 Gr.70,
Rockstar-400 / Hardox-400, Aluminium, Bronze or any other steel mentioned in the
BOQ items (liners for guide columns, pin, Wheels, rollers, safety link chain, axles,
rope drum, shafts, pulleys, spacers with special steel, turn buckle, through bolts,
etc. ) as per specification enclosed with this tender but excluding taxes and duties
6
VAT on total supply price (price mentioned in cloumn 7) @_________applicable
on above items.
7
Procurement, Sub-assembly, Control assembly, transportation, handling & storage
at site of all bought-out items (like 6 nos. of flame proof motors of 37kW, 6 nos. of
non-flame proof motors of 45 kW, 12 nos of non-flame proof motors of 55 kW,
electrics, cables, junction boxes, local control panels, motor control center panels,
Bearings, gear boxes, lock nuts, lock washers, Full gear couplings, limitswitch,
wire ropes, grease nipples, load cells, local control panels, other items mentioned
in Section:F10 & BOQ etc testing of the performance of the drive and other
functions of electrics, transportation, handling at site, erection & commissioning
and handling over of start-up spares mentioned in clause: 25 ) mentioned in the
specification.
8
VAT on total supply price (price mentioned in cloumn 7) @_________applicable
on above items.
9
Design & supply of complete hydraulic system for operation of Hydraulic actuator
for swinging operation of SCVRP, approval of SDSC SHAR, procurement of
actuators, pumps, motors, hoses, directional control valves, pressure relief valves
etc and other accessories as per specification given the document, assembly with
systems, testing vendor site, control assembly with pivot shaft at manufacturer
site, transportation to site.
Cost in Rs.
1380 t
525 t
Lumpsu
m
12 sets
ISSUE
R0
.
SECOND VEHICLE ASSEMBLY BUILDING PROJECT
SPEC NO.
TCE 7517A-D-856/7001
SECTION: F1
SHEET : 3 OF 3
SCHEDULE OF PRICES
PLATFORMS FOR SVAB
10
VAT on total supply price (price mentioned in cloumn 9) @_________applicable
on above items.
11
Erection and commissioning of 6 sets of platforms including storage / handling at
site, erection, testing, commissioning and carrying out performance test of
platforms as per specification enclosed with this tender but excluding taxes and
duties.
12
Service tax on total Erection and commission price (price mentioned in column
no:11) for Platforms @_________applicable on above items.
13
Third party Inspection charges for Platforms
14
Service tax on Third party inspection charges (price mentioned in column no:8)
@_________applicable on above item.
Total Cost: (1+2+3+4+5+6+7+8+9+10+11+12+13+14)
SIGNATURE
:
NAME
:
DESIGNATION:
SEAL OF THE COMPANY
DATE
.
SECOND VEHICLE ASSEMBLY BUILDING PROJECT
SPEC NO.
TCE 7517A-D-856/7001
SECTION: F2
SHEET : 1 OF 1
BID QUALIFICATION CRITERIA
PLATFORMS FOR SVAB
BID QUALIFICATION CRITERIA FOR SUPPLY OF PLATFORMS
Bidders who are qualifying / meeting following Technical and financial criteria are eligible to
participate in the bid for supply of Platforms. Bidder shall furnish all the information
mentioned in the criteria with documentary proof and submit along with quotation. Bids of
the parties which are not meeting the following criteria will not be considered for evaluation
and will be rejected without seeking any further clarifications.
A. Technical Qualification Requirements:
The bidder shall meet the following technical qualifying requirements and shall
submit relevant certificates to establish his credentials.
1 . The Bidder shall be an organization with long experience in having executed contracts
for manufacture, supply, erection, testing and commissioning of heavy structural works
using structural built-up sections.
2 . The firm shall have successfully completed Manufacture, Installation, Testing and
Commissioning of at least 1500 T of heavy structural work either in one year or under
one single work order during last 7 years ending with 28.02.2014. Bidders have to
provide relevant certificates from the Owners (end users) along with the submission of
bid for consideration of bid document.
3 . The firm shall have facilities for fabrication and handling big structural items of 19 m long
and 8 m wide for fitment, alignment, welding etc.
4 . The firm shall have facility for stress relieving and machining of 12m length guide column
and 1m wide.
5 . The firm should have successfully completed manufacture and establishment of high
Structures to the satisfaction of reputed third party inspection agencies like M/s MECON,
M/s M N Dastur, M/s Lloyds.
B. Financial Qualification Requirements:
1.
The Bidder should have annual turnover of not less than a value of Rs. 150 crores in any
one of the last three financial years ending with 31.03.2014.
C. Bid Selection Procedure and Process of Pre-Qualification
1.
Short listing based on documents submitted, satisfying the all eligibility criteria given
above by the firm or individual along with their Bid / application. (Non-submission of
any document as given in above list within stipulated time leads to rejection of Bid).
2.
Subsequently Bidder's competency, their technical achievements and financial
status will be evaluated suitable for this project. Feedbacks from Bidder's clients will
be verified.
3.
Visit to sites by technical team (ISRO or Third party) where Bidder has established
above mentioned works.
4.
If required, visit will be made to their factory/ firm by technical team (ISRO or third
party) for accessing the capability of manufacturer.
Scrutiny of all technical specification and supply conditions mentioned in technocommercial bid.
Bids with partial offer (i.e. without complete scope) will not be considered for
evaluation.
5.
6.
.
SECOND VEHICLE ASSEMBLY BUILDING PROJECT
SPEC NO.
TCE 7517A-D-856/7001
SECTION: F3
SHEET : 1 OF 3
SCHEDULE FOR GENERAL PARTICULARS
HORIZONTAL SLIDING DOORS FOR SVAB
SCHEDULE FOR GENERAL PARTICULARS / VENDOR EVALUATION FORMAT
SR.
NO.
DESCRIPTION
1.
Name of Company
2.
Address of Company
3.
(Proprietary/Pvt.Ltd/Public
Ltd/Joint Venure/Consortium)
4.
Registration number
5.
Year of inception of the company
6.
Registered address
7.
Name & address of the office of the Chief Executive of
the company
8.
Name & Designation of the officer of the Bidder to
whom all correspondence shall be made for
expeditious technical/ commercial co-ordination.
Type of Company
Telephone number
Fax number
E-mail address
9.
Locations of the Branches of Company (if any)
10.
Annual turn-over of the company for the last three
years
11.
IT returns for the last 3 years
12.
Major customers (Enclose copies of the Purchase
Orders)
13.
Any customers feedback on the services which is in
writing (Pl. enclose copies)
14.
Quality certification of the company
15.
PAN Card Copy
16.
The Profit & Loss Account details for the last 3 years
which is duly audited and Submitted as part of the
Annual Report
.
SECOND VEHICLE ASSEMBLY BUILDING PROJECT
SPEC NO.
TCE 7517A-D-856/7001
SHEET : 2 OF 3
SCHEDULE FOR GENERAL PARTICULARS
HORIZONTAL SLIDING DOORS FOR SVAB
17.
Orders executed during last three years, > 100 T or >
Rs. 15 crores, references are is to be mentioned.
(Separate sheet can be attached).
18.
Shop floor area covered
19.
20.
21.
22.
23.
24.
25.
26.
27.
SECTION: F3
No. of employees (Supplier shall mention contract
personnel separately)
Engineers
Supervisors
Technicians
Quality control engineers
Administrative Staff.
Handling facility available:
Over head / Gantry Crane details (Capacity , span
lift).
Mobile Cranes.
Load testing facility Available:
Maximum weight available.
No. of weights
Total test load available.
Welding / fabrication workshop (Type / capacity /
quantity of machines shall be provided)
MMAW machines
GMAW machines
Gas cutting machines
Plasma cutting machines
Welding Fixtures
Welding professionals:
No. of Welders (MMAW), Qualification details,
No. of Welders (GMAW), Qualification details,
No. of Welders (TIG), Qualification details,
Welders Qualified by:
Details of welding Inspection Equipment & Welding
inspector available with supplier (LPT, UT, MPT, Xray, etc)
Forming facilities available ( with brief specification of
each machine)
Shearing Machine
Cutting Machine
Cutting Machine
Bending Machine
Machining Facilities available ( with brief specification
of each machine)
Turning lathe (Conventional /CNC)
Milling Machine (Conventional / CNC)
Gear Cutting / Hobbing Machines
Drilling Machines (conventional / CNC)
Cylindrical Grinding Machine ( Conventional / CNC)
Any other machines.
Details of inspection facilities / Instruments available
( Brief description & specifications shall be provided)
.
SECOND VEHICLE ASSEMBLY BUILDING PROJECT
SPEC NO.
TCE 7517A-D-856/7001
SECTION: F3
SHEET : 3 OF 3
SCHEDULE FOR GENERAL PARTICULARS
HORIZONTAL SLIDING DOORS FOR SVAB
28.
29.
30.
If third party Inspection Services are taken for
fabricating similar works give details.
Design Software’s available
Drafting & modeling software packages
FEM software
Other softwares
Design Engineers ( with qualification & experience)
Bid validity period
(Min. 4 months from date of bid opening)
31.
COMPLETION SCHEDULE
32.
Period required for supply of equipment at site (from
date of LOI)
33.
Period required for erection, testing and commissioning
(from date of LOI)
SIGNATURE
:
NAME
:
DESIGNATION:
SEAL OF THE COMPANY
DATE
:
___ months
___ months
.
SECOND VEHICLE ASSEMBLY BUILDING PROJECT
SPEC NO.
TCE:7517A-D-858-001
SECTION: F4
SHEET : 1 OF 1
CONFIRMATION OF ACHIEVING ACCURACY
PLATFORMS FOR SVAB
CONFIRMATION OF ACHIEVING ACCURACY
The BIDDER shall furnish performance guarantees as listed below based on the data
specified in section B:
1. Misalignment of guide column straightness from 11m to 74m shall be limited to ± 2
mm.
2. Misalignment of Support brackets / interconnecting brackets with respect other
brackets shall be limited to ± 2 mm.
SIGNATURE
:
NAME
:
DESIGNATION:
SEAL OF THE COMPANY
DATE
:
ISSUE
.
SECOND VEHICLE ASSEMBLY BUILDING PROJECT
SPEC NO.
TCE 7517A-D-856/7001
SECTION: F5
SHEET : 1 OF 1
SCHEDULE OF DEVIATIONS FROM SPECIFICATIONS
FOR PLATFORMS FOR SVAB
EXCEPTIONS AND DEVIATIONS
In line with Proposal Document, Bidder may stipulate Exceptions and deviations to the
Proposed conditions if considered unavoidable.
Reference in
Specification
Slno
Page no
Dept. Specification
Offered Specification
Deviation
Clause no
NOTE :
Only deviations are to be written in the above form.
Any deviations taken by the Bidder to the stipulations of the Proposal document shall be
brought out strictly as per this format and enclosed along with the bid.
Any deviations not brought out in this Proforma and written elsewhere in the Proposal
document shall not be recognized and the same is treated as null and void.
Any willful attempt by the Bidders to camouflage the deviations by giving them in the
covering letter or in any other documents that are enclosed may render the Bid itself
non-responsive.
SIGNATURE
:
NAME
:
DESIGNATION:
SEAL OF THE COMPANY
DATE
:
.
SPEC NO.
TCE 7517A-D-856/7001
SECOND VEHICLE ASSEMBLY BUILDING PROJECT
SCHEDULE OF TIME FOR MANUFACTURE,
DESPATCH AND SHIPMENT TO SITE
PLATFORMS FOR SVAB
SECTION: F6
SHEET : 1 OF 1
SCHEDULE OF TIME FOR MANUFACTURE, DESPATCH AND SHIPMENT TO SITE
The Bidder shall indicate hereunder the time for manufacture, despatch and
completion of each equipment from the date of Letter of Intent (LOI)/ purchase order
(PO) as shown below.
Time for manufacture
Equipment
from date of LOI / PO
excluding control
Time for packing and
Time for
Total time from
ready for despatch from
shipment to
date of LOI / PO to
Works
site
shipment to site.
assembly
The Bidder hereby undertakes to meet the above time schedule from the date of LOI
/ PO
SIGNATURE
:
NAME
:
DESIGNATION:
SEAL OF THE COMPANY
DATE
:
SPEC no:
SECOND VEHICLE ASSEMBLY BUILDING PROJECT
SECTION: F7
PLATFORMS FOR SVAB
SHEET : 1 OF 2
TCE 7517A –D-856/7-001
SCHEDULE OF BIDDERS EXPERIENCE
The bidder shall furnish here under a list of STRUCTURAL works executed by him to whom a reference may be made by the
PURCHASER in case the PURCHASER considers such a reference necessary.
SL.
NO.
Name & address of Client /
Name & address of project
or plant (incl. tel.no., fax
no., e-mail and name &
designation of person who
can be contacted.
Purchase Order /
Contact no. and
Date.
COMPANY SEAL
Brief
details of
equipment
/ system
covered
Scope of
services
Contract
price (Rs)
Scheduled
date of
completion
Actual date
of
completion
Reasons for
delay in
completion, REMARKS
if
applicable.
SIGNATURE: :
NAME
:
DESIGNATION:
COMPANY :
DATE
:
Sheet 1 of 2
SPEC no:
TCE 7517A –D-856/7-001
SECOND VEHICLE ASSEMBLY BUILDING PROJECT
SECTION: F7
PLATFORMS FOR SVAB
SHEET : 2 OF 2
SCHEDULE OF BIDDERS PRESENT WORK
The bidder shall furnish here under a list of Structural doors being executed to whom a reference may be made by the PURCHASER in
case the PURCHASER considers such a reference necessary.
SL.
NO.
Name & address of Client /
Name & address of project or
plant (incl. tel.no., fax no., email and name & designation of
person who can be contacted.
Company Seal
Purchase Order /
Contact no. and
Date.
Brief details
of equipment
/ system
covered
Scope of
services
Contract
price (Rs)
Scheduled
date of
completion
Expected
date of
completion
REMARKS
SIGNATURE: :
NAME
:
DESIGNATION:
COMPANY :
DATE
:
Sheet 2 of 2
.
SPEC NO.
TCE 7517A-D-856/7001
SECOND VEHICLE ASSEMBLY BUILDING PROJECT
DATA TO BE FILLED ALONG WITH BID FOR SUPPLY
& COMMISSIONING OF
HORIZONTAL SLIDING DOORS FOR SVAB
SECTION: F8
SHEET : 1 OF 3
DATA TO BE FILLED ALONG WITH THE BID FOR SUPPLY & COMMISSIONING OF
PLATFORMS
SR.
NO.
1.0
DESCRIPTION
TENDERS OFFER
Confirm that the system shall be realised as per technical
specification, approved manufacturing drawings, bill of material
to meet the functional requirement.
Yes / No
Confirm that all the electrical items (motors, limit switches, local
control panels, cables) shall be procured as per specification and
to be erected tested & commissioned at site.
Yes / No
Confirm that all the bought out items are to be procured as per
the specification from the approved makes mentioned in clause
17 of Section:B
Yes / No
Confirm that Hydraulic system shall be designed and realised as
per technical specification, approved design calculations &
approved Hydraulic circuit
Yes / No
Confirm that all the bought out items are to be inspected at the
inspected by TPIA / Departmental representative at Vendors
shop before reaching to manufacturer’s shop
Yes / No
Confirm that fabrication of all items shall be done as per IS:800 &
tolerance in fabrication shall be maintained as specified in
relevant drawings.
Yes / No
Confirm that all sub-assemblies shall be tested for proper
functioning, free running, bearing noise etc. & shall be brought to
site in grease packed condition.
Yes / No
Confirm that all the drive components like motor, gear box,
couplings, brake, rope drum shall be assembled in machined
base frame & no load test of drive mechanism shall be carried
out at shop.
Yes / No
9.0
Confirm that all the items shall be painted as per painting
scheme.
Yes / No
10.0
Erection sequence shall be submitted along with offer.
Yes / No
10.0
Manufacturing schedule & Erection schedule shall be submitted
along with offer.
Yes / No
11.0
Resources planning shall be submitted along with offer
Yes / No
12.0
Man power planning for erection shall be submitted along
Yes / No
2.0
3.0
4.0
5.0
6.0
7.0
8.0
.
SPEC NO.
TCE 7517A-D-856/7001
SR.
NO.
13.0
14.0
15.0
16.0
17.0
18.0
SECOND VEHICLE ASSEMBLY BUILDING PROJECT
DATA TO BE FILLED ALONG WITH BID FOR SUPPLY
& COMMISSIONING OF
HORIZONTAL SLIDING DOORS FOR SVAB
DESCRIPTION
SECTION: F8
SHEET : 2 OF 3
TENDERS OFFER
Confirm that survey of all civil inserts / embedment plates will be
carried out with own equipment’s & man power and based on
survey reports, all sub-assemblies shall be erected & aligned.
Also confirm that necessary packing plates will be supplied if
required during erection.
Yes / No
Grouting of all drive assemblies will be carried out
Yes / No
Confirm that all the through bolts required for erection of subassemblies will be supplied.
Confirm that testing and commissioning of the total system shall
be carried out as per specification.
Confirm that QAP for fabricated items, machined items, Subassemblies and for total door in assembled condition shall be
submitted for approval.
Confirm that during execution of works, If required addition /
deletion of the works will be carried out and such variation is
limited to ± 15% of the total order quantity. (i.e Unit price quoted
shall be valid for ± 15% of the total order quantity)
Yes / No
Yes / No
Yes / No
Yes / No
Electrical system related
19.0
20.0
21.0
22.0
23.0
24.0
25.0
All electric motors considered are with following specification.
Duty class : S4
CDF : 40%,
Insulation class: F
Temperature rise limited Class: B
No. of starts per hour : 150.
Yes / No
37kW motor consider for FCVRP folding system is of Flame
proof motor , Zone -1, Gas group: II B, T4 temperature class.,
Quantity 6 nos.
Yes / No
Electro hydraulic thruster operated drum brakes 940Nm torque
capacity considered for FCVRP folding drive is of flame proof
type of Zone -1, Gas group: II B, T4 temperature class., Quantity
6 nos.
All local control panels, junction boxes positioned on the
platforms is of flame proof type of Zone -1, Gas group: II B, T4
temperature class
All limit switches considered for Platforms are of flame proof type
of Zone -1, Gas group: II B, T4 temperature class
All other motors of 45kW used in FCVRP hoisting drive and
55kW motor in SCVRP hoisting drive are of nonflame proof type.
Electro hydraulic thruster operated drum brakes of 940Nm
torque capacity considered for FCVRP / SCVRP hoisting is non
flame proof type.
Yes / No
Yes / No
Yes / No
Yes / No
Yes / No
26.0
Motor control centre panels are of IP:54 protected
Yes / No
27.0
All the interlocks considered in clause 11.12.5 & 12.2.17 are
considered in the offer.
Yes / No
Hydraulic system Related
28.0
Specification of Hydraulic actuator considered
Yes / No
.
SPEC NO.
TCE 7517A-D-856/7001
SECOND VEHICLE ASSEMBLY BUILDING PROJECT
DATA TO BE FILLED ALONG WITH BID FOR SUPPLY
& COMMISSIONING OF
HORIZONTAL SLIDING DOORS FOR SVAB
SECTION: F8
SHEET : 3 OF 3
SR.
NO.
DESCRIPTION
29.0
Specification of Hydraulic pump considered
Yes / No
30.0
Specification of electric motor considered for hydraulic system
Yes / No
31.0
Redundant Hydraulic pump along with motor is considered
Yes / No
32.0
33.0
Electric motor, solenoid operated Directional valve, local control
panel and all other electric connections in power pack
considered are of flame proof type of Zone -1, Gas group: II B,
T4 temperature class.
Please confirm that max operating pressure of the system is 200
bar
TENDERS OFFER
Yes / No
Yes / No
.
SECOND VEHCILE ASSEMBLY BUILDING PROJECT
SPEC NO.
TCE-7517A-D-856/7001
SECTION: F9
SHEET : 1 OF 2
CHECK LIST FOR BID SUBMITTING OF PLATFORMS
FOR SVAB
CHECK LIST
Sl no
1.
2.
Description
All documents related to Prequalification criteria mention in Section F2 have been met
and all related documents are enclosed in technical Bid
Are all the technical particulars as called for in the data sheets section A, B, C, D & E
and commercial details as called for in schedule of prices filled up
Response
by supplier
Yes / No
Yes / No
3.
Demand Draft towards the Tender fee and Earnest Money Deposit are enclosed in
technical bid and scan copy is uploaded in e-procurement portal.
Yes / No
4.
The detailed scope of work and technical specifications are understood and price was
quoted accordingly.
Yes / No
5.
Confirmation that the quoted prices are firm and fixed till the completion of scope of
work.
Yes / No
6.
Validity of Offer is 4 months (minimum).
Yes / No
7.
Vendor Evaluation Format is attached
Yes / No
8.
Customs Duty Exemption Certificate (CDEC) will be issued by Department for
imported items mentioned in Section :A was considered in your offer or not.
Yes / No
9.
Excise Duty Exemption Certificate (EDEC) will be issued by Department for finished
product only. Hence, it is considered in you offer or not.
Yes / No
10.
Service Tax 12.36 % or at the prevailing rates (If not mentioned it will be assumed
that the price quoted are inclusive of taxes).
Yes / No
11.
VAT/CST to be indicated in percentage (if not mentioned it will be assumed that the
price quoted are inclusive of taxes).
Yes / No
12.
Delivery Schedule with milestones
Yes / No
13.
Accepted the Department Payment Terms
Yes / No
14.
Are General terms and Conditions of Contract for Supply & Erection included in
proposal acceptable?
Yes / No
15.
If not acceptable, are the deviations brought out in the "Schedule of Deviations"
Yes / No
16.
Are there any deviations from enquiry technical specifications?
Yes / No
17.
If there are technical deviations, are these filled in "Schedule of Deviations from Tech.
Specifications"?
Yes / No
18.
Warranty for the fully commissioned and accepted system is 12 months
Yes / No
19.
5 % of the Order Value shall be submitted as Performance Security for the
performance of the contract along with acceptance of order letter, which is valid till
acceptance of the system.
Yes / No
20.
10 % of the Order Value shall be submitted as Performance Bank Guarantee, which
is valid till completion of the warranty period plus 3 months claim period.
Yes / No
21.
Liquidated Damages (Ref. Clause 26 of Section A.) are acceptable
Yes / No
22.
Last three years audited financial results are enclosed
Yes / No
23.
Registration certificate of the company is enclosed
Yes / No
Signature of the tenderer.
.
SECOND VEHCILE ASSEMBLY BUILDING PROJECT
SPEC NO.
TCE-7517A-D-856/7001
SECTION: F9
SHEET : 2 OF 2
CHECK LIST FOR BID SUBMITTING OF PLATFORMS
FOR SVAB
CHECK LIST
24.
All the forms in Section F1 to F9 are filled
Yes / No
25.
Are all data sheets A/B duly filled in and submitted in offer
Yes / No
26.
Technical documents / drawings are attached along with technical bid as para 1.7.1 of
Section A
Yes / No
27.
Section F10 is filled and sealed cover is sent to SDSC SHAR for along with hard copy
of technical bid.
Yes / No
Signature of the tenderer.
.
SECOND VEHICLE ASSEMBLY BUILDING PROJECT
SPEC NO.
TCE-7517A-D-858-001
SECTION: F10
SHEET : 1 OF 5
PRICE BREAK-UP DETAILS FOR BOUGHT-OUT
ITEMS FOR PLATFORMS FOR SVAB
BREAK-UP IS TO BE GIVEN FOR SUPPLY COST OF THE BOUGHTOUT ITEMS
Sl. Sl no.
Specifications
No. BOQ
Unit
Qty
required
Nos.
6
Nos.
6
FCVRP
Worm Gear Reducer
Double stage worm gear box
Reduction Ratio : 820
Output torque : 84162 Nm
Input speed: 1500 rpm
Duty
: Reversing
Lubrication : Splash
Bearing
: Antifriction
Self locking type
Flame proof motor , Zone -1, Gas group:
II B, T4 temperature class.
Rating : 37 kW, 1500 RPM, A.C 3Ø,
Duty class : S4
CDF : 40%,
Insulation class: F
Temperature rise limited Class: B
No. of starts per hour : 150
1
4.2
2
4.3
3
4.4
Coupling Type : Full Gear Coupling
Allflex Type AFG114
Nos.
6
4
4.5
Coupling Type : Full Gear Coupling
Allflex Type AFG101
Nos.
12
4.6
Electro Hydraulic thruster brake
Flame proof Zone -1, Gas group: II B, T4
temperature class, thrustor operated Drum
brake ,Max. Torque : 940 Nm
Brake drum diameter : 315 mm
Nos.
6
6
4.8
Spherical Roller Bearing of SKF 23160
CC/W33, 300 (ID) x 500 (OD) x 160 (W)
Nos.
12
7
4.10
Spherical Roller Bearing of SKF 23030
CC/W33, 150 (ID) x 225 (OD) x 56 (W)
Nos.
288
8
Wire Rope of Usha Martin make
4.13 Powerform 8 with Tensile grade 2160
N/mm2, Ø 28 mm , 90 m length
Nos.
12
5
9
10
4.25
Spherical Roller Bearing of SKF 24040
CC/W33, 200 (ID) x 310 (OD) x 109 (W)
Nos.
12
4.27
Spherical Roller Bearing of SKF 21314
CC/W33, 70 (ID) x 150 (OD) x 35 (W)
Nos.
12
Unit
Cost
Total
cost
.
SECOND VEHICLE ASSEMBLY BUILDING PROJECT
SPEC NO.
TCE-7517A-D-858-001
SHEET : 2 OF 5
PRICE BREAK-UP DETAILS FOR BOUGHT-OUT
ITEMS FOR PLATFORMS FOR SVAB
11
5.2
12
5.3
13
5.4
14
Worm Gear Reducer,
Double stage worm gear box
Reduction Ratio : 1000
Output torque : 112252 Nm
Input speed: 1500 rpm
Duty
: Reversing
Lubrication : Splash
Bearing
: Antifriction
Self locking type
Non Flame proof electric motor
Rating : 45 kW, 1500 RPM, A.C 3Ø
Duty class : S4, CDF : 40%,
Insulation class: F
Temperature rise limited Class: B
No. of starts per hour : 150
Nos.
6
Nos.
6
Coupling Type : Full Gear Coupling
Allflex Type AFG115
Nos.
6
5.5
Coupling Type : Full Gear Coupling
Allflex Type AFG101
Nos.
12
15
5.6
Non Flame proof, electro hydraulic
thruster operated Drum brake
Max. Torque : 940 Nm
Brake drum diameter : 315 mm
Nos.
12
16
5.8
Spherical Roller Bearing of SKF 23160
CC/W33, 300 (ID) x 500 (OD) x 160 (W)
Nos.
12
17
5.10 Spherical Roller Bearing of SKF 24032
CC/W33, 160 (ID) x 240 (OD) x 80 (W)
Nos.
192
18
Wire Rope of Usha Martin make
5.13 Powerform 8 with Tensile grade 2160
N/mm2, Ø 36 mm , 800 m length
Lot
1
19
5.24 Spherical Roller Bearing of SKF 23160
CC/W33, 300 (ID) x 500 (OD) x 160 (W)
Nos.
12
20
5.26 Spherical Roller Bearing of SKF 22314 E,
70 (ID) x 150 (OD) x 51 (W)
Nos.
12
21
14.2 Spherical Roller Bearing of SKF 24036
CC/W33, 180 (ID) x 280 (OD) x 100 (W)
Spring, Wire dia: 12 mm; Mean dia: 72
mm; No. of coils: 13.5,
17.2
Spring rate: 47 N/mm, Grade FDSiCr as
per IS:4454 part 2
Limit Switches, Type: Multi angle roller
lever operated, spring return type
28 Protection Category: IP55
No. of contacts: 2 NO + 2 NC
Rating: 240V AC, 5A
Nos.
24
Nos
12
Nos
36
22
23
SECTION: F10
.
SECOND VEHICLE ASSEMBLY BUILDING PROJECT
SPEC NO.
TCE-7517A-D-858-001
SHEET : 3 OF 5
PRICE BREAK-UP DETAILS FOR BOUGHT-OUT
ITEMS FOR PLATFORMS FOR SVAB
24
Material: Aluminium alloy LM6
BALIGA type FLS 2115 or Equivalent
Load Cell, Load Capacity: 25 T
29
IPA make CR253H0
Load Cell, Load Capacity: 25 T
30
IPA make CR253H0
SCVRP
Taper Roller Bearing of FAG 32207A, 35
3.7.e
(ID) x 72 (OD) x 24.25 (W)
Right angle Gear Box, RAN20 SA1 HS B3
3.7.f
of Bongfiglioli make
3.7.g Lock Nut of FAG KM7
Nos
12
Nos
12
Nos
36
Nos
18
Nos
18
3.7.h Lock Washer of FAG MB7
Deep Groove Ball Bearing of FAG 600830 3.7.l
2RS, 40 (ID) x 68 (OD) x 15 (W)
31 3.7.m Lock Nut of FAG KM6
Nos
18
Nos
144
Nos
72
32
Nos
72
Nos
48
Nos
24
Nos
24
4.8.h Lock Washer of FAG MB7
Deep Groove Ball Bearing of FAG 600837 4.8.l
2RS, 40 (ID) x 68 (OD) x 15 (W)
38 4.8.m Lock Nut of FAG KM6
Nos
24
Nos
192
Nos
96
39
Nos
96
Nos
12
Nos
6
Nos
6
5.6.h Lock Washer of FAG MB7
Deep Groove Ball Bearing of FAG 600844 5.6.l
2RS, 40 (ID) x 68 (OD) x 15 (W)
45 5.6.m Lock Nut of FAG KM6
Nos
6
Nos
48
Nos
24
46
Nos
24
Nos
12
Nos
12
Nos
12
25
26
27
28
29
33
34
35
3.7.n Lock Washer of FAG MB6
Taper Roller Bearing of FAG 32207A, 35
4.8.e
(ID) x 72 (OD) x 24.25 (W)
Right angle Gear Box, RAN20 SA1 HS B3
4.8.f
of Bongfiglioli make
4.8.g Lock Nut of FAG KM7
36
40
41
42
4.8.n Lock Washer of FAG MB6
Taper Roller Bearing of FAG 32207A, 35
5.6.e
(ID) x 72 (OD) x 24.25 (W)
Right angle Gear Box, RAN20 SA1 HS B3
5.6.f
of Bongfiglioli make
5.6.g Lock Nut of FAG KM7
43
47
48
49
50
SECTION: F10
5.6.n Lock Washer of FAG MB6
Spherical Roller Bearing of SKF 23180,
7.6
400 (ID) x 650 (OD) x 200 (W)
7.8 Lock Nut &Locking Clip; SKF HM-3076
7.9 +MS 308-76
Spherical Roller Bearing of SKF 23180,
7.12
400 (ID) x 650 (OD) x 200 (W)
.
SECOND VEHICLE ASSEMBLY BUILDING PROJECT
SPEC NO.
TCE-7517A-D-858-001
SHEET : 4 OF 5
PRICE BREAK-UP DETAILS FOR BOUGHT-OUT
ITEMS FOR PLATFORMS FOR SVAB
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
SECTION: F10
Spherical Roller Thrust Bearing of SKF
29272, 360 (ID) x 500 (OD) x 85 (W)
Spherical Roller Bearing of SKF 23252,
7.20
260 (ID) x 480 (OD) x 174 (W)
7.22 Lock Nut of SKF HM52T
7.14
7.24 Lock Washer of MB52
Spherical Roller Bearing of SKF 23252,
7.27
260 (ID) x 480 (OD) x 174 (W)
Deep Groove Ball Bearing of SKF 6334,
7.33
170 (ID) x 360 (OD) x 72 (W)
Spherical Roller Bearing of SKF 23244,
8.5
220 (ID) x 400 (OD) x 144 (W)
Wire Rope, Usha Martin make Powerform
8.13 8 with Tensile grade 2160 N/mm2, Ø 32
mm , 80m length
Wire Rope, Usha Martin make Powerform
8.13 8 with Tensile grade 2160 N/mm2, Ø 32
mm , 80m length
Double reduction worm gear reducer,
Gear Ratio: 1500:1
Input Speed =1500 RPM
Nominal Output Torque Capacity =
257353 N-m
8.14
Input speed: 1500 rpm
Duty
: Reversing
Lubrication : Splash
Bearing
: Antifriction
Self locking type
Full Gear Coupling, ALLFLEX Full Gear
8.15
Coupling Type AFG 116
Full Gear Coupling, ALLFLEX Full Gear
8.16
Coupling Type AFG 105
Non Flame proof electric motor
Rating : 55 kW, 1500 RPM, A.C 3Ø,
Duty class : S4
8.17
CDF : 40%, Insulation class: F
Temperature rise limited Class: B
No. of starts per hour : 150
Non Flame proof, electro hydraulic
thruster operated Drum brake
8.18
Max. Torque : 940 Nm
Brake drum diameter : 315 mm
Spherical Roller Bearing of SKF 22316, 80
8.20
(ID) x 170 (OD) x 58 (W)
Deep Groove Ball Bearing of SKF 6334,
9.7
170 (ID) x 360 (OD) x 72 (W)
Load Cell, Load Capacity: 25 T
9.12
IPA make CR253H0
Nos
12
Nos
12
Nos
48
Nos
48
Nos
12
Nos
96
Nos
24
Nos
12
Nos
12
Nos
12
Nos
12
Nos
24
Nos
12
Nos
24
Nos
24
Nos
48
Nos
24
.
SECOND VEHICLE ASSEMBLY BUILDING PROJECT
SPEC NO.
TCE-7517A-D-858-001
SECTION: F10
SHEET : 5 OF 5
PRICE BREAK-UP DETAILS FOR BOUGHT-OUT
ITEMS FOR PLATFORMS FOR SVAB
68
10.4
69
11.4
70
12.4
71
12.8
72
13.1
73
13.8
74
14.5
75
---
76
---
77
---
78
---
79
---
80
---
81
---
82
---
83
---
84
---
85
---
Deep Groove Ball Bearing of SKF 6334,
170 (ID) x 360 (OD) x 72 (W)
Deep Groove Ball Bearing of SKF 6334,
170 (ID) x 360 (OD) x 72 (W)
Deep Groove Ball Bearing of SKF 6334,
170 (ID) x 360 (OD) x 72 (W)
Thimble & Pin, Solid Thimble
Grooves to be suitable for Ø32 rope
Volute Spring 120 (ID) x 300 (OD) x 350
(H), Alloy Steel Grade 60Cr4V2 as per
IS:3431-2001
Wire Rope, Usha Martin make Powerform
8 with Tensile grade 2160 N/mm2.Both
ends of rope is having ferrule secured eye
terminal confirming to IS:5245(part-2)1971, Ø 64 mm , 2m length
Wire Rope, Usha Martin make Powerform
8 with Tensile grade 2160 N/mm2.Both
ends of rope is having ferrule secured eye
terminal confirming to IS:5245(part-2)1971, Ø 64 mm , 6m length
Motor Control Centre (MCC) panel for
FCVRP
Motor Control Centre (MCC) panel for
SCVRP
Power cable for hoist motors for all the
FCVRPs
Power cable for fold motors for all the
FCVRPs.
Control cable for hoist & fold motors for all
the FCVRPs
Power cable for Swing motors: 2000
mtr.for all the SCVRPs
Power cable for Hoist motors for all the
SCVRPs
Control cable for hoist & swing motors for
all the SCVRPs
“Cable chain drag system” of IGUS /LAPP
is approximately 17m for each SCVRP /
FCVRP
Complete electrics as specified in the
Electrical specification for FCVRP except
motor, limit switch, load cell, & MCC
Complete electrics as specified in the
Electrical specification for SCVRP except
motor, limit switch, load cell & MCC
Nos
96
Nos
96
Nos
96
Nos
48
Nos
12
Nos
24
Nos
24
Nos
1
Nos
1
Mtr
2000
Mtr
2000
Mtr
3000
Mtr
3000
Mtr
2000
Mtr
5000
nos
18
Lot
1
Lot
1
The quantity required given is tentative only it vary with respect to final fabrication drawings.
STANDARAD TENDER TERMS AND CONDITIONS Offers shall be sent on line using standard digital signature of class‐3 with encryption / decryption options. Price bid scanned copy shall not be submitted as attachment. If so, the same will not be considered for evaluation and only price filled in the online price bid format will be considered for evaluation of bids. Any supporting document for the price bid like break‐up of prices etc. shall be attached to the template “SUPPORTING DOCUMENTS RELATED TO PRICE BID’ which will be only additional
information to the price bid. The Tenders authorized on line on or before the open authorization date and time only be considered as valid tenders. Physical copy of the bids will not be considered, even if they are received before the bid submission date. All the forms viz. vendor specified terms and price bids shall be duly filled and submitted online. Any incomplete bid will not be considered for evaluation. 1. Prices quoted shall be on the basis of F.O.R. delivery at site /Sullurpeta. The purchaser will not pay separately for transit insurance. All risks in transit shall be exclusively of the contractor and the purchaser shall pay only for such stores as are actually received in good condition in accordance with the contract. 2. Excise Duty ‐ SDSC‐SHAR is eligible for Excise Duty Exemption under Notification No. 64/95 dated 16.03.1995 as amended by Notification No. 15/2007 dated 01.03.2007 and we shall provide necessary Exemption Certificate. No claim for payment of Excise Duty or CENVAT reversal will be allowed later. The suppliers have to consider this into account while submitting quotations. 3. CST ‐ With effect from 01.04.2007, the facility of Inter‐State purchases by Government Departments against Form‐D/ Form‐C has been withdrawn. Now the rate of CST on the Inter‐State sale to Government Departments shall be the rate of VAT/State Sales Tax applicable in the State of the selling dealer. Accordingly, the suppliers have to clearly indicate the %age of CST applicable against each case in their tenders. 4. Customs Duty ‐ SDSC‐SHAR is eligible for 100% Customs Duty exemption as per Notification No.12/2012 dated 17.03.2012. This may be taken into account while quoting for import items. 5. High Sea Sales ‐ Against High Sea Sale cases‐ Offers shall be on all inclusive basis upto Sriharikota are preferred, which means freight upto Sriharikota, customs clearance is the responsibility of the Supplier at his cost. 100% payment will be made within 30 days after receipt and acceptance of the items at our site. However, in exceptional cases based on merit of the case, 100% payment against delivery, satisfactory inspection at our site may be considered. Tax is not applicable Customs Duty Exemption Certificate and other related documents needed for Customs clearance purpose will be provided. High Sea Sales Agreement submitted by the Supplier in accordance with the terms and conditions of our purchase order will be signed and issued by SDSC‐SHAR. 6. The time for the date of delivery of the stores stipulated in the purchase order shall be deemed to be the essence of the contract and delivery must be completed not later than the date(s) specified therein. Failure to do so, without adequate justification may involve cancellation of the contract at the discretion of purchaser. 7. The delivery period mentioned in the tender enquiry if any is with the stipulation that no credit will be given for earlier deliveries and offers with delivery beyond the period will be treated as un‐responsive. 8. The Department will have the option to consider more than one sources of supply and final orders will be given accordingly 9. Bidder shall note that the conditional discounts would not have edge in the evaluation process of tenders. 10.Non‐acceptance of any conditions where ever called for related to guarantee or warrantee, performance bank guarantee, liquidate damages are liable for disqualification of bids. 11. Where ever installation and commissioning is involved, the guarantee / warrantee period shall recon only from the installation and commissioning. 12.Prices are required to be quoted according to the units indicated in the annexed tender form. Then quotations are given in terms of units other than those specified in the tender form, relationship between the two sets of units must be furnished. 13.Advance Payment ‐ Wherever advance payment is requested, it shall be with Bank Guarantee only. 14.Liquidated Damages ‐ In all advance payment cases and where delivery is critical. L.D. clause will be applicable at 0.5% per week or part thereof subject to a maximum of 10% of total order value. 15.Performance Bank Guarantee ‐ Wherever called for Performance Bank Guarantee at 10% of the order value has to be furnished covering the warranty period. 16.The Purchaser reserves the right to accept or reject any quotation fully or partly without assigning any reasons. 17.Payment terms are full payment within 30 days from the date of receipt and acceptance of material ordered. Our Bankers are State Bank of India, SDSC SHAR, Sriharikota – 524 124. You may furnish your banker details for transferring the payments through ECS mode. Where counter terms and conditions / printed or cyclostyle conditions of sale have been offered by the tenderer, the same shall not be deemed to have been accepted by the purchaser, unless the purchaser’s specific written acceptance thereof is obtained. 18.SPECIFICATIONS: Stores offered shall strictly confirm to our specifications. Deviations if any, shall be clearly indicated by the tenderer in their quotation. The tenderer shall indicate the Make / Type number of the stores offered and provide catalogues, technical literature and samples, wherever necessary along with the quotations. Test Certificates, wherever necessary, shall be forwarded along with supplies. Whenever option are called for in our specifications, the tenderer shall address all such options whenever specifically mentioned by us, the tenderer could suggest changes to specification with appropriate reasons for the same. Even in such cases, the tenderer shall state why he cannot meet our specifications and why he is suggesting the changes. 19.GUARANTEE: The Stores offered shall be guaranteed for a minimum period of 12months against defective material, design, operation or manufacture. For defects noticed during the guarantee period, replacement rectification shall be arranged free of cost within a reasonable period of such notification. In cases where our specifications called for a guarantee period more than 12 months specifically, then such a period shall apply. The tenderer shall at all times indemnify the Purchaser against all clams which may be made in respect of the stores for infringement of any right protected by the patent Registration of design or Trade Mark and shall take all risks of accidents or damage, which may cause a failure of the supply from whatever cause arising and the entire responsibility for the sufficiency of all means used by him for the contract. 20.ARBITRATION: In the event of any question, dispute or difference arising under these conditions of any condition in the purchase order or in connection with this contract, (except as to any matters the decision of which is specially provided for by these conditions) the same shall be referred to the sole arbitration of the Head of the Purchase office or of some other person appointed by him. There will be no objection that the Arbitrator is a Government Servant, that he had to deal with matter to which the contract related or that in the course of his duties as a Government Servant, he has expressed views on all or any of the matters in dispute or difference the award of the Arbitrator shall be final and binding on the parties of this contract. (a) If the Arbitrator be the Head of the Purchase Office: I. In the event of his being transferred or vacating his office by resignation or otherwise, it shall be lawful for successor office either to proceed with the‐reference himself or to appoint another person as Arbitrator or II. In the event of his being unwilling or unable to act for any reason, it shall be lawful for the Head of the purchase Office to appoint another person as Arbitrator or (b) If the Arbitrator be a person appointed by the Head of the Purchase Office: In the event of his dying, neglecting or refusing to act, or resigning or being to act, for any reason, it shall be lawful for the Head of the purchase Office either to proceed with the reference himself or to appoint another person as Arbitrator in place of the outgoing Arbitrator. Subject as aforesaid, the Arbitration Act, 1940 and the rules there under any statutory modifications thereof for the time being in force shall be deemed to apply to the arbitration proceedings under this clause. The Arbitrary shall have the power to extend with the consent of the Purchaser and contractor the time for making and publishing the award. The venue of Arbitration shall be the place as the purchaser in this absolute discretion may determine. Work under the contract‐shall, if reasonably possible, continue during Arbitration Proceedings. (C) In case order is concluded on the public sector undertakings the following Arbitration Clause will be applicable. In the event of any dispute or difference relating to the interpretation and application of the provision of the contracts such dispute or differences shall be referred by either party to the Arbitration of one of the Arbitrators in the Department of Public Enterprise to be nominate by the secretary to the Government of India in charge of the Bureau of public Enterprises. The Arbitration Act, 1940 shall not be applicable to the Arbitration under this clause. The award of the Arbitrator shall be binding upon the parties to the dispute, providing, however any party decided by the Law Secretary or the Special Secretary / Additional Secretary when so authorized by the Law Secretary, whose decision shall bind the parties finally and conclusively. The parties to the dispute will share equally the cost of Arbitration as intimated by the Arbitrator. 21. Successful tenderer will have to furnish in the form a bank Guarantee or in any other form as called for by the purchaser towards adequate security for the materials / property provided by the purchaser for the one execution of the contract. 22. PACKING & FORWARDING: The tenderer will be held responsible for the stores being sufficiently and properly packed for transport by rail, road, sea or air, to withstand transit hazards and ensure safe arrival at the destination. The packing and Marking of packages shall be done by and at the expenses of the Contractor. 23. The Purchaser reserves the option to give price preference to the offers from public Sector Units and / or Small scale / Cottage industries / Units over those from other firms, in accordance with the policies of the Government from time to time. 24. The following information/documents are to be furnished online wherever applicable. Product literature Core banking account number of SBI PAN No. in quotation and invoices Excise Duty, VAT, Service Tax Registration details. 25. SPECIAL CONDITION AGAINST INDIAN AGENTS SUBMITTING QUOTATIONS IN FOREIGN CURRENCY The Tenderer shall submit the following documents/information on line while quoting:‐ Foreign Principal's proforma invoice indicating the commission payable to the Indian Agent and nature of after sales service to be rendered by the Indian Agent. Copy of Agency agreement with the Foreign Principal, precise relationship between them and their mutual interest in the business. The enlistment of the Indian Agent with Director‐General of Supplies & Disposals under the Compulsory Registration Scheme of Ministry of Finance. 26. Tenderer must authorize bid opening with in 48 hrs from the time of bid sealing by Department, other wise the bid submitted will not be considered for evaluation